Home

M3T-CC32R V.4.30 User`s Manual

1. It is similar to above 6 taking out each a character ouputting it to the function This is a simple case that letter check is nonexistent A 6 4 Restriction items A 6 4 1 Message display When the compiler output the Japanese Kanji string in the compile message it may be octal number instead of original character Example A warning message to M32RKOUT a case of sjis warning 0212 0277 unportable character constant 0212 0277 is 2 octal notation of Kan 0x8a and Oxbf in sjis The display result is different each in host environments A 6 4 2 Attention on multi byte character string processing Because the boundary between the characters is unstable if you need process a mult byte character string as conventional char type argument please carry out several operations show below only in that this boundary is known clearly Otherwise a character will be broken or searching will finish incorrectly A character string is divided in an optional place A character and character string are inserted in an optional place The forwarding of a character string is discontinued halfway A character is searched from an optional place A string is compared with other string from an optional place A 6 4 3 Attention on standard function use The following functions are supposing always that LC_CTYPE is C locale Therefore pay attention in the case that the string or character including the J
2. CC32R MANUAL 17 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 4 8 Option Olevel O is an upper case Description Specifies optimization level Do not separate the symbols O from the word level by a space character Set Olevel to one of the following values No optimization Optimization of assembly language Local optimization Global optimization Ae NEBO Note that combination of values 1 2 and 4 achieves optimization at these levels Specifying this option without specifying Opriority is equal to specifying Otime as Opriority Skipping both this option and Opriority cannot start optimization Specifying only O is equal to specifying Opriority to Otime and Olevel to 07 lt Examples gt 01 Optimization at level 1 giving priority to speed 06 Optimization at levels 2 and 4 giving priority to speed O Ospace Optimization at levels 1 2 and 4 giving priority to size 0 Optimization at levels 1 2 and 4 giving priority to speed When using this option simultaneously with the debug option g the function of debugging receives an influence For more details refer to Section 3 2 3 Also where the optimization exceeding Level 4 is effective the inline expansion is made effective For more details about the inline expansion function refer to Chapter A 4 m32re5 A code is generated using the
3. CC32R MANUAL 144 Chapter 9 C Standard Library _ex i t std i O Termination function non ANSI Terminating for I O function group Syntax Return Value Description Caution void _exit_stdio void None The _exit_stdio function closes all of input output streams Call this function only once after all of input output functions terminate Call this function always after terminating the main function in the start up program See 7 2 7 3 _9 et ex i t co d e Termination function non ANSI Gets the exit status from exit Syntax Return Value Description void _get_exit_code void The exit status the termination code returned from the exit function The _get_exit_code function gets the exit status code from the exit function Call this function always in the start up program to check the exit status for the function which has been terminated with the exit function See 7 3 9 Start up Program Example CC32R MANUAL 145 Chapter 9 C Standard Library i n i t atex i t Initialization function non ANSI Initializing for atexit Syntax Return Value Description Caution void init _atexit void None The _init_atexit function initializes the counter which counts registered functions by the _atexit function Call this function only once before the first atexit function call Call this function always before calling the main function in t
4. sjis char kanji1 0x8a O0xbf 0x8e 0x9a 0x31 0 euc char kanjil 0xb4 0xc1 0xbb 0xfa 0x31 0 utf8 char kanjil 0Oxe6 0xbc 0xa2 0xe5 0xad 0x92 0x31 0 2 Expression of a wide character Itis euc or sjis if the multi byte character is transformed a wide character the highest byte of wide character is 1st byte of multi byte character the lowest byte of wide char acter is 2nd byte of multi byte character In same environment if the 1byte multi byte character is transformed a wide characte r the highest bytes of wide character is zero the lowest byte of wide character is multi byte character It is utf8 if the multi byte character is transformed a wide character this value is UTF 16 Example 1 wide character string Next some program is shown description of the same meaning as wchar_t kanji2 L BF 2 sjis wchar_t kanji2 Ox8abf 0x8e9a 0x0032 0x0000 euc wchar_t kanji2 Oxb4c1 0xbbfa 0x0032 0x0000 utf8 wchar_t kanji2 0x6f22 0x5b57 0x0032 0x0000 Example 2 wide character Next some program is shown description of the same meaning as wchar_t kanji3 L sjis wchar_t kanji3 Ox8abf euc wchar_t kanji3 0xb4c1 utf8 wchar_t kanji3 0x6f22 char kanji4 L It becomes an overflow Appendix A 43 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 6 5 2 Standard library 1 Designate the loca
5. For further information on the format control refer to the fscanf function description CC32R MANUAL 245 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strcat String handling function Links a string to the end of a string Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strceat char sZ const char s2 sl pointer to string S2 pointer to string to be appended to si The pointer s1 after linking The strcat function links the string s2 to the end of the string s1 The last NULL character of string s1 is replaced with the first character of s2 string A NULL character is always added to the end of the linked s2 string The strncat function can specify the number of characters to be linked to by using the parameter n CC32R MANUAL 246 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strchr String handling function Locates in a string the position where a character first appears Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strchr const char s int ce S pointer to string used to search Cj character to be searched Pointer to the first searched character Character is found NULL Character is not found The strchr function returns the pointer to where the character c first appears in the string s strcmp String handling function Compares two strings Syntax Return Value Description include lt str
6. This Chapter describes the C standard libraries contained in CC32R 9 1 Overview of the C Standard Library 9 1 1 The Library Files Contained in CC32R CC32R provides two versions of the library which should be used properly according to the argument passing method for library functions m32RcR lib m32RcRM lib m32RcRL lib for register passing e m32RcR lib m32RcRM lib m32RcRL lib Specify either libraries with the l option as you invoke the C compiler or linker IIll Note IIII Do not mix use m32Rc lib mM382RcM lib m382RcL lib for stack passing and m32RcR lib mM82RcRM lib m82RcRL lib for register passing in an application CC32R MANUAL 138 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 9 1 2 Library Function Groups C standard libraries are in conformity to ANSI specifications ANSI ISO 9899 1990 The functions are classified into 11 groups as shown in Table 9 1 Each library can be made available for use in a unit process only when the corresponding standard header file is included Table 9 1 C Standard Library Function Groups Group Summary Corresponding Header file Program diagnostic function Program diagnostic information output assert h Character handling function Character handling and checking ctype h Mathematics function Arithmetic operations e g trigonometric functions math h Non local jump function Transfer of control from function to function setjmp h Variable arg
7. lt 1 Oxffffffff which is the maximum value for int 1 CC32R MANUAL 54 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 4 Preprocessing Directives A preprocessing directive starts with and processed by the C compiler in the C preprocessor phase Preprocessing directives include the commands shown in Table 4 18 Table 4 18 Preprocessing Directives Preprocessing Directive Description include Insert file define Defines macro undef Undefines macro if Executes conditional compile else Executes conditional compile endif Ends conditional compile elif Executes conditional compile ifdef Executes conditional compile ifndef Executes conditional compile line Specifies line error Issues an error message and pauses process The macros shown in Table 4 19 are predefined reserved Table 4 19 Predefined Macros Predefined Macro Description __LINE__ The line number of file being compiled __FILE__ The name of the file being compiled __STDC__ 1 when ANSI compatible __DATE__ Current compiling date __TIME__ Current compiling time __M32R__ The target microprocessor is M32R The operators shown in Figure 4 7 can be used in a constant expression CC32R MANUAL 55 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification QR 1 l sizeof lt lt gt gt lt gt lt oe gt Figure 4 7 Operators that can be used in
8. 0o a work sample mo a work sample c sample cmd Same results are obtained gt cc32R I b include C o a work sample mo a work sample c Figure 3 3 When executing commands from a command file and from the command line III NOTE Ink32R linker and lib32R librarian process files as command files even when the filename does not start with Note however that lines starting with in such command files are not processed as comments III NOTE II Do NOT use filenames starting with other than for command files as com mand lines will not be processed correctly operation cannot be assured CC32R MANUAL 12 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 1 5 Input File Conditions Conditions of the input files which can be processed on the compiler are listed in Table 3 3 If a file does not meet these conditions you should not input the file Table 3 3 Input File Conditions Where Valid input files Conditions C source file s or M32R assembly source file s Object module file s Load module file s Library s Valid name length Identifiers function name variable name and etc 2 Up to 240 characters Note The different names as if the initial parts which consists of characters from the 1st to the 240th are matched and the other characters from the 241st are unmatched are recognized as the same identifiers
9. 4 Specifying Path You do not use the relative path name with a drive letter CC32R MANUAL 31 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification This chapter describes basic specifications of the ANSI C programming language processed by the compiler e g the elements of the C programming language and the structure of a C language source program ESI Token A token is the minimal lexical element of the C language text for manipulation and analysis by the compiler The compiler manipulates and analyzes the following elements as tokens in conformance with the ANSI Standard e Keywords see 4 1 1 e Identifiers see 4 1 2 e Constants see 4 1 3 String Literals see 4 1 4 e Operators see 4 1 5 e Punctuators see 4 1 6 e Comment see 4 1 7 4 1 1 Keywords A keyword is used as a reserved word in the C language In translation phases of the compiler the words in Figure 4 1 are keywords auto break case char const continue default do double else enum extern float for goto if int long register return short signed sizeof static struct switch typedef union unsigned void volatile while Figure 4 1 Keywords CC32R MANUAL 32 4 1 2 Identifiers Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Identifiers are names listed as follows e Function name Variable name e Label name e Tag name of a structure union or enume
10. A variable declared inside a block The identifier has block scope If the identifier is the same as an identifier outside the current block in the current block the external identifier is invalid The external identifier becomes visible after the current block terminates There are four kinds of name spaces of identifiers see Table 4 3 Table 4 3 Name Spaces of Identifiers Name Space Identifier in the Name Space Function Name Variable Name An identifier which is not any of the identifiers a label name a tag name and a member name Label Name An identifier which is followed by a colon and is in goto statement Tag Name An identifier disambiguated by following any of the keywords struct union or enum Member Name An identifier disambiguated by the type of the expression used to access the member via a period or the operator gt CC32R MANUAL 34 Illl Note IIll Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Identifiers having different name space can have the same name because the C compiler differentiates between them as described above The identifiers in the same space cannot have the same name For example the name of a label can be the same as that of a function On the contrary a structure tag and union tag cannot have the same name A key word cannot be used as an identifier see 4 1 1 4 1 3 Constants A constant represents a consta
11. CC32R MANUAL 335 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 3 Comparison and determination functions Perform S signed function name Prototype declaration of C language Comparison U unsigned Operation Returns int cmpl64 LONG64 n1 LONG64 n2 S Comparison nl gt n2 gt positive int cmpul64 ULONG64 n1 ULONG64 n2 U Comparison nl n2 gt 0 nl lt n2 gt negative Determination of whether or not 0 int evall64 LONG64 n1 S Determination nl 0 gt 0 lint evalul 4 ULONG64 n1 U Determination nl 0 gt not 0 Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 4 Type conversion functions function name Prototype declaration of C language Conversion Signed 64 bit integer lt gt unsigned 64 bit integer ULONG64 164 to _ul64 LONG64 input LONG64 ul64 to 164 ULONG64 input LONG64 gt ULONG64 ULONG64 gt LONG64 Signed 64 bit integer lt gt float or double float 164 to float LONG64 input double 164 to double LONG64 input LONG64 float_to_164 float input LONG64 double to _164 double input LONG64 gt float LONG64 gt double float gt LONG64 double gt LONG64 Unsigned 64 bit integer lt gt float or doub le float ul64 to float ULONG64 input double ul64 to double UL
12. nl the number of members to be read Lp pointer to File structure Return Value The number of read members Successful the same value as n usually A value smaller than n The file is ended or an error occurs It can be judged by the ferror and feof function Description The fread function reads up to n members which have size byte data from the stream pointed to by fp to the memory area specified by ptr If size or n is 0 this function returns 0 as a return value and the contents of the memory area specified by ptr does not change If an error in encountered or if the members are not read completely the value of the file position indicator is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 183 Chapter 9 C Standard Library free General utility function Releases the specified memory area Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt void free void ptr peri top address of memory area to be free None The free function frees the memory area specified by ptr so that the memory area can be allocated again for use This function does nothing if ptr is NULL If the memory area to be free by the free function or the memory area specified by ptr of the realloc function is not any of memory area allocated by the calloc malloc and realloc functions or if the memory area has been already freed by the free and realloc functions the operation is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL
13. skipped phase Optimization of the input file xxx is impossible The optimization steps have been passed by xxx undefined name in if constant expression regarded as 0 An undefined name xxx is present in the constant expression given after if It is regarded as 0 CC32R MANUAL 344 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 4 Warning Messages 4 4 Message Description unknown commandline option ignored This command option is unsupported The option is ignored unknown directive directive ignored This directive is unsupported The directive is ignored unknown size static global array used You cannot specify this size for a static global array xxx unknown suffix passed to linker The extension of the input file xxx cannot be determined neither c ms nor mo It is regarded as an object file and its name is left unchanged and passed to the linker unportable character constant The value of a character constant is troublesome in portability unrecognized pragma directive ignored This is not a pragma directive supported The directive is ignored x is hex escape sequence A character that represents a hexadecimal number has not been specified after x x is the prefix of hexadecimal number code CC32R MANUAL 345 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 2 3 Command Line Error Messages Table 14 5 Command Line Error Messages Message Description
14. Alignment Example 3 Coding Internal Representation Alignment union u2 char a int b short c X2 C One member has 4 byte alignment and therefore the alignment of whole union is 4 bytes The size is 4 bytes union u3 short a char b 3 x3 b 0 x3 b 1 x3 b 2 1 Byte One member has 2 byte alignment and therefore the alignment of whole union is 2 bytes Since the size of the member having the largest location is odd byte a 1 byte of memory space is added and the size becomes 4 bytes CC32R MANUAL 69 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Ea Enumeration Types The internal representation of an enumeration type is the same as that for an int type Table 5 5 Internal Representation of Enum Type Type Size Alignment Signed Minimum Value Maximum Value enum 4bytes 4bytes Yes 2 2147483648 2 1 2147483647 The value of the enumeration type member s name starts with 0 and subsequent integers in that order with 0 given to the member which first appears e Example enum a b c The value of the members a 0 b 1 c 2 CC32R MANUAL 70 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation EI Pointers Type Pointer The value of a pointer type data represents the address of the location at which the data or function is stored The pointer type data is 4 bytes Table 5 6 Internal Representation of Pointer Type Size Alignment Signed Minimum Value Maximum Value 4bytes by
15. Chapter 9 C Standard Library ferror Input output function Checks if a stream is in an error condition Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int ferror FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure 0 No error condition for the file non 0 An error condition for the file The ferror function judges whether any error is made in the I O stream specified by the file pointer fp The ferror function judges that an error is made in the file if the error indicator is set fflush Input output function Outputs the contents of a stream to a file Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fflush FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure 0 Successful EOF Error When the stream specified by fp is opened for output the fflush function outputs the stream buffer content which has not yet been output to the file This function disables the designation of the ungetc function if such a file is opened for input CC32R MANUAL 167 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fgetc Input output function Gets a character from a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fgetc FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure The character read Successful EOF End of file is encountered or a read error occurs The fgetc function inputs one character from the stream specified by the file point
16. If a function having a variable argument list initialized by the va_start macro returns before the va_end macro is invoked no error occurs but the operation of program is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 9 5 2 The fflush function fflush for an input stream is ignored no error returns e ANSI C 7 9 5 3 The fopen function If neither the fflush function nor file positioning function is invoked during a period from an input request to an output request for one stream the input output operation is not guaranteed Note 2 File positioning functions are fgetpos fseek fsetpos ftell and rewind CC32R MANUAL 292 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 9 6 Formatted input output functions printf like functions scanf like functions Though the type of function specifications doesn t agree with the corresponding number in the argument list or the number of actual arguments are less than the number of conversion specifications no error occurs but the operation is not guaranteed If the number of arguments is greater than specified by the conversion specifier the excess arguments are ignored The input output result for invalid conversion specifications in the printf like functions or the scanf like functions is indeterminate In most cases no error message is output If input output is different from what is expected check that the code for conversion specifications is in correc
17. Performs sorting Syntax include lt stdlib h gt void qsort const void base size_t nmmemb size_t size int compar const void const void base pointer to the sort target table nmemb the number of members to be sorted size size bytes of the member to be sorted compar pointer to the function to be compared Return Value None Description The qsort function sorts the table denoted by base The order of the sorted data depends on the compar function The specification of this function is the same as that for the bsearch function CC32R MANUAL 230 Chapter 9 C Standard Library raise Signal handling function Send a signal to the executing program Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt signal h gt int raise int sig Sig signal to be generated 0 Successful non 0 Error The raise function sends the signal indicated by sig to the program To call the raise function in actual the user written raise function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 rand General utility function Generates a pseudo random integer which resides between 0 and RAND_MAX Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt int rand void Generated pseudo random integer The rand function generates a pseudo random integer in the range of 0 to RAND_MAXx CC32R MANUAL 231 Chapter 9 C Standa
18. Performs the prototype declaration of the character string handle function and memory handle function Table 8 23 shows the functions declared by string h Table 8 23 Functions Declared by string h Function Description Reentrant memchr Locates in a memory area the position where O a character first appears memcmp Compares the contents of two memory areas O memcpy Copies the contents of a memory area to the destination O memory area memmove Moves the contents from a memory area to O the destination memory area memset Copies a character into the first n characters in memory O area strcat Links a string to the end of a string O strchr Locates in a string the position where a character first O appears strcmp Compares two strings O strcoll Compares the two strings based on the current locale O strcpy Copies the contents including null characters of the O source string to the target memory area strcspn Computes the length of initial segment of a string which O consists of unspecified characters strerror Returns the error message O Depends on _strerror function strlen Measures the size of string O strncat Links the specified number of characters to the string O strncmp Compares specified number of characters of two strings O strncpy Copies the specified number of characters from the O string to memory strpbrk Locates the position
19. CC32R MANUAL 156 Chapter 9 C Standard Library bsearch General utility function Performs binary search Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt void bsearch const void key const void base size_t nmmemb size_t size int compar const void const void key pointer to data to be surched base pointer to table to be surched nmemb the number of members to be surched size bytes of a member compar pointer to function to be compared Pointer for specified members Specified members have been searched NULL Not searched The bsearch function searches for members who meet the conditions of data specified by key through a table specified by base A function which performs comparison receives pointers p1 the 1st argument and p2 the 2nd argument for the two comparison data and returns the result according to the following specifications e p1 lt p2 this function returns a negative value e p1 p2 this function returns a value e p1 gt p2 this function returns a positive value All the members to be searched must be arranged in ascending order CC32R MANUAL 157 Chapter 9 C Standard Library calloc General utility function Allocates a memory space and initializes the allocated memory space to 0 Syntax Return Value Description Note include lt stdlib h gt void calloc size_t nelem size_
20. Conversions 4 3 1 Explicit Conversions Cast You can temporarily convert cast the type name of an object or a function by use of the cast operator The syntax for a cast is show in Figure 4 6 A cast to an lvalue is not allowed Syntax Example new_type_specifier identifier where new_type_specifier Either a scalar type or void identifier An identifier declared as a scalar type char str abc int a int str In order to substitute the operation value of int type a for double type x it convert into a double type Figure 4 6 Syntax of Explicit Conversion Cast Although a type is converted to its compatible type the value in the object or from the function is unchanged However making conversion to an incompatible type changes the value as shown in Table 4 15 and 4 16 in 4 3 2 Implicit Conversion CC32R MANUAL 51 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 3 2 Implicit Conversions Even though no an explicit conversion is specified a conversion may be done by the C compiler This is termed implicit conversion and includes the following e Conversion of enumerations A constant declared as enum is assumed as int e Conversion of characters and integers If an int can be represented all values of the original type the value is converted to an int Otherwise it is converted to an unsigned int This implicit conversions termed integr
21. Size Following conversion Type of the corresponding specifier specifier argument is h d i o u x orxX short int or unsigned short int n pointer to short int 1 ell d i o u x orxX long int or unsigned long int n pointer to long int L e E f g orG long double A size specifier is ignored if the following conversion specifier is other than d i o u x X e E f g Gorn e Conversion specifier A conversion specifier specifies how the corresponding argument is converted If the argument to be converted is a structure or array type or any pointer for those types the operation is not guaranteed except upon converting character array by s conversion and upon converting pointer by p conversion The conversion specifiers and conversion methods are shown below Tables If specifying any character not mentioned here as the conversion specifier the operation is not guaranteed Notice in the tables Types in the Type of the Argument columns are shown assuming that a size specifier h 1 or L is not specified in the conversion specification The argument and the precision mean an argument in the variable argument list and the precision in the conversion specification respectively correspond to the conversion specifier CC32R MANUAL 177 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Conversion Specifiers for fprintf 1 3 Conversion Conversion Method Type of the Notes on Pr
22. Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt long ftell FILE fp Lp pointer to File structure A file read write position The ftell function seeks a read write position of the stream specified by the file pointer fp and returns it as a return value CC32R MANUAL 193 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fwrite Input output function Transfers data from a memory area to a stream Syntax include lt stdio h gt size_t fwrite const void ptr size_t size size t n FILE fp ptr pointer to data storage area S Ze number of bytes per member n number of written members fp pointer to File structure Return Value The number of read members Successful the same value as n usually A value smaller than n When an error is made Description The fwrite function reads n members which have size byte data from the memory area pointed to by ptr to the stream pointed to by fp CC32R MANUAL 194 Chapter 9 C Standard Library getc Input output function Gets one character from a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int getc FILE fp one character input from file fp pointer to File structure The character read Successful EOF End of file is encountered or a read error occurs The getc function inputs one character from the stream specified by the file pointer fp and
23. XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX can t execute The subordinate process xxx cannot be started up Check the setting of the environment variable M32RLIB or files in the default directory and set the environment so that the subordinate process can be started up invalid multicharacter option The option xxx does not recognize invalid parameter The parameter specified after the option xxx is improper Example In R old new neither of P D C and B has been specified for old or nothing has been specified for new invalid unicharacter option The option xxx is not available missing parameter A necessary argument is not specified after the option xxx there is no option An option is not specified CC32R MANUAL 346 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 2 4 Error Messages Table 14 6 Error Messages 1 15 Message Description xxx after else xxx is present after else aggregate union type object must have constant expression initializer list You must initialize an aggregate and a shared set by use of a constant expression argument name not specified in function header No argument is specified for a function header xxx argument starts with a digit The first argument of the preprocessing directive xxx starts with a numeric character it must be an identifier arguments given to macro xxx Arguments are required on the macro xxx array subscript requires comb
24. e ANSI C 6 1 4 String literals Mixing wide character string literals and character literals With regular string literal specified if a wide character string literal token appears the prefix character L is ignored and concatenated as a character string literal With wide character literal specified character strings cannot be concatenated e ANSI C 6 1 7 Header names The characters or if appear in a header name are recognized as characters making up a file name not processed as special characters e ANSI C 6 2 1 Arithmetic operations If the result of an arithmetic conversion cannot be expressed within a given space deficiency in accuracy an approximate value is used In the case of conversion into an integer however digits to the right of the decimal points and the bit pattern of higher order digits that couldn t be accommodated is discarded e ANSI C 6 2 2 1 Lvalues and function designators In other cases than initializing an array by use of an initialization expression using an incomplete type on the lvalue results in an error e ANSI C 6 2 2 2 void Either accessing an object by use of a value of void type or adapting an implicit conversion to a void expression except conversion into void results in an error e ANSI C 6 3 Expressions Side effects A side effect that occurs between sequence points of an expression is indeterminate Do not write code that might lead to a different operation re
25. 1 a DEES EEIEIE EASA ETA RAA FARIA AA ALAEI ELFARI A FAAEA TTARA export _exit export _get_core export Swrite export _rel_core export _strerror export close export getuniqnum export lseek export open export Sread export Sgetenv export Sraise export Sremove section P code align 4 CC32R MANUAL 106 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming Terminate the program run S exit BRA HALT Get the heap memory routine _get_core MV R1 R4 SETH R2 HIGH HEAP POINTER OR3 R2 R2 LOW HEAP_POINTER LD RO R2 ADD R1 RO ST R1 R2 JMP R14 Write data to memory buffer routine Swrite LDI R3 0 BRA SKIP3 LOOP3 SETH R1 HIGH WRITE POINTER OR3 R1 R1 LOW WRITE POINTER LD R2 R1 ADD3 RO R2 1 ST RO R1 MV R1 R5 LDI RO H 3FF ADD R1 R3 REM R2 RO SETH RO HIGH WRITE BUFFER OR3 RO RO LOW WRITE_ BUFFER ADDI R3 1 ADD R2 RO LDB R1 R1 STB R1 R2 SKIP3 LD RO R15 CMP R3 RO BC LOOP3 LD RO R15 JMP R14 Not implemented routine _rel_ core _strerror Sclose S getuniqnum Slseek Sopen Sread Sgetenv Sraise Sremove LDI RO 0 JMP R14 low level routines use area export WRITE BUFFER section D data align 4 HEAP POINTER DATA W HEAP WRITE_POINTER DATA W 0 WRITE BUFFER RES B H 400 CC32R MANUAL 107 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications
26. 3 Prototype declaration Prototype for a 64 bit integer arithmetic function is declared A Function structure Comprised mainly of the C language operators that are put into functions 1 Arithmetic operation functions Performs a 64 bit integer arithmetic operation with the result returned by 64 bit integer type Four rules of arithmetic addition subtraction multiplication and division remainder and monadic negative CC32R MANUAL 333 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 2 Bitwise operation functions Performs a 64 bit integer bitwise operation with the result returned by 64 bit integer type Bitwise shifts left shift right logical shift right arithmetic shift Bitwise logical operations OR AND exclusive OR and inversion 3 Comparison and determination functions Compares a 64 bit integer or determines if it is 0 with the result returned by int type Comparison Determination of whether or not 0 4 Type conversion functions Converts type from 64 bit integer to C language integer or floating point type or vice versa Signed 64 bit integer lt gt unsigned 64 bit integer Signed 64 bit integer lt gt float or double Unsigned 64 bit integer lt gt float or double Signed 64 bit integer lt gt long or unsigned long Unsigned 64 bit integer lt gt long or unsigned long 5 Other functions Sets immediate data
27. C2 c3 c c4 In the case of inline expansion of func Operation for different abcde Cie C2 c3 c4 Appendix A 32 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A5 M32R ECU 5 M32R FPU core Compatible Function The new 32180 and 32182 Group abbreviated as M32R ECU 5 MCU s extension instructions and FPU instructions support This function is compatible with the M32R ECU 5 a A code can be generated using M32R ECU 5 added instruction C Compiler b The program using M32R ECU 5 added instruction can be assembled Assembler c The floating point constant can be handled Assembler A 5 1 Option designation m32re5 A code is generated using the M32R ECU 5 extension instruction Also the non normalized numeral in the floating point constant is reduced to 0 0 fminst A code is generated using FMADD Floating point multiply and add operation instruction and FMSUB Floating point multiply and substract operation instruction This option is disregarded where no m32re5 option is valid Where this option is not specified the FAADD and FMSUB instructions are not used Where this option is used also refer to A 5 3 4 float_only The double type is regarded forcedly as the float type If this option is used together with the m32re5 option all floating point operations can be made applicable to the FPU instruction In utilizing this function be sure to
28. M32R family Appendix A describes how to use the extended functions other than those related to language specifications Table A 1 Extended Functions Extended function Description of function Base register function 1 This function enables the code size to be minimized by speci fying which of the several dedicated base registers for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing each variable is relative to 16 bit register relative indirect addressing 2 The following are required in order to use this function 1 Access Control File and 2 Compile option access access_control_file Memory Models 1 When compiling the program this function hypothesizes multiple storage patterns in the application s memory space so that the optimum object can be generated depending on the size and location of the code P and C sections and data D and B sections in the address space 2 This compiler has four memory models 1 Small model 2 Small model with C compiler option memlarge 3 Medium model 4 Large model pragma Extended functions 1 This extended functions can be used to efficiently access the M32R family hardware specifications from the C lan guage Inline expansion This function is such that the contents of C language function to be called are expanded directly in place of function call Since the overhead such as the subroutine jump instruction BL can be omitted it is possib
29. Maximum number of names Section names Up to 65535 file Symbol names _ Up to 65535 file Module names _ Up to 65535 file Note The number may be limited by the capacity of the development environment system memory 3 1 6 Input File Names The C compiler identifies the type of input file by its extension and then starts the process required for that file such as compiling the file if it is written in C language or linking the file if it is object module Table 3 4 shows the starting process for each type of file See Figure 1 1 Programming Flow by CC32R Table 3 4 Input File and First Procedure Extension Type determined by the C Compiler First Procedure c C language source file Compiling ms Assembly language source file Assembling mo Object module file Linking Others Object module file Linking CC32R MANUAL 13 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 1 7 Output File Naming The name of the output file is the one specified by the o option If this option is not used the C compiler automatically gives the name to the output file as shown in Table 3 5 The o option lower case is ignored if two more input files are specified and the output is not a load module The output file is given the name according to Table 3 5 Table 3 5 Output File Names default File name Description file mi The name of the preprocessed C language source file The file name is the name of the C languag
30. Startup routine EFAIL EEEAT ESTIERS EITEL TT TERATAI AAT EATA SEET EEEE ATETEA T ERLA export STARTUP export HALT import _c_main section P code align 4 Initialize PSW control register STARTUP LDI RO 128 MVTC RO PSW Setting the user and interrupt stack SETH RO HIGH U_STACK OR3 RO RO LOW U_STACK MVTC RO SPU SETH RO HIGH S_ STACK OR3 RO RO LOW S STACK MVTC RO SPI CC32R MANUAL 105 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming LOOP1 SKIP1 area LOOP2 SKIP2 HALT Clear the B section to zero SETH R1 OR3 R1 SETH R2 OR3 R2 BLEZ R2 LDI RO STB RO ADDI R1 ADDI R2 BGTZ R2 Transfer the data to the RAM area SETH R1 OR3 R1 SETH R2 OR3 R2 SETH R3 OR3 R3 BLEZ R3 LDB RO STB RO ADDI R1 ADDI R2 ADDI R3 BGTZ R3 Jump to the C SETH RO OR3 RO JL RO End of program BRA HALT section section ROM _ HIGH B R1 LOW B HIGH sizeof B R2 LOW sizeof B SKIP1 0 R1 1 1 LOOP1 in the ROM_D section in ROM HIGH ROM_D R1 LOW ROM_D HIGH D R2 LOW D HIGH sizeof ROM_D R3 LOW sizeof ROM_D S standard initialize routine HIGH _c_main RO LOW _c_main infinity loop C data align 4 D data align 4 Ct a DEESA EEEE LAE LARERE ETA RAIRE A AEEA EEE LEIET EETA 2 Sample low level routine
31. and other representations of types are shown in Table 4 13 This manual uses these terms to give explanations in some instances Table 4 12 Types Called Types Character types char unsigned char Signed integer types char int short long Unsigned integer types unsigned char unsigned int unsigned short unsigned long Floating types float double long double Basic types signed integer types unsigned integer types floating types integer types signed integer types unsigned integer types enumerated types enum Arithmetic types integer types floating types Scalar types integer types floating types pointer types Aggregate types structure types struct array types Derived declarator types array types pointer types function types Derived types array types pointer types function types structure types struct union types union CC32R MANUAL 44 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Table 4 13 Type Representations Called Description Composite types They are constructed from two types which are compatible Incomplete types They describe object but lack information needed to determine the sizes of objects e g an array type unspecified its size Object types Describe objects without function types Function types Describe functions They determine types of the return value and parameters and the number of parameters Example char fun
32. can be used even if environment variable is designated to utf8 The program including the character other than Japanese that is defined with JIS X 0201 0208 is not able to process normally 2 Character that differs by the implement The number that is assigning the Unicode correspondence to the same character by impl ement of host environment an editor and target environment even if it is called may di ffer Because of this if utf8 is designated to environment variable M32RKIN M32RKOUT ple ase use and pay attention to the handling of Unicode Appendix A 42 A 6 5 A 6 5 1 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference 3 Handling of a resemblance character The character that was inputed will be transforming to euc at first in the compiler inside The several of the character that form resembled on Unicode are normalized to same cha racter on euc Therefore even if both M32RKIN and M32RKOUT are utf8 several charact ers of source and output may not be equal The supplement of Japanese processing Inside expression of the Japanese character 1 Inside expression of the multi byte character string The multi byte character string on C source will be transformed to the character code that is designated by M32RKOUT and be transformed to the text stream image of the content of the text file of 8bit Example Multi byte character string Next some program is shown description of the same meaning as char kanjil F1
33. pointer to File structure offset offset from the location specified by typex type offset type Return Value 0 Successful non 0 Error Description The fseek function moves a read write position of the stream specified by the file pointer fp from a place specified by the offset type type to a position of offset byte Types of offset are shown as follows type Meaning offset SEEK_SET Beginning of file 0 a positive value SEEK _ CUR Current read write position A negative value 0 a positive value SEEK_END End of file 0 a negative value For a text file type must be SEEK_SET and offset must be 0 or any value returned by the ftell function for the file The ungetc function is disabled by calling the fseek function CC32R MANUAL 192 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fsetpos Input output function Changes the current position on a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fsetpos FILE stream const fpos_t pos stream pointer to File structure pos a position on the stream to be modified 0 Successful non 0 Error Returns an error number to errno The fsetpos function moves the position on the stream specified by stream to a place designated by memory location specified by pos pos specifies a value returned by the fgetpos function ftell Input output function Locates the current read write position in a stream
34. returns the character without converting it CC32R MANUAL 270 Chapter 9 C Standard Library ungetc Input output function Returns a character a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int ungetc int c FILE fp Cc character of pushback fp pointer to FILE structure Pushed back character c Successful Normal EOF Failed The ungetc function returns the character c to the I O stream specified by the file pointer fp The pushed back character will become the next input data if the fflush fseek or rewind function is not called If the ungetc function is called twice or more without first one of the three functions being called the operation is not guaranteed Upon execution of the ungetc function the position indicator for the file is moved backward by one step If the indicator is already at the beginning of the file the indicator is not guaranteed When an error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set or the EOF indicator is set and this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the ferror function The error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 271 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Va a rg M ac ro Variable arguments access function Gets variable arguments in turn Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt stdarg h gt type va_arg
35. void rewind FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure Return Value None Description The rewind function moves the current read write position of the I O stream denoted by the file pointer fp to the beginning of the file The rewind function disables the ungetc function CC32R MANUAL 235 Chapter 9 C Standard Library scanf Input output function Gets data from the standard input file stdin and converts the data by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int scanf const char control control pointer to format string fF variable argument list receivers The number of arguments converted Successful the number excludes and substituted arguments for n conversion and arguments inhibited by EOF The end of the input data is reached before the completion of the first conversion except for or an error occurs The scanf function gets data from the standard input file stdin exchanges and edits it according to the format specified by control and stores the results into the memory area specified by the variable argument list For further information on format control see the fscanf function description CC32R MANUAL 236 Chapter 9 C Standard Library setbuf Input output function Defines a buffer for an I O stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt v
36. 3 2 Startup Options of the C Compiler lt The support of quoted names for includable source files gt In the include preprocess instruction you can specify a file name to include by means of enclosing it in a pair of quotation marks lt The mapping of source file character sequences gt The values of ASCII characters are respectively assigned to the characters in the source file e ANSI C 6 8 6 Pragma directive lt The behavior on each recognized pragma directive gt Unrecognized pragma directives are ignored e ANSI C 6 8 8 Predefined macro names lt The definitions for DATE __ and __TIME__ when respectively the date and time of translation are not available gt __DATE_and _TIME_ are always available 10 2 14 Library Functions e ANSI C 7 1 6 Common definitions lt stddef h gt lt The null pointer constant to which the macro NULL expands gt NULL the null pointer is defined as void 0 CC32R MANUAL 304 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 2 Diagnostics lt assert h gt lt The diagnostic printed by and the termination behavior of the assert function gt The diagnostic message from assert is Assertion failed expression file file_name line line_number e ANSI C 7 3 1 Character testing functions lt The set of characters tested for by the isalnum isalpha iscntrl islower isprint and isupper functions gt Characters ASCII characters for which isalnum isalpha isc
37. 4 10 Release 1 and use the zero divis ion measurement libraries please use general standard libraries instead of them The case of using non standard libraries In use the customer made libraries or the re build libraries from the standard library sources set of attachment to CC32R please re build or re compile with zdiv option Explanation of the zdiv option When it uses in compiling with cc32R Compiling with zdiv option it generates assembly source with inserting NOP instru ctions each after the all of created DIV instructions Also it inserts NOP instructions as same in asm functions too However if you use zdiv option with S or CS in same time compiler generates asse mbly source with removing comment and coverting alphabetic letters to upper In the case of inputting assembly sources to cc32R it performs same from assembling by as32R When it uses in assembling with as32R If assemble code includes DIV instructions with zdiv option it inserts NOP instructi ons each after the all of this DIV instructions However it except case of that NOP ins truction already exists after the DIV instruction It means there is not following object between the DIV instruction and the NOP instr uction In other words the compiler inserts NOP instruction after the DIV instruction if there is following object between the DIV instruction and the NOP instruction 1 Labels 2 Generic M32R instructions except NOP instruction 3 as32R
38. 6 5 and Figure 6 6 The called side set the return value by using this address The calling side refers to the return value setting area SP R15 gt TL Register Save draa Area Local Variable Area Argument Area Return Size of Higher Value Area Return LAdaress Value Figure 6 6 Struct or Union Type Return Value Setting CC32R MANUAL 89 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 6 Interface with Assembly Program When developing an application by linking more than two programs modules a program may refer to data of a different program or may call a function from another program This section describes how a C program can refer to an assembly program and how the assembly program can refer to the C program To call C program function from a different C program see 6 3 Call and Return Procedure For data reference see 6 4 Parameter Passing To reference C program data from an assembly program or to call a C program function from an assembly program it is necessary to write a program by following the C calling rule 6 6 1 Referencing Assembly Data from a C Program To reference assembly data from a C program write programs by following the example described in Figure 6 7 C program Assembly program extern int i j EXPORT i j SECTION D DATA ALIGN 4 func _i DATA W 1 _j DATA W 1 i j END Figure 6 7 Referencing Assembly Prog
39. Description struct b1 unsigned int a 5 unsigned int b 6 unsigned int c 7 0 45 1011 1718 31 The member of structure b1 is stored at the leftmost and subsequent 4 byte location size of unsigned int struct b2 short a 5 short b 5 short c 8 y 0 45 910 150 78 15 The c of the structure b2 would overflow from the third location 6 bits and is allocated a new location CC32R MANUAL 75 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Example 3 Coding Internal Representation Description Example 4 Coding Representation Internal Description struct b3 short a 5 short b 5 short 0 unsigned short c 5 oz 0 45 910 150 45 15 The 0 bit bit field short 0 of structure b3 is placed before c which is then allocated a new location struct b4 short a 5 short b 7 int c 9 int d 9 short e 6 short 8 The area allocated for 6 8 4 byte alignment 5 7 9 9 I LI I I eleje a 2 bytes gt 2 bytes gt 2 bytes 4 bytes gt j4 4 bytes In the structure b4 different bit field type specifiers are used The largest type specifier is int and the entire alignment is 4 byte 32 bit long The type specifier for each field specifies the bytes of the location at which the bit field is to be placed Because c is int type the alignment is 4 bytes The 9 bits can follow b CC32R MANUAL 76 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation If c i
40. E How to get files that is not included the debug informatio eee eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 1 E Cautions on using the base register function with standard library for C ceceeeees 2 E Avoiding the integral zero division problem of M32R ECU Series sccceeeeeeeeeteeeees 2 E On indirect calling a function that has variable arguments cecceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeens 4 E Data definition within the Code SOCTION ccesecceceeeeeseeeeeeseneeseeeneeteeeeeeseneeseeenensneeeenss 4 E Use of preprocessor variables inside a macro body cccesescceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeess 4 E About compiling the functions of 500 or more lines 200 eee eeeneeteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeereneeeens 5 E Precautions about changing C Calling Convention 0 00 eeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeetesteeteeeeee 5 CC32R MANUAL ix Preface Preface M3T CC32R abbreviated as CC32R is a cross tool kit which supports software development for the Renesas M32R family of 32 bit RISC architecture microcomputers It provides many functions suitable for development of embedded systems for the M32R family The CC32R manual set provides information for programming by use of CC32R targeting an M32R system Audience The CC32R manual set assumes that the readers are developers programming for the M32R system using the C or assembly language Accordingly it also assumes that the readers are familiar with programming langu
41. ECU series to generate assembly source with inserting NOP instructions each after the all of created DIV instructions Also it inserts NOP instructions as same in asm functions too In the case of inputting assembly sources to cc32R it performs same from assembling by as32R Invoking the tool with the option you can output messages which are output to the standard error by default to the standard output CC32R MANUAL 22 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 2 2 Notes about rel16 option to be taken when programming When the option rel16 is specified the compiler outputs load store instructions by register relative indirect addressing for access to the symbols of D and B sections located in RAM Access to symbols are performed in register relative indirect addressing mode via the fixed register R12 Example Differences in codes output with and without rel16 option When rel16 option is not used When rel16 option is specified LD24 R1 _symbol LDUB R1 R1 LDUB R1 _symbol __REL_BASE R12 When the option rel16 pay attention to the precautions below during programming e Be sure to set the R12 register and define the __REL_BASE symbol When using this option you need to set the R12 register and define the __REL_BASE symbol at the beginning of the program Generally these may be set in the startup program start ms Refer to Section 7 3 Programming Start up Program The v
42. For further information see Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Table 4 14 Data Type and Size Data Type Size Minimum Value Maximum Value char 128 127 unsigned char 1 byte 8 bits 0 255 short 32768 32767 unsigned short 2 byte 16 bits 0 65535 int 2147483648 2147483647 unsigned int Eby Di 0 4294967295 long 2147483648 2147483647 unsigned long EPE 0 4294967295 float 4 byte 32 bits 1 17549435e 38F 3 40282347e 38F double l 8 byte 64 bits 2 2250738585072014e 308 1 7976931348623157e 308 ong double 4 2 4 Data Format for Floating Point Constants Floating type data is assumed to be in the IEEE 754 format IEEE 754 is the internal representation of real numbers in the form specified by Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE For internal representation of floating type data see Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation CC32R MANUAL 47 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 2 5 Type Qualifiers Type qualifiers const and volatile can be added to any data type supported by the C compiler The type qualifiers are const volatile The type qualifier indicating that the value of the object cannot be changed The value of an object once declared by a data type such as const cannot be replaced a b Example const char c 1 const char ptr a Variable c is fixed at 1 and cannot be replaced b The content specified by
43. If you are using the EWS version change the following as shown MS Windows PC version EWS version lib32 src gt lib src BUILD bat gt BUILD csh CLEAN bat gt CLEAN csh 9 2 1 Library Building Procedure lt Storage location gt When CC32R is installed directory name lib32R src is created in the installation directory and the required directories and files created in that directory 1 Modify the BUILD batch file Specify the library name and compile options code generation related items memory model and specification of optimization Change the following in BUILD bat set TARGET lt TARGET NAME gt set CFLAGS lt COMPILE OPTION gt set AFLAGS lt ASSEMBLE OPTION gt set MMODEL lt MEMORY MODEL gt M lt TARGET NAME gt Specify the filename excluding extension of the library file A library with the lib extension and stk file with the stk extension are generated from the specified name lt COMPILE OPTION gt Specify the cc32R option s M lt ASSEMBLE OPTION gt Specify the as32R option s B lt MEMORY MODEL gt Specify the memory model name one of small medium and large CC32R MANUAL 141 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Example of specification If library name m32RcR lib small model and the library corresponds to time critical optimization is generated set TARGET m32RcR set CFLAGS small Otime zdiv set AFLAGS set MMODEL small In the EWS version quote the det
44. L_tmpnam Indicates that the size of the location is enough to store the string of the name of the temporary file generated by the tmpnam function SEEK CUR Indicates that the current read write position of the file is moved from the current of file to the offset SEEK END Indicates that the current read write position of the file is moved from the end of the file to the offset SEEK SET Indicates that the current read write position of the file is moved from the beginning of the file to the offset TMP_MAX Indicates the maximum number of file names generated by the tmpnam function FOPEN_MAX Indicates the maximum number of files including stdio stdout and stderr that the fopen function can open at the same time FILENAME_MAX Indicates the maximum size of the name of the file that can be opened stderr The file pointer which indicates the standard error stdin The file pointer which indicates the standard input file stdout The file pointer which indicates the standard output file Table 8 19 Data Type Declared by stdio h Data Type Description FILE Indicates the type of structure that stores the pointer of the buffer necessary for the stream input and output processes and error indicator and end indicator and other control information fpos_t Used by fsetpos and fgetpos functions to indicate file position CC32R MANUAL 133 8 2 13 stdlib h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Performs the prototype d
45. M32R ECU 5 extension instructions FPU instructions of M32R FPU core Also the non normalized numeral in the floating point constant is reduced to 0 0 For more details refer to Chapter A 5 P upper case Uses the C preprocessor only and generates a file with the extension mi file mi The file does not include line information Creates a load module file in the form of relocatable one If this option is not specified the module file is generated as an absolute file This option becomes effective at during linking This option cannot be used with MEM or SEC CC32R MANUAL 18 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 5 8 Option Description R old new The C compiler changes the name of the section it is creating The C compiler classifies the C program into the following 4 sections according to its function default Section name Description Program Constant value Global variable having initial value wya Global variable having no initial value When changing these section names use this option to enter the original section name P C D or B to old and the new section name to new S upper case Generates assembly language source file s file ms by compiling only CC32R MANUAL 19 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 6 8 Option SEC name SEC name addr Description
46. Of CCBQR Es ssa zedeese oe incir ede i ie ea eie daaa ire ie E 1 Overview of the Components Of CC32R o eeeecsesceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeseeeeeaeeteaeeeneeteaeens 1 Programming FIOW ic eecescieassiccis Hg actce das chdeedbe naaa E EEE a EE aivageees 2 Input and Output File Names for CG32R meinir tienda adn 4 Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R 5 2 1 About the C Compiler CC32R o0 eeeccecccsceceecececeeeeeaeececaeeeeeaaeeeeaeeeeeaaesesneeeetaeetenaeees 5 Zell COB2FY FUNCTIONS necie uoaa aae EEE Ea E SEE 5 Pele CCB2M Features srne e sara ii edari id dich ieddaciadesdieeeat 5 22 Compatibility with An Old VERSION siscccs cotcerssceesaeccensssecueee ee vance cues veseareeeevaadvtests anaiena 8 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 9 31 How to Invoke the Compllefiicasucasansndenatyaue eden 9 Solel TVOKING POCUT ss c5 se recechi atte icccaasceice e e E N N 9 3 1 2 Setting Environment Variables c c ciseccesectactegsibeasceescehisecebszesiss iraibi i iiaii 9 313 Command Eine Syntax and RUES eeii eia 10 Ska Command ME rcerccccstoncetshcaatecedsstsatessccecseetiacsenetteaccasSeeateraaersgats aN aae eS 11 SAS MPUL File Conditions srnesanpnn ae dascies teas cael celeichsetiadcdateeeti the edeesiees 13 36 np t Fle NaMe Sesiinae an rE ana ie aaide i ai 13 SA7 Output File NAMING echcsiesdecesccenscedsceiesdchacndiow eesqeees ees cets tele EERa eas 14 SALES Output Dunn EXECUTOR scssi segane ceases dia EA EEE SE E 14 32 Comman
47. Programming PTTTTTT TTT TTT TTT Gi ii 7 3 Heap and stack memory area common use 1 a TEREAI ERASER IALT ELTETT EAEE A ILILETA ATTERT AA TATEA T IETA section B data align 4 HEAP RES B H 4000 U_STACK RES B H 1000 S_ STACK PTT TTT TTT TTT TTT aaa aaa 4 Reset vector area ta EPEELIEITEF ELFALI EEIEIIE TALII ALI AEAEE ETTEI SEEI EALE section RI code locate h 7FFFFFF0 SETH RO HIGH STARTUP OR3 RO RO LOW STARTUP JMP RO end STARTUP RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND RENESAS SOLUTIONS CORPO RATION R2 This Start up program start ms is sample program CC32R MANUAL 108 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming za About start up file start ms in HEW The Hew generates a file start ms when creating new project This file was modified from one that was using with the TM and the User s Manual Fundamentally the contents of these start ms are nearly equal However the start ms HEW generated can be controled by the assembler as32R with setting following paramter into D option If you will modify this start ms be careful in this point Table 7 3 Meaning of control symbols of start ms the HEW generated SymbolName ltem name of Means Initial HEW project Name value creating dialog _ STANDARD JO __ Use Standard I O Decides whether or not that 0 Library the start ms initializes the The stand standard library before calling ard libra
48. SEC name addr name adadr Specifies the linking order of sections and the start address Enter the section name into name and the address of the location for the section into addr Next to the specify the start address in hexadecimal Affix 0 zero to the first letter of the hexadecimal if the hex number starts with an alphabetic character If the start address is not specified a section is immediately followed by the next section If the symbol is affixed to the beginning of the section name the memory reserve information for that section is output without any data initial data elimination function of the linker The initial data which is not output because of the elimination function of can be output to another area initial data extraction function of the linker To output enter the section name without in the command line The data is output under the section name ROM_name Example SEC D 1000 B P 0c000 C D This example assigns address 100016 and subsequent addresses for the D section and places the D section initial data next to the C section The initial data is output to the load module file under the section name ROM_D This option cannot be used with MEM or r switch_ by offset Additional designation to cc32R command line option is required at compiling For more details refer to Chapter 3 2 4 U name upper case Undefines the defined preprocessor macro specifie
49. Separates a string into tokens Converts the string based on the current locale Initialize struct lconv Sets and searches locale information Converts data and time a struct tm into the equivalent text string Gets the elapsed processor time Converts the calendar time a time_t value into the equivalent text string Computes the difference between the two specified times Converts calendar time to Coordinated Universal Time UTC Converts current calendar time to the local time Converts date and time a struct tm to the calendar time Converts date and time a struct tm to the format specified Reads the current calendar time Appendix B 7 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List Signal handling function raise Send a signal to the executing program signal Sets up a signal handler that responds to the signal Initialization function non ANSI _init_atexit Initializing for atexit _init_base_year Initializing for the date and time group _init_exit_environ Initializing for exit _init_mem Initializing for I O general utility and localization groups _init_stdio Initializing for I O group Termination function non ANSI _action_atexit Performs user registered terminations _exit_mem Terminating for I O general utility and localization groups _exit_stdio Terminating for I O group _get_exit_code Gets the exit status from exit Special floating point values judgement function non A
50. The source code attempted to redefine either a macro or an argument list macro name xxx is reserved xxx is a predefined macro macro name missing after D option A macro name hasn t been specified for the D option macro name missing after U option There is no macro name after the U option member fields with bit size of zero must not be named You cannot give a name to a bit field whose size is 0 more arguments are specified than declared The number of arguments is greater than declared more parameters than definition The number of parameters in a function prototype declaration is too many The number of parameters does not agree with that in a function definition new style function can not have an old style parameter declaration An old way of declaring arguments must not be mixed with a new way newline character not allowed You cannot include a line feed character in a character constant no arguments to macro xxx No arguments are present in the macro xxx no repetition of type qualifier in declaration You cannot declare a type qualifier repeatedly xxx No such file or directory The file to be included xxx cannot be read non integral constant expression for enumeration constant An attempt has been made to define a non integral constant for an enum constant CC32R MANUAL 354 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 9 15 Message Descri
51. Unions 5 Arrays 6 Pointers A 1 3 3 Types of type qualifier The following object type qualifiers are targeted by the base register function 1 No type qualifier 2 Volatile A 1 4 Objects Not Targeted by Base Register Function A 1 4 1 Types of types and derived types etc 1 Member names Structure type names can be specified 2 Functions 3 Constants A 1 4 2 Memory classes and storage 1 static variables in functions or in blocks that have the same name as those in objects not in functions 2 Global variables with names the same as objects in functions 3 auto 4 register 5 typedef A 1 4 3 Qualifiers 1 const Appendix A 5 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 1 5 Setting Base Symbols and Base Registers With the base register function the compiler s output code does not 1 Definition of base symbol or 2 Initialization of base registers These operations must therefore be included in for example the start up program In the example shown below we have extracted the relevant portion of a start up program in which the three base registers R11 to R13 are used Note that in this example all three registers R11 to R13 are assigned as base registers but that it is not necessary to set up all of R11 to R13 when they are not used Note When the base address is specified in the Access Control File you must specify the same value for the base symbol as at that address 1 De
52. When the link register R14 is used then the link register is saved The following registers can be specified for register names General registers RO R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 Control registers PSW or CRO BPC or CR6 Accumulator ACCO or AO ACC1 or A1 ACC When a register name is specified it is added to the default setting and the compiler generates the code for evacuating and returning that register To have other than the default registers evacuated and returned register names must be specified To specify two or more registers specify their names delimited by spaces Note that there is no differentiation between uppercase and lowercase letters when specifying the names Notes 1 ACC1 or A1 is a reserved register name for the M32Rx core instruction set and this specification is ignored 2 If ACC is specified the operation is the same as when only ACCO or AO is specified The pragma INTERRUPT declaration is valid whether the actual function is defined before or after the declaration To ensure compatibility with other compilers it is able to describe pragma INTF in stead of pragma INTERRUPT Base registers R11 to R13 specified using the access option are not evacuated or returned unless specified in a pragma INTERRUPT statement Appendix A 26 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma INTERRUPT Rules An error is returned when compiling in the cas
53. a floating point number Obtains the base 10 logarithm of a floating point number Divides a floating point number into integer and decimal Obtains a floating point number to nth power Obtains the sine of the radians of a floating point number Obtains hyperbolic sine of a floating point number Obtains the positive square root of a floating point number Obtains the tangent of the radians of a floating point number Obtains hyperbolic tangent of a floating point number Appendix B 2 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List Non local jump function longjmp setjmp Recovers the execution environment saved by setjmp and transfers control to the program location of a setjmp call Saves the current environment to a memory area Variable arguments access function va_arg Macro Gets variable arguments in turn va_end Macro Ends the reference to variable arguments va_start Macro Initializes to reference variable arguments Input output function clearerr fclose feof ferror fflush fgetc fgetpos fgets fopen fprintf fputc fputs fread freopen fscanf fseek Clears an error condition in a stream Closes a file Checks if the end of a stream is reached Checks if a stream is in an error condition Outputs the contents of a stream to a file Gets a character from a stream Locates the current position on a stream Gets a string from an input stream Opens a file Outputs data to a strea
54. a result of previous error s Either a structure or a shared set is improper There is a chance that an error may have occurred previously subscript must be positive non zero integral value An array size must be an constant of integer sequence greater than 0 syntax error A syntax error syntax error at or near symbol xxx A syntax error is present near the symbol xxx syntax error in if constant expression A syntax error is present in the description of a constant expression under if tag conflicts with prior struct union appearance A tag is inconsistent with that of struct union previously described tag conflicts with prior struct union enum appearance A tag is inconsistent with that of struct union enum previously described tag redeclared in current declaration A tag re declared is present xxx tag use inconsistant with previous definition The use of the tag xxx is inconsistent with the one in the previous definition xxx tentative definition static object shall not have incomplete type at declaration The type declaration of the static object is incomplete VRE too many arguments to macro n arguments The number of arguments of the macro xxx is too many n arguments are present CC32R MANUAL 359 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 14 15 Message Description too many characters in a character constant The number of characters in a charac
55. aaiae leueegenttaaatianss 2 At 1 What is the Base Register FUNGON isecciseiniiisiannsicaninsenia ea 2 A 1 2 Types of Access Targeted by Base Register Function and Code Output 3 A 1 2 1 Access 10 VAMADICS cis issiascseaszass scocsensaccrsstadeesesuesnaradvacssdsateertencnvancensbiedendesservencaueses 3 A 1 2 2 PR ses COS TAIN es aruia S 8 A 1 3 Objects Targeted by Base Register Function ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeereseneeteeeeeeen 4 AABA Memory Class linkaQe sicciicicscsssssccsenescsaesscersssnasperenevnaredsceseass didida 4 ANIZ MODIS OUIY DES asiesteunzasaccuiansssabosteasaiseatnns eaten nadenbanianameabessestaunaatue iA iiS 4 Asl aio WYPES Ofly pe Gual epea A N 5 A 1 4 Objects Not Targeted by Base Register Function ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeeatens 5 A 1 4 1 Types of types and derived type Cts sissiccisscsses cesses cecsstsonctaccescuse senserteivessicraresesonses 5 Acl42 Memory classes AndStonage sits ccs eaa cank eae aeia 5 PR Meh ec GVEA TV Sls icc acne alee ca aw dade dae gid a waa Sew aac sede cleat b dees dees 5 A 1 5 Setting Base Symbols and Base Registers ecccceseeseteneeeeeeteaeeseeeeeaeetteeseaeeeeees 6 A 1 6 Base Register Function Limitations cccsscceceeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeenseneeseneeeeseeeeeseeees 6 AT The Access Control Fil ssenari ii dedesisnestasbinnscens T A171 Contentsof the Access Control File weet sscseresvess res casceneencossdaess
56. aggregate or a union is specified for an item other than p and s of the printf like functions the program operates properly If the result of conversion effected by the printf function exceeds 509 characters the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 9 6 2 The fscanf function Qualifier In dealing with conversion specifications of scanf like functions if the qualifier the size specifying character h 1 L is specified previous to a conversion specifier other than the one involved as given below then the qualifier is ignored Either h or l put previous to a conversion specifier other than d i n 0 u or x e L put previous to a conversion specifier other than e f or g Compatibility with p of printf like functions The output format of the p conversion of the printf like functions is compatible with the address format assigned to p of the scanf like functions Storage area for the conversion result If the area to which the resultant value of conversion effected by the scanf like functions is assigned is insufficient in capacity or of incompatible type the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 10 1 String conversion functions conversion from a string into a numerical value If the conversion result effected by one of the functions atof atoi atol that converts a string into a numerical value cannot be expressed due to a domain error the function returns the maximum value of the doma
57. and corresponds to the ASCII codes from 0x20 to Ox7E If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 206 Chapter 9 C Standard Library ispunct Character handling function Judges whether a special character or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int ispunct int c Cj character to be judged non 0 cis special character 0 cis anything other than special character Returns any value other than 0 if c is a special character and returns 0 if c is not a special character A special character is any printable character excluding space capital letter small letter and decimal digit If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 207 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isspace Character handling function Judges whether a white space or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isspace int c Cj character to be judged non 0 cis a white space 0 cis anything other than a white space Returns any value other than 0 if c is a white space and returns 0 if c is not a white space A white space shall be as the following characters e White spaces
58. be referred through the ferror and feof function respectively If any information on the error occurrence and file completion cannot be obtained through the return value of the functions which handle the stream this function checks the status of the file by means of these data CC32R MANUAL 160 Chapter 9 C Standard Library clock Date and time function Gets the elapsed processor time Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt time h gt clock _t clock void Not supported The clock function depends on your system environment Therefore the clock function is not supported for the present To call the clock function in actual the user written clock function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 Cos Mathematics function Obtains the cosine of radians of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double cos double x X floating point number in radians Calculated value of argument The cos function calculates cosine of x CC32R MANUAL 161 Chapter 9 C Standard Library cosh Mathematics function Obtains the hyperbolic cosine of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double cosh double x X floating point number Calculated value of argument Successful The cosh function calculates the hyperbolic cosine of x W
59. be used CC32R MANUAL 37 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Table 4 6 Expression of Integer Constant Radix Consists of Base and Integer Constant Decimal number Starts with a number other than 0 followed by numbers Numbers 0123456789 Hexadecimal number A hexadecimal number starting with 0x or 0X Hexadecimal numbers 0123456789 abcdeforABCDEF Octal number An octal number starting with 0 Octal numbers 01234567 When the character u or U is suffixed to an integer constant the constant is treated as an unsigned constant If neither character is suffixed the constant is treated as a signed constant When the character 1 or L is suffixed to an integer constant the constant is treated as a long type constant If neither character is suffixed the constant is treated as an int type constant Table 4 7 Integer Type Constant Data Type Following constant Process by C compiler data type u or U suffixed Unsigned constant No u or U suffix Signed constant lor L suffixed long type constant No lor L suffix int type constant Table 4 8 shows examples of integer type constant expression Table 4 8 Description of Integer Type Constant Example Description 123 Signed int type decimal number 123 123u Unsigned int type decimal number 123 1231 Signed long type decimal number 123 123ul Unsigned long type decimal number 123 0123 Signed octal number 123 0x123 Signed hex number 123 C
60. c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 202 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isdigit Character handling function Judges whether a decimal digit or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isdigit int c J Cj character to be judged non 0 cis decimal digit 0 cis anything other than decimal digit Returns any value other than 0 if cis a decimal digit and returns 0 if c is not a decimal digit e Decimal digits 0123456789 If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 203 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isgraph Character handling function Judges whether a printable character other than space Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isgraph int c Cj character to be judged non 0 cis a printable character excluding space 0 cis not a printable character excluding space Returns any value other than 0 if c is a printable character excluding space and returns 0 if c is not a printable character or is a space Printable character excluding space is visible on a display and corresponds to the ASCII codes from 0x21 to Ox7E If a value of c is n
61. ces nereseneseearenseanucs cepeenvanye 7 AA 2 The Access Control File Sy Max sssrin Taea 8 A 1 7 3 Hints on describing the Access Control File sisssss scccdsectscivccsniiacdedeedvedversoasdoatcesscsedeactae 9 A 1 8 Example of Using Base Register FUNCTION ecceeeceeeseeseeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeeteeeteeetaes 11 A 1 8 1 Example Use of Base Register Function ssicissssicscessescoscsavsetsaccussesssiciadenscbecvereseieesecs 11 A2 Memory Models sconcnvinah necessaries eae eens 15 A21 Ab ut Memory Models ii c 2 035cccvestecsedesJaadesactssctedseciacedkeshapud ctestscpasteuesadecazesstezbaigess 15 A 2 2 Detailes of Memory Models cccceescesseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeaeeeaeeseaeeeaeesaeseaeeseateseeseaeenaes 15 AS pragma Extended PUMCUOMS sciccestiitictendssticacecsadieale ted coateesHajoaeastdindamenismahead 19 A 3 1 List of pragma Extended Functions 0 eccecceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseeesseeeneetaes 19 AA IMlinGOxPaNSlOM asignen a en eee 29 A 5 M32R ECU 5 M32R FPU core Compatible Function n 33 ASI NOMUOMGSSIGM AUG MG aiai ee eaa daei ea soia 33 A52 Utilize FPU Instruction Effectively iissa 33 A53 Precautions in Utilizing FPU IMSthUCtOn wisserzesreteascaccesshtecs sastdesdennecacetenatcepeselttecveces 34 A 5 3 1 CAUTION float_omly Option c ssescsesssesssessessesssesssessesssessusssvessvessesssetssseseesserseseeess 34 A 5 3 2 Not MORMAI ZOD ciccss tse rsescesdacerssss tevesssesnancestdssdansene
62. contents of a memory area to the destination memory area Moves the contents from a memory area to the destination memory area Copies a character into the first n characters in memory area Links a string to the end of a string Locates in a string the position where a character first appears Compares two strings Compares the two strings based on the current locale Copies the contents including null characters of the source string to the target memory area Computes the length of initial segment of a string which consists of unspecified characters Appendix B 6 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List strerror strlen strncat strncmp strncpy strpbrk strrchr strspn strstr strtok strxfrm Localization function localeconv setlocale Date and time function asctime clock ctime difftime gmtime localtime mktime strftime time Returns the error message Measures the size of string Links the specified number of characters to the string Compares specified number of characters of two strings Copies the specified number of characters from the string to memory Locates the position where one of the specified characters first appears in a string Locates the position where a character last appears in a string Computes the length of initial segment of a string which consists of specified characters Finds the first occurrence point of a string within another
63. date and time handle functions Date and time function CC32R MANUAL 117 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files 8 2 Contents of the Header Files The section describes standard library functions declared or defined in standard header files To use these functions the associated header file must be included The macros defining limit values are listed The header files are listed in the alphabetical order 8 2 1 8 2 15 8 2 1 assert h Defines the program diagnostic function assert macro definition with parameter 8 2 2 ctype h Prototype declaration and macro definition of the character handling function These functions are listed in Table 8 2 Table 8 2 Functions Declared by ctype h Function Description Reentrant isalnum Judges whether a letter or decimal digit O isalpha Judges whether a letter or not O iscntrl Judges whether a control character or not O isdigit Judges whether a decimal digit or not O isgraph Judges whether a printable character other than space O islower Judges whether a lower case letter or not O isprint Judges whether a printable character including space O ispunct Judges whether a special character or not O isspace Judges whether a white space or not O isupper Judges whether an upper case letter or not O isxdigit Judges whether a hexadecimal digit or not O tolower Converts an upper case letter into lower case O toupper Converts a lower case letter into u
64. digit e Hexadecimal digits 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 210 Chapter 9 C Standard Library labs General utility function Obtains the absolute value of a long type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt long labs long 7 Ji integer calculating an absolute value Absolute value of calculation result The labs function calculates an absolute value of a long type integer If the calculation result cannot be expressed as a long type the operation is not guaranteed Idexp Mathematics function Performs multiplication of a floating point number and 2 to the nth power Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double ldexp double x int f X floating point number f index integer Result of xeof The Idexp function calculates a value of x 2f and return the result If the calculation result overflows this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno and returns HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL if negative as a return value CC32R MANUAL 211 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Idiv General utility function Divides a long type integer and obtains the quotient and remainder Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt ldiv_
65. e ANSI C 7 9 3 Files lt Whether the file position indicator of an append mode stream is initially positioned at the beginning or end of the file gt The file position indicator is initially located at the end of file lt Whether a write on a text stream causes the associated file to be truncated beyond that point gt Truncating the associated file is not caused lt The characteristics of file buffering gt Three methods are available for buffering full buffering line buffering and no buffering You can set change them by use of the setbuf function or the setvbuf function lt Whether a zero length file actually exists gt It is depends on user defined low level functions lt The rules for composing valid file names gt They depend on user defined low level functions lt Whether the same file can be open multiple times gt It is depends on the user defined open function a low level function e ANSI C 7 9 4 1 The remove function lt The effect of the remove function on an open file gt It is depends on the user defined remove function a low level function e ANSI C 7 9 4 2 The rename function lt The effect if a file with the new name exists prior to a call to the rename function gt It is depends on the user defined rename function a low level function CC32R MANUAL 307 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 9 6 1 The fprintf function lt The output for p conversion
66. example only R4 and R5 are used in the case of two arguments Also if there are five or more arguments stack passing is applied to the fifth and subsequent arguments 1 2 Stack passing The following applies if the conditions in 6 4 2 The Cases where Stack passing is Valid are satisfied The arguments are pushed onto the stack and the argument area is set up The arguments are stacked in sequence from the last argument The first argument is set at the lowest address in the argument area as shown in Figure 6 4 CC32R MANUAL 82 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions TLower Address D 1st Argument SP gt h Al Spa n th Argument n th Argument Higher JAdaress Figure 6 4 Argument Setting When a called function returns the structure or union type return value after the first argument is pushed the top address of the area where the return value is set is pushed The return value setting area general ly in the stack area is reserved by the calling side before starting the function call Figure 6 5 shows the argument area for the function having structure or union type return value 4 bytes J TOP Address of TLower Address Return Value Area ist Argument Argument EA Area Return Size of i 7 Value Area Return Value n th Argument bsg eee Figure 6 5 Argument Area for the Function which Returns Structure or Union 2 Call function This function is called by BL or JL
67. file ends at a midpoint of a preprocessing token or ofa comment an error occurs Note 1 Preprocessing token see the ANSI C 6 1 A minimal lexical element of text within a source file in C and includes the following header names identifiers preprocess ing numbers character constants string literals operators punctuators and single non white space character that do not match the above e ANSI C 5 2 1 Character Sets Characters other than those belonging to the character set If characters that do not belong to the variable character set ap pear in a source file excluding preprocess tokens not to be con verted into tokens character constants string literals header names and comments a warning is given and the characters are ignored e ANSI C 5 2 1 2 Multi byte Characters If multi byte characters are used anywhere other than comments character constant and string literal the operation is not guaran teed There can be instances in which the end of comment is not detected if what immediately precedes the end of comment is in shift state CC32R MANUAL 281 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 1 Lexical elements Pair of quotation marks Either a or that does not form a pair if appears in a source results in an error e ANSI C 6 1 2 1 Scopes of identifiers Using the same identifier twice or more as a label within a function results in an error Using an identifier that
68. for which this International Standard imposes no requirements e Implementation defined behavior Behavior for a correct program construct and correct data that depends on the characteristics of the implementation and that each implementation shall document e Locale specific behavior Behavior that depends on local conventions of nationality culture and language that each implementation shall document CC32R MANUAL 280 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior 104 Undefined Behavior The operation dealt with as undefined behavior in ANSI C is not guaranteed in the C compiler In most cases the result may be ignoring the issuance of a diagnostic message or occurrence of run time error Thus it is recommended to write a program that is free from undefined behavior Here follow operations corresponding to undefined behavior that may be probable not guaranteed in the C compiler cc32R The number and the head ing subsequent to ANSI C are the section number and the section heading of the corresponding ANSI C ANSI ISO 9899 1990 e ANSI C 5 1 1 2 Translation Phases End of source file If no new line character is present at the end of source file a new line character is automatically added the last line of a file need not to end with a new line character If the source file ends with a new line character preceded by a backslash the backslash and the new line character are deleted If the source
69. function copies the string including the terminating null character specified by s2 into the memory area specified by s1 CC32R MANUAL 248 Chapter 9 C Standard Library st rcs p n String handling function Computes the length of initial segment of a string which consists of unspecified characters Syntax include lt string h gt size_t strcspn const char si const char s2 sl pointer to string to be checked s2 pointer to string used to check the sZ string Return Value The length of the searched string Description The strespn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists of characters not from the string pointed to by s2 And it returns the length i e the number of characters st rerror String handling function Returns the error message Syntax include lt string h gt char strerror int e e error number Return Value Pointer to the error message corresponding to the error number e Description The strerror function returns the pointer to the error message corresponding to the error number e as the return value CC32R MANUAL 249 Chapter 9 C Standard Library st rft i me Date and time function Converts date and time a struct tm to the format specified Syntax include lt time h gt size_t strftime char s size_t maxsize const char format const struct tm timeptr S buffer for
70. gt lt math h gt also acceptable float func float fin if isinff fin return 1 0f In the case of infinity if isnanf fin return 1 0f In the case of NaN return fin 2 0f Other cases Appendix B 9 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage Appendix C Restrictions on Usage There are restrictions of the CC32R For other precautions of only this version see the Precautions on using of the next chapter E How to get files that is not included the debug informatio C compiler cc32R assembler as32R and linker Ink32R have come to be generating the debugging information always Namely the object module and load module files that these tools generate always include the debugging information Such a outputting debug information is not possible to impede in those options The strip32R can process even the object module that compiler and assembler generated in addition to the load module that the linker The strip32R can process even the object module that compiler and assembler generated in addition to the load module that generated the linker In other words if each output files are processed with strip32R after cc32R as32R or Ink32R these tools act as conventional CC32R V 4 10 or before Example of using strip32R expresses a prompt Usually usage The strip32R is able to apply to each output file of the cc32R as32R and Ink32R Strip32R is able to process both files of object mo
71. h gt int fputc int c FILE fp C character s to be output fp pointer to File structure The character written Successful EOF A write error occurs The fputc function outputs the character c into the stream specified by the file pointer fp When a write error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 181 Chapter 9 C Standard Library f p u Tt S Input output function Outputs a string to a stream Syntax include lt stdio h gt int fputs char s FILE fp Si pointer to character s to be output fp pointer to File structure Return Value 0 Successful EOF A write error occurs Description The fputs function outputs the character s specified by s into the stream specified by the file pointer fp However the null character is not output When a write error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 182 Chapter 9 C Standard Library f read Input output function Transfers data from a stream to a memory area Syntax include lt stdio h gt size t fread void ptr size_t size size t n FILE fp ptr pointer to data storage area size the number of bytes of one member
72. is an example of the programming that used a Japanese processing function include include include include include char char wchar t define define char wchar _t void int main voi lt stddef h gt Wchar t type definition lt locale h gt Due to the control of locale lt stdlib h gt Due to the mbstowcs function application lt stdio h gt lt string h gt str1 CC32R SEr2 a gt My we 1 Description of Japanese with a multi byte character string wstr L Wall 2 Description of Japanese with F a wide character string BUFSIZE 256 WBUFSIZE 128 buff BUFSIZE wbuff WBUFSIZE kanjiout wchar_t wc The function for outputting wide character dummy Make program as that wc is outputted to the display devices return d int size_wch i 3 Multi byte character string if there be not division etc conventional character string processing possibility strcpy buff strl strcat buff str2 4 Setting up the character code for preparation to use the mbstowcs function setlocale LC_CTYPE sjis In the case of Shift JIS 5 Transformation to the wide character string size wch mbstowcs wbuff buff WBUFSIZE 6 Sending each 1 character to output function while taking out each 1 letter from wide character string that transformed Yet 2 and No will be omitted f
73. is generated as a command using 16 bit register relative indirect addressing mode c lower case Performs only compiling and generates an object module file file mo This option is ignored when the S option is used C upper case The C preprocessor does not delete any comment constr Allocates character string constant to C section enabling allocation in the ROM area D name D name def Defines the name or constant specified by the def into the macro named name The name 1 if def is not used e entrypoint Sets the entry point of a load module at entrypoint symbol This option is effective during linking Invokes the C preprocessor only The preprocessor output is sent to the standard output float_only he double type is regarded forcedly as the float type If this option is used together with the m32re5 option all floating point operations can be made applicable to the FPU instruction For more details refer to Chapter A 5 fminst A code is generated using FMADD Floating point multiply and add operation instruction and FMSUB Floating point multiply and substract operation instruction This option is disregarded where no m32re5 option is valid Where this option is not specified the FMADD and FMSUB instructions are not used For more details refer to Chapter AS Outputs the information debug information as necessary for debugging to the object module fil
74. is not present in the current scope results in an error e ANSI C 6 1 2 Identifiers Characters subsequent to the significant characters if different in an identifier that identifies the same entity result in a warning e ANSI C 6 1 2 2 Linkages of identifiers If you declare the same identifier that stands for a function both for internal identifier and external identifier it is regarded as an external identifier If the identifier is put to static declaration in function definition it is regarded as an internal identifier If you define an identifier standing for anything else than functions for both internal identifier and external identifier it is regarded as an internal identifier e ANSI C 6 1 2 4 Storage durations of objects If a storage area reserved for an object that has automatic storage duration becomes no longer guaranteed and if you use the pointer value that references the object no error occurs during compilation but its operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 6 1 2 6 Compatible type and composite type If there are two declarations for the same object or for a function and if their types are not compatible an error results e ANSI C 6 1 3 4 Character constants A non supported escape sequence if appears either in a character constant or in a string literal results in a warning and the backslash is ignored example c is interpreted as c CC32R MANUAL 282 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior
75. macro call is effected Code Example macro INST_MACRO MOV 0 RO0 endm macro LABEL MACRO label INST_MACRO label putting a preprocessor variable from the first column endm section P code align 2 LABEL MACRO L1 this expansion will be failed LABEL MACRO L2 this expansion will be failed end Solution Inside a macro body write a preprocessor variable from the second column or the subseque nt Appendix C 4 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage E About compiling the functions of 500 or more lines When you compile a program that has the big functions of 500 or more lines by CC32R a er ror Out of memory will occur In this case divide this function so that its lines decrease E Precautions about changing C Calling Convention CC32R V 3 00 Release 1 or newer always generates code for function parameters by regist ers Accordingly objects of CC32R V 3 00 Release 1 or newer and V 2 10 Release 1 can t be linked without measuring Correspond in the following methods 1 C language program that passes the function argument by using stack It means objects and libraries that was compiled by the CC32R V 2 10 Release 1 without RBPP option How to adapt Compile them with CC32R V 3 00 Release 1 or newer 2 Program of the assembly language that is handing over the function argument by stack It is the program of the assembly language passing the argument of the function by using sta
76. name Pointer to the character string Variable specified by name has been found specified by variable NULL Variable specified by name has not been found The getenv function searches for the variable specified by name in an environment list To call the getenv function in actual the user written getenv function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL 197 Chapter 9 C Standard Library gets Input output function Gets a string from the standard input stdio Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt char gets char s string input from standard input S pointer to data storage area s Successful NULL End of file is encountered or a read error occurs Note The content of the storage specified by s does not vary when an input file is ended but it depends on the user defined read function when an error occurs The gets function inputs the data of one line from the standard input file stdin and stores it in the memory area specified by s Data of one line shall be a string from the start of the input to a new line character or the end of file The new line character in the input character is discarded and null character is appended When EOF end of file is encountered the EOF indicator for the stream is set and this function returns FOF When a read error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and
77. of member b the total size is 8 bytes struct s4 short a char b 3 x4 6 bytes e pepene 1 byte Since a member has 2 byte alignment short type the alignment of the structure is 2 bytes Since the location of the last member ends at odd byte a 1 byte of memory space is added and the size becomes 6 bytes CC32R MANUAL 67 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation 5 6 Unions The data of members of union are assigned the same address The alignment of union type data is the maximum value of the alignment of the data type of that member The alignment of entire union is either 4 2 or 1 byte s depending on the largest alignment among the members The size of a union is the maximum size of a member If the alignment of the union is 2 bytes or 4 bytes and the largest value is not a multiple of alignment the area of the union is set to a multiple of the alignment The size of the union is always a multiple of the alignment Examples 1 to 3 show the internal presentation of union type data e Example 1 Coding Internal Representation Alignment union ul char a char b 3 x1 3bytes x1 a 4 a xt bo xt bet xt 62 The alignment of each member is 1 byte and therefore the alignment of the entire union is 1 byte The size is 3 bytes CC32R MANUAL 68 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Example 2 Coding Internal Representation
78. option and is made effective when the section is composed of P D B and C and cannot be used if a user made section exists Specify the address in hexadecimal The hexadecimal number starting with an alphabetic letter must have a 0 zero preceding the letter addr1 must be assigned the start address of the RAM area locations for D B section The sections must be linked in the order of D and B The RAM memory locations specified by addr1 are reserved but they are not used to store the initial value data addr2 must be assigned the start address of the ROM area locations for initial value data of P C and D sections The sections must be linked in the order of P Cand D The D section initial value data is output as the section name ROM_D The MEM option cannot be used together with the SEC or r option Each of the following options denotes the same process MEM 1000 8000 SEC D 1000 B P 8000 C D CC32R MANUAL 16 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 3 8 Option noinline Description The inline keyword is made invalid The inline keyword if specified is ignored even when it is described This is not a error For more details about the inline expansion function refer to Chapter A 4 o output_filename O is an lower case Gives the name output_filename to the output file If this option is skipped and if the output file is a load module
79. or an undefined enum is used enumeration constant out of range The value of enum constant has exceeded a proper range EOF in comment The end of comment is not present expected parameter list missing or missing type for variable Either an argument or an initializer is not found Or the type of a variable is indefinite fewer arguments are specified than declared The number of arguments is less than declared first operand of conditional operator must have scalar type The first term of a conditional operation must be of scalar type A ternary operation must be of scalar type first operand of is not struct union type The operator period must be used for a structure or a union first operand of gt must be pointer to struct union type The operator gt must be used for a pointer of a structure or a union floating point numbers are not allowed in if constant expression You cannot specify a floating point number in an expression under if function already defined The function has already been defined CC32R MANUAL 350 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 5 15 Message Description function cannot be an array element You cannot make a function an array element function cannot return a function A function cannot return an entity of function type function cannot return an array A function cannot return an array function miss
80. or replaces a decimal string etc with a 64 bit integer Immediate set String to 64 bit integer conversion These 64 bit integer arithmetic library functions are listed in Table 13 1 1 to 5 below For the return values and return types of these functions refer to the C langua ge prototype declaration formats shown in the table Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 1 Arithmetic operation functions 1 2 function name Perform Operation Prototype declaration of C language S signed U unsigned Four rules of arithmetic remainder and monadic negative LONG64 add164 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S addition nl n2 LONG64 subl64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S subtraction nl n2 LONG64 mull64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S multiplication nl n2 LONG64 divl64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S division nl n2 LONG64 mod164 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S remainder ni n2 LONG64 negl64 LONG64 n1 S monadic negative n1 ULONG64 addul64 ULONG64 nl ULONG64 n2 U addition ni n2 CC32R MANUAL 334 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 1 Arithmetic operation functions 2 2 function name Perform Operation Prototype declaration of C language S signed U unsigned ULONG64 subul64 ULONG64 n1 ULONG64 n2 U subtraction ni n2 ULONG64 mul
81. positive value which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_MIN Indicates the min positive value which can be expressed in a float type floating point number CC32R MANUAL 119 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 4 Macros Defined by float h 2 3 Macro Name Description DBL_MIN Indicates the min positive value which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MIN Indicates the min positive value which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_MAX_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a float type floating point number DBL_MAX_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MAX_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_MIN_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a float type floating point number DBL_MIN_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MIN_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of the base which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_MAX_10_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a float type floating point num
82. program that is not processed by the compiler It starts with and ends with A comment cannot be nested To describe a comment in Japanese Use the character code that designated it to M32RKIN environment variable However when the M32RKIN environment variable is undefined use EUC extended UNIX code for EWS version CC32R or use shifted JIS code for MS Windows PC version CC32R The compiler also allows C like comments to be written in the source pro gram A comment can start from Example void foo void char x 3 x 0 0 Comments can be written in this manner CC32R MANUAL 42 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 2 Data Types 4 2 1 Types and Type Specifiers The type data type determines the meaning of a value stored in an object or a return value from a function The types supported by the C compiler and their type specifiers identifiers in C for declaration are e Basic types Character types char signed char unsigned char Signed integer types char signed char int signed int short signed short signed short int long signed long signed long int Unsigned integer types unsigned char unsigned int unsigned short unsigned short int unsigned long unsigned long int Floating types float double long double e The others Array types Structure types struct Union types union Enumeration types enum Void type void Pointer types
83. refer to the contents givenin A 5 3 1 lt CAUTIONS float only Option as well A 5 2 Utilize FPU Instruction Effectively The m32re5 option generates the FPU instruction for float type operation To exhibit M32R ECU 5 capacity to the maximum in floating point operation make arrangements so that as many floating point operations as possible are of a float type by using the following method Even if the m32re5 option is effective the run time routine is used as usual for the double type operation 1 Change the double type declaration to the float type one However even in the float type ensure that there is no problem in computing accuracy and effective range of floating point value 2 Specify the precision in the floating point constant Carry out precision designation f indicating the float type with the real arithmetic Appendix A 33 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference constant suffixed by f as shown below 1 234f The suffix f denotes the float type 1 234 Since no precision is specified this real constant indicates the double type 3 Declare the argument in the float type in prototype declaration Where the floating point numerical value is used for the function return value and argument be sure to carry out prototype declaration with type declaration in the argument Example extern void funcl float void func2 floa fv funcl fv In the ab
84. register is n When n 0 The name is a function name used by the C program with a preceding underscore _ Example int foo char is given the name _ foo When n 4 The name is a function name used by the C program with a preceding dollar mark Example int foo int int int int INE psa gt is given the name foo When n 1 2 or 3 The name is a function name used by the C program with a preceding dollar mark and the number of arguments passed by register passing Example int foo int int is given the name 1foo 6 4 4 How to Refer set Arguments To refer to an arguments within the called function refer to the stack frame if the argument is passed through the stack or refer to the register into which the argument is set when the argument is passed through the register Note that some arguments are passed through stack even if register passing is specified e g structure type In such a case refer to the stack frame CC32R MANUAL 88 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 5 Setting Return Value The return value from the function is first converted into a value of the type suitable for return e Integer pointer The called side set the return value to RO The calling side refers to RO e Floating point number Same as for the structure and union types e Structure union The calling side set the address of the return value setting area as the first argument see Figure
85. return value return conditions etc Description Explains the specifications of the function Caution Shows something to be considered if any Figure 9 2 C Standard Library Function Reference Format Note The parenthesized non ANSI here means a function that is included in the C standard library and it however is not defined in ANSI C see Sections 7 3 6 7 3 7 and 7 3 8 CC32R MANUAL 143 Chapter 9 C Standard Library _act i O n atex i Tt Termination function non ANSI Performs user registered terminations Syntax Return Value Description Caution void action_atexit void None The _action_atexit function calls all of termination functions registered by using the atexit function and then clears the counter which counts registered functions Call this function always after terminating the main function in the start up program See 7 2 7 3 ex i t m e m Termination function non ANSI Terminating for I O general utility and localization groups Syntax Return Value Description Caution void _exit_mem void None The _exit_mem function deallocates the whole memory space allocated and initializes the memory management pointer Call this function only once after all of input output general utility and localization functions terminate Call this function always after terminating the main function in the start up program See 7 2 7 3
86. s2 The strncmp function compares the contents of string specified by s1 with the contents of the string specified by s2 up to the nth characters specified by the parameter n and sets the result as the return value CC32R MANUAL 254 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strncpy String handling function Copies the specified number of characters from the string to memory Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strncpy char si const char s2 size t n si pointer to space to which copy is made S2 pointer to string to be copied n the number of characters to be copied Pointer to the memory area to which the characters are to be copied The strncpy function copies the specified number of characters within the string s2 to the specified memory area s1 If the size of the string specified by s2 is smaller than the number of characters specified by n null characters are added until the s2 specified character size matches the n specified character size If the number of s2 specified characters is larger than that of the n specified character size the last character of the string copied to s1 is other than a null character CC32R MANUAL 255 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strpbrk String handling function Locates the position where one of the specified characters first appears in a string Syntax Return Value Description include lt string
87. set the environment variables see 3 1 2 enter the cc32R command according to the command line rules and execute it see 3 1 3 3 1 2 Setting Environment Variables Set the valid directories for the environment variables M32RBIN M32RINC M32RLIB and M32RTMP This step may be skipped since these variables are normally set during installation For the setting procedure refer to CC32R Installation Guide If you do not set the directories the default directories are selected automatically Table 3 1 Environment Variables Environment Variable Default M32RBIN usr local M32R bin M32RINC usr local M32R include M32RLIB usr local M32R lib M32RTMP tmp M32RKIN EWS version euc MS Windows PC version sjis NR32RKOUT EWS version euc MS Windows PC version sjis CC32R MANUAL 9 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 1 3 Command Line Syntax and Rules The command line syntax and rules for the command cc32R which invokes the C compiler are as follows For details on the command options and input output files see 3 1 4 to 3 2 cc32R access access_control_file c C constr D name def e entrypoint E float_only fminst g I path L dir 1 Z b M MAP map filename MEM addri addr2 noinline o output_filename Opriority O Zlevel m32re5 P r R old new S SEC name addr na
88. smp c line 2 error unterminated ifdef conditional Filename Linenumber Message type Message lt command line gt error macro name missing after D option Message type Message a c line 9 warning main function has no return statement File name Line number Message type Message CC32R MANUAL 339 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 1 2 Message Types Messages are classified into three types depending on their severity as shown in Table 14 1 Table 14 1 Message Type Message Type When an Error Occurs Information Outputs an information message and continues processing Warning Outputs a warning message and continues processing Command line error Outputs an error message which corresponds to the command line and stops processing Error Outputs an error message and stops processing Fatal error Outputs an error message and stops processing For details of messages see 14 2 Message Lists 14 1 3 Exit Status Upon completion of the execution the C compiler returns the exit status value showing the execution result as shown in Table 14 2 Table 14 2 Exit Status Exit Status Result 0 Complete successfully or warning occurs 1 Error occurs CC32R MANUAL 340 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler KA Message Lists Tables 14 2 to 14 7 show messages of the C compiler alphabetically xxx in the messages means arbitrary in
89. source line Where the source line is inline expanded and several codes are made Appendix A 31 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference only one of these codes is effective in source line break No other source lines break are disabled 4 Inline Development Compatibility Except the item not defined yet with ANSI C the program execution results are coincident between inline expansion and non inline expansion However it should be noted that for the item not defined yet with ANSI as shown in the following example the results may change depending on inline expansion Example For the local character string literal within the function a new area is maintained at each inline expansion Consequently the results may differ depending on inline expansion and non inline expansion of function for rewriting the local character string literal Rewriting the character string literal is not recommendable which is not defined yet in ANSI C Source file char c inline char func void char s abcde c s 2 Set s 2 before rewriting to c s 2 Rewrite the character string literal here return s Return the present pointer char cl c2 c3 c4 void foo void char s s func cl c c2 s 2 s func C C c4 s 2 Function foo execution results In the case of non inline expansion of func Operation for the same abcde Ci c
90. stack frame and no code is generated Data over 32 764 bytes should be secured as static or global data Code example that an error arises void foo void char x 32765 Over 32 764 byts x 0 0 e Use of the run time library for assigning or returning struct In your program if assignment of a structure or a function which returns a structure as a return value is written an error may arises at link time The linker error message error external symbol not defined 100 builtin _memcopy is displayed to show that the _100_builtin_memcopy function does not exist This occurs because the assignment and setting of the return value are performed by the run time library function _100_builtin_memcopy The _100_builtin_memcopy function is included in the ANSI C standard library m32RcR lib etc for stack passing parameters or m32RcR libsm32RcRM lib m32RcRL lib for register passing parameters Specify either one of these libraries when linking Code example that an error arises at link time struct s char xx 100 Ixy void foo void x y assignment of a structure e Notes on data access The C compiler generates the code by selecting the optimum instruction for the size of the data type being accessed Therefore if your program attempts to access data that is not aligned via the pointer an address exception AE arises at run time This may also occur with the type of casting
91. stack frame is created on the stack see 6 2 The stack frame is saved until the called function returns process to the calling program Therefore if functions are called successively without returning to their caller such as the function A gt function B gt function C all stack frames for these functions will be saved when the functions C is called Determine the stack size necessary for the application to run by taking into considerations these function calling behavior and stack size necessary for these functions Since the size cannot be exactly determine estimate approximate size by referring to Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation and Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions Most practical way is to actually monitor the stack while running the program for debugging and evaluating purposes reserving enough stack area at initial stage or measuring stack area space with the debugger etc Provide the stack area needed for interrupts in the similar way CC32R MANUAL 102 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming 7 3 3 Initializing the Processor Modes Specify the stacks and interrupt levels for the target microprocessor register PSW setting For information on settings PSW configuration refer to the microprocessor manual 7 3 4 Initializing the Stack Pointer Set the highest address of the reserved stack area as the stack pointer 7 3 5 Initializing the Data Sections Embedded application require
92. terre rerere erirper ctr etree ee 137 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 9 1 9 2 9 3 Overview of the C Standard Library 0 ccccccscceeeeceeeneeeeeeeceeesaeeeeeeaeeeaeeteneaeeeeas 138 91 1 The Library Files Contained in CGS2R sacicieeccsteekc pisisaari 138 g2 Lipra UNCON GROUPS sssrinin aara aaiae 139 91 3 Consideration for using the LIDrary csssiisssssisiidisarorrarsssirisisi trises 140 g4 Library Emor Message scscsccacucectssessessntcbesnessaietttase ea aeaa iaa Aaaa 140 Rebuild to Method of Standard Library sicnsricnsniniinciea 141 9 2 1 Library Building Procedure eeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeaeeeseeeeaeeeeeteaeeteaeseaeetaaeeeaeetatens 141 Library Funcion DESCHOUOMS tet ieiccecsnstaes iene hee nn 143 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior 10 1 10 2 Undefined BeENavViOn sistensneacate nasties a a eae 281 Implementation defined Behavior 2c2 ccceessanccedessasstecceessscdacesteasdeceereasacecerteadees 297 TOZ Translatio essan a araea eqiciteneiacsudsbesnescdedeetiestanderes 297 10 22 ENVrOnMEN sanali aa E S aa eden eae ie 297 10 23 Identiese a a aS aea AE EEE E SENA AEREE 298 1024 CharaciE iSe aar ar r Ea catchy cide idee a a A E aeea 298 1025 NING GSES gise a aa EE a ae Ee REAA 300 102 6 Floating POiMt irisscan ra n a a aR 301 102 7 Arrays and POMtErS iasneisuiisi ranea a dks NISRA OAS 301 10 28 RegistelS oncion sanae a S e EEE 302 116 138 280 CC32R MANUAL vi 10 3 Contents 10 2 9 Struct
93. the Access Control File can also be generated using the map32R map generator A 1 7 1 Contents of the Access Control File The Access Control File contains the following 1 Base address This item specifies the base address for the base register function register relative indirect addressing When using fixed address access read write of the area around the base address base address 0x8000 to base address 0x7FFF the code will be generated for register relative indirect addressing 2 Base register This item specifies the register storing the base address Any of R11 R12 and R13 can be allocated Registers assigned as base registers are not used within functions for other purposes such as temporary work areas 3 Target objects This item specifies the objects that are to be targeted by the base register function 16 bit register relative indirect addressing The addresses to which objects variables structures arrays etc are mapped are not decided at the time of compiling so each object must be registered in the Access Control File including pragma ADDRESS For details of the map32R map generator see Part 3 Map Generator map32R in the M3T CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt Appendix A 7 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 1 7 2 The Access Control File Syntax The Access Control File is written with each item on a new line 1 Comment line Code format F
94. the object memory area of s1 and that of s2 overlaps with each other However original data in the overlapped area is erased The operation is not guaranteed if the copied data exceeds the buffer area of s1 as the result of copy CC32R MANUAL 222 Chapter 9 C Standard Library memset String handling function Copies a character into the first n characters in memory area Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt void memset void s int c size t nm S pointer to area in which character is set C character to be set n number of characters to be set Pointer s to memory area in which character is set The memset function sets n characters of c into memory area pointed to by s CC32R MANUAL 223 Chapter 9 C Standard Library mktime Date and time function Converts date and time a struct tm to the calendar time Syntax Return Value Description include lt time h gt time t mktime struct tm timeptr timeptr pointer to tm structure Conversion result Converted into a calendar time correctly 1 Could not be converted Casts 1 to time_t type and returns it The mktime function converts the broken down time of the tm structure shown by timeptr into calendar time The mktime function handles the tm structure specified by timeptr as follows Ignores tm_wday of the tm type structure and the original value up
95. the pointer ptr is fixed and cannot be changed The ptr itself can be changed The type qualifier implying that the object can be changed Once volatile is specified the C compiler will not optimize the object and directly outputs writing and reading processes to the object code For example specifying volatile to an area or a memory map I O area suggests that the contents in that area may be changed In the following example the C compiler does not perform optimization and outputs objects to the object codes volatile int i volatile int j j i j i CC32R MANUAL 48 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 2 6 Storage Class Specifiers Compiler supported types can be prefixed the following 5 storage class specifiers If a variable that appears inside a function body is not specified a storage class auto is assumed auto extern static register Declares that an object under consideration is of automatic storage class You can make this declaration only on an object within a function and the object turns effective within a block only the part between and When the block finishes the storage area is released Example auto int a 1 a is visible only inside the block in which this declaration appears The object or function declared extern is the external storage class The extern declaration is to make an object or function with global declaration visible in the c
96. the position current position plus offset bytes c base is 2 At the position file size plus offset bytes When the file is interactive device for example console printer or the like if the new offset value is negative or setting of a or b exceeds the file size error occurs When the correct file position is set this function returns the new read write position represented by the offset from the beginning of the file Otherwise it returns 1 CC32R MANUAL 323 open Chapter 11 Low level Library Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description int open const char name int mode int flag name string denoting the file path name mode I specification of mode upon opening the file flag specification of process upon opening the file always 0666 Opens a file File Number of the open file Successful 1 Failed The open function prepares process to handle the file which corresponds to the path name of the file specified by name This function must determine the type of file console printer disk or file for later reading writing The type of file will be referenced every time read write process is taken by using the file number returned from the open function The second parameter mode specifies the process which must be taken upon opening the file Each bit of the data has the following function OO eteees 23 24
97. the register is saved and restored automatically by a called function and No shows that you must save and store the register when you call a function Table 6 1 Is State of the Register Assured Register s Consideration RO R3 No R4 R7 No For Function Argument R8 R10 Yes R11 R13 Yes For the Base Register R14 Link register No R15 SP Yes PSW CRO gt Yes CBR CR1 Yes Accumulator Yes Note 1 PSW CR0 Processor post status register An M32R control register in which conditional bit of stack mode interrupt Note 2 enable and operation result and saved value of them are set CBR CR1 Conditional bit register An M32R read only control register which stores the results of the preceding operation carry borrow overflow etc CC32R MANUAL 80 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 2 Stack Frame Configuration The stack frame is an area allocated on the stack each time a function is called The Figure 6 2 shows a typical stack frame areas 0 to 2 in the order from higher to lower address The argument area of area 0 is pushed to the stack only under the conditions described in 6 4 2 The Cases where Stack passing is Valid SP R15 gt TLower Register Save Address Area Local Variable Area Argument Area Higher LAdaress Figure 6 2 Typical Stack Frame 1 Argument area Case of the Stack passing arguments to be passed to the function called are set in this area Arguments are arranged
98. to radix Indicates the max No of digits of the mantissa of a long double type floating FLT_EPSILON Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 1 0 of the float type DBL_EPSILON Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 1 0 of the double type LDBL_EPSILON Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 1 0 of the long double type Classification definition name value Explanation FLT_GUARD 1 Specifies whether or not the multiplication calculation result The macro definitions are as shown below Use the guard bit 1 Not use the guard bit 0 FLT_NORMALIZE 1 Specifies whether or not the library normalize floating numeric number The macro definitions are as shown below Normalize 1 Not normalize 0 FLT_EXP_DIG 8 Indicates the max No of digits of binary precision of the power of the base which can be expressed in a float type floating point number DBL_EXP_DIG 11 Indicates the max No of digits of binary precision of the power of the base which can be expressed in a double type floating point number CC32R MANUAL 121 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Classification definition name value Explanation LDBL_EXP_DIG 11 Indicates the max No of digits of binary precision of the power of the base which can be expressed in along double type floating point number FLT_POS_EPS 5 96
99. va_list ap type ap pointer to variable parameter list the same as ap initialized by va_start type type of return value Value of the argument By using macros va_start va_arg and va_end the arguments of the function having variable parameters can be referenced Specify the va_list type ap initialized by the va_start macro as the first parameter The second parameter type is a the type name of parameter to be referenced Each call of the va_arg function updates the value of ap so that the values of successive arguments are returned as the return value one by one When the type is a type whose size changes by type conversion the parameter is not correctly referenced The operation is not guaranteed if such a type is specified CC32R MANUAL 272 Chapter 9 C Standard Library va e n d M ac ro Variable arguments access function Ends the reference to variable arguments Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdarg h gt void va_end va_list ap ap pointer to variable parameter list the same as ap initialized by va_start None By using macros va_start va_arg and va_end the arguments of the function having variable parameters can be referenced The va_end macro terminates the reference to variable arguments ap must be equal to the ap initialized by the va_start macro If the va_end macro is not called before the return the operation is not guaranteed
100. vice versa and from a floating type to another floating type are as shown in Table 4 16 Table 4 16 Floating and Integral Conversions New Floating type The Value after Conversion It is unchanged if the value can be represented with the new type It is rounded to the nearest value which can be represented with the new type if the value cannot be represented exactly Floating type Integral type The fractional part is discarded Floating type Shorter floating type It is unchanged if the value can be represented with the new type It is rounded to the nearest value which can be represented with the new type if the value cannot be represented exactly float double or long double Unchanged double long double Unchanged e Usual arithmetic conversions In performing a binary operation the types of the operands are converted implicitly in order to yield a common type as shown in Table 4 17 which is also the type of the operation result These are termed usual arithmetic conversions CC32R MANUAL 53 Illl Note IIll Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Table 4 17 Usual Arithmetic Conversions Either operand The other operand Usual arithmetic conversion long double non long double The other operand is converted to long double double non double The other operand is converted to double float non float The other operand is converted t
101. where one of the specified O characters first appears in a string strrchr Locates the position where a character last appears in O a string strspn Computes the length of initial segment of a string O which consists of specified characters strstr Finds the first occurrence point of a string within another strtok Separates a string into tokens Xx strxfrm Converts the string based on the current locale O CC32R MANUAL 136 8 2 15 time h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Performs the prototype declaration and macro definition of the date and time handle functions Table 8 24 shows the declared functions Table 8 24 Functions Declared by time h Function Description Reentrant asctime Converts data and time a struct tm into the equivalent x text string clock Gets the elapsed processor time Depends on user description ctime Converts the calendar time a time_t value into x the equivalent text string difftime Computes the difference between the two specified O times gmtime Converts calendar time to Coordinated Universal Time x UTC localtime Converts current calendar time to the local time x mktime Converts date and time a struct tm to the calendar time x strftime Converts date and time a struct tm to the format x specified time Reads the current calendar time Depends on user description CC32R MANUAL 137 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Chapter 9 C Standard Library
102. while processing the errno library function the error code set for that library is set to the errno macro To check the error that occurred during processing of a library function set the errno to 0 before calling the library function and then check the code set into errno after the process NULL Indicates the value when the pointer is pointing to nothing Table 8 16 Data Types Declared by stddef h Data Type Description ptrdiff_t Indicates the type resulting from subtraction of two pointers size_t Indicates the type resulting from operation of the sizeof operator wchar_t Indicates the type of the wide character L CC32R MANUAL 130 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files 8 2 12 stdio h Performs the prototype declaration of the input and output functions and the definition of macro definition and data type declaration required for input and output functions The declared functions defined macros and data types are shown in Table 8 17 Table 8 18 and Table 8 19 respectively Table 8 17 Functions Declared by stdio h 1 2 Function Description Reentrant clearerr Clears an error condition in a stream x fclose Closes a file x feof Checks if the end of a stream is reached Xx ferror Checks if a stream is in an error condition x fflush Outputs the contents of a stream to a file x fgetc Gets a character from a stream x fgetpos Locates the current p
103. x y The fmod function calculates the remainder of x y and returns the result as a double type The return value assumed as f has the same sign as the dividend x the absolute value of f is smaller than the absolute value of the divisor y and the following expression is satisfied x y i f where i is some integer If the quotient of x y cannot be expressed e g when y 0 any result is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 171 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fopen Opens a file Input output function Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt FILE fopen const char fname const char mode fname file name mode file access mode Pointer to opened stream Successful NULL Error The fopen function opens a file specified by fname Set any of the following file access modes to the argument mode Access Mode Meaning Wen Opens a file for reading w Opens a file for writing a Opens a file for appending wee Opens a file for reading and updating w Opens a file for writing and updating a Opens a file for appending and updating A file is opened in a text mode The file can be opened in a binary mode by adding b after the access mode designation Example r b If any file to be opened is not found in the writing mode or reading mode a new file is created If any existing file is opened in the writing mode the beginning of the file is
104. 0 e E f g G A floating point is output even if the converted data has no fractional part When g or G 0 which is appended to the converted data is not removed 0 If a conversion specifier is d i o u x X e E f g or G a space at the left of value is filled with several 0s to eliminate the space If it is specified together with the flag or if a conversion specifier is d i o u x or X this flag is ignored when any precision is specified CC32R MANUAL 175 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Field width A field width specifies the number of output characters of converted data in decimal number format or asterisk If the number of output characters of the converted data is smaller than the field width several spaces added to the beginning of the data to adapt to the field width However if the flag is specified the spaces are appended to the data If the number of output characters of converted data is larger than the field width the field width is expanded so that the conversion result can be output If the flag 0 is specified a character 0 instead of space is added to the beginning of the output data Precision A precision specifies the precision of the converted data according to the kind of conversion specifier Upon specifying write the decimal integers and the after a period If the decimal integers are omitted it is assumed that 0 has been specifi
105. 04648328104304e 8F Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the float type DBL_POS_EPS 1 1102230246251567e 16 Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the double type LDBL_POS_EPS 1 1102230246251567e 16 Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the long double type FLT_NEG_EPS 5 9604642999033786e 8F Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the float type DBL_NEG_EPS 1 1102230246251565e 16 Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the double type LDBL_NEG_EPS 1 1102230246251565e 16 Indicates the min floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the long double type FLT_POS_EPS_EXP 23 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the float type DBL_POS_EPS EXP 52 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the double type LDBL_POS_ EPS EXP 52 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the long double type CC32R MANUAL 122 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Classification definition name value Explanation Macro FLT_NEG_EPS EXP 24 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 1 0 of the f
106. 184 Chapter 9 C Standard Library freopen Input output function Closes a currently opened stream and reopens a new file with the new file name Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt FILE freopen const char fname const char mode FILE fp fname file name mode file access mode fp pointer to File structure Pointer for opened stream Successful NULL pointer Error The freopen function closes the stream pointed to by fp opened currently and opens a new file fname for the stream by reusing the FILE structure specified by the same fp Select any file access mode from the access modes used in the fopen function and set it as the mode CC32R MANUAL 185 Chapter 9 C Standard Library frexp Mathematics function Divides a floating point number into products of value 0 5 1 0 and 2 to the nth power Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double frexp double x int te X floating point number e pointer to area in which exponent integer is Value of coefficient m The frexp function calculates a power n of 2 which meets the condition x m 2 and the coefficient m where the absolute value of the coefficient m is smaller than 1 0 and larger than 0 5 A power value n is stored in the memory area specified by the argument e and the coefficient m is returned as a return value If x is 0 0 both m
107. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 mode ses 9 f e d c a b Bit Description a 31st bit When 0 indicates that the file is read only When 1 indicates that the file is write only b 31st bit Indicates that the file is read and write when both this bit and the 31st bit are 0 Note that this bit is not set to 1 when the 31th bit is 1 c 30th bit When 1 the read write point of the next file can be set at the end of the file and when 0 at the beginning of the file cont CC32R MANUAL 324 Chapter 11 Low level Library Bit Description d 27th bit When 1 indicates that a new file can be opened if the file indicated by path name is not found e 26th bit When1 and if the file indicated by the path name is found indicates that the contents of the file are discarded and file size is set to 0 f 25th bit When 1 indicates that a file is opened on binary mode When 0 indicates that a file is opened on text mode g 23rd bit When 0 the file is opened in text mode If the bit is 1 the file is opened in binary mode If the file process specified by mode is not compatible with the nature of the real file an error is occurred When the file is successfully open this function returns the number integer 0 or larger of the file which will be used in read write seek and close routines The file number and corresponding real file must be controlled by low level library 1 is retu
108. 264 Chapter 9 C Standard Library tan Mathematics function Obtains the tangent of the radians of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double tan double x X floating point number in radians Calculated parameter the tangent of x The tan function calculates the tangent of x If the result of the function cannot be expressed as a double type value the ERANGE value is set into errno If the operation results in an overflow HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL in the case of negative value is returned tanh Mathematics function Obtains hyperbolic tangent of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double tanh double x X floating point number Calculated parameter The tanh function calculates the hyperbolic tangent of x If the calculation result overflows the function returns HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL if negative value CC32R MANUAL 265 Chapter 9 C Standard Library time Date and time function Reads the current calendar time Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt time h gt time t time time _t timer timer calendar time Current calendar time The timer is not NULL 1 Current calendar time was not obtained casting 1 to time_t type upon returning The time function writes the current calendar time into the buffer specifie
109. 2R MANUAL 242 Chapter 9 C Standard Library sprintf Input output function Converts the data by following the format and outputs the data to an area Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int sprintf char s const char control j S pointer to the memory area to which data is output control pointer to format string variable argument list output data cr Number of output characters Note No return value when an error is shown The sprintf function converts and edits the output data specified by the variable argument list according to the format control and then outputs the result to the memory area denoted by s For more information on the format control refer to the description of the fprintf function CC32R MANUAL 243 Chapter 9 C Standard Library sqrt Mathematics function Obtains the positive square root of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double sqrt double x X floating point number Positive square root of x The sqrt function obtains the positive square root of x If x is a negative the value of EDOM is set into errno srand General utility function Sets the initial values of the pseudo random integers which the rand function generates Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt void srand unsigned int seed see
110. 2R MANUAL 98 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming program in line assembling function 2 Write the start up program Write a start up program for the target system The start up program performs initialization to allow the application to run on the target system and generally performs the following processes Gets the stack area Initializes the processor mode Initializes the stack pointer Initializes data area sections Initializes the C standard library Calls the main function OY OY n Oa Terminates the C standard library Perform processes 1 to 4 above from the assembly program and 5 to 7 from assembly or C program For writing the start up program refer to 7 3 Tasks in the Start up Program 3 Write the low level library If the application performs the following tasks by using C standard libraries low level libraries should be prepared e Standard input and outputs e Memory management e Signal handling e Time management For information on the low level function s which is required by each C standard library function and on the specifications of the low level functions refer to Chapter 11 Low Level Library Programming by following these specifications use the librarian to make these programs libraries 4 Generate a load module Using the cc32R command prepare load module based on generated user program and start up program When linking files are referenced in the ord
111. 64 bit version of strtol ULONG64 strtoul64 const char s char endptr int base U String gt Integer 64 bit version of strtoul 13 3 Method for using the functions and example usage To use the functions create a program as described below 1 Include long64 h 2 Define the variable in which to store a value with either LONG64 or ULONG64 3 From Table 8 select the function corresponding to the relevant type for the necessary operation and call it in your program 4 Hold the return value in a variable of type LONG64 or ULONG64 The set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions are included in the C standard library e g m32RcR lib that is included with your software Link the C stand ard library in the same way as when using the conventional C standard library functions The following shows a function as a programming example that performs a b c 10 gt gt 33 with signed 64 bits and returns the result after being converted to long type include lt long64 h gt LONG64 a b c long func void LONG64 sl s2 8S3 long k sl long to_164 10L s1 LONG64 10L s2 subl 4 c s1 s2 c s1 s3 mull6 4 b s2 s3 b s2 a shrtl64 s3 33 a 83 gt gt 33 k 164 to_long a k long a return k CC32R MANUAL 337 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 13 4 Notes 13 4 1 Precautions regardi
112. 9 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 12 1 Components of time lt The local time zone and Daylight Saving Time gt The environment variable TZ is used to set the local time the calender time in each locale As the local time JST default EST5EDT CST6CDT MST7MDT PST8PDT and UTC are supported As daylight saving time EST5EDT CST6CDT and MST7MDT are supported e ANSI C 7 12 2 1 The clock function lt The era for the clock function gt It is depends on the user defined clock function a low level function CC32R MANUAL 310 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior 10 3 Locale specific Behavior Here follows how the operation dealt with as locale specific behavior in ANSI C goes on in the C compiler cc32R The number and the heading subsequent to e ANSI C are the section number and the section heading of the corresponding ANSI C ANSI ISO 9899 1900 Each issue as locale specific behavior is shown in a pair of angular brackets lt gt and the corresponding behavior of cc32R is detailed subsequent to lt gt e ANSI C 5 2 1 Character sets lt The content of the execution character set in addition to the required members gt The character code set of JIS X 0201 except for the Latin characters and JIS X 0208 were extended e ANSI C 5 2 2 Character display semantics lt The direction of printing gt Always left to right e ANSI C 7 1 1 Definitions of terms lt The decimal
113. A subscript of an array contains an element that has been initialized to 0 calling a non function object xxx The source code contains an attempt to call the object xxx that is not a function ch illegal escape sequence An escape sequence is improper xxx conflicts with prior option ignored The option xxx conflicts with prior option The prior option takes effect constant out of range due to unportable conversion A constant may fall outside the range of the type when porting xxx empty macro definition regarded as empty The D option lacked the macro definition No definition is given after D xxx EOF in character constant constant truncated EOF is contained in a character constant The constant is truncated EOF or NUL in string literal string truncated Either EOF or NUL is contained in a character string literal The character string is truncated fewer arguments specified than in imputed definition There is shortage of arguments designated floating point number overflow A floating point number has overflowed floating point number underflow A floating point number has underflowed CC32R MANUAL 342 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 4 Warning Messages 2 4 Message Description function called before declared A function is called before declared function does not return value with defined return type A function has not returned a re
114. AL 321 Chapter 11 Low level Library g et U nN iq Nn U m Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description int getuniqnum void Obtains the unique number for each process The value specific to a unit of the program operations This value must be kept unchanged during program is running The getuniqnum function returns the number by which the environment specifies the operation unit when two or more programs are to run simultaneously The number may differ from operation unit to unit even though these units have the same execution code However it must be the same for the same operation unit codes This function returns the same value to environment where the program performs only one operation CC32R MANUAL 322 Iiseek Chapter 11 Low level Library Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description long lseek int file_no long offset int base file_no target file number offset offset bytes indicating the read write point base origin of offset Reposition the read write point in a file The new offset bytes from the read write position to ina file Successful 1 Failed The lseek function sets the read write position as measured in bytes in the file denoted by file_no The new position is set by the third parameter base as shown below a base is 0 At the position beginning of the file plus offset bytes b base is 1 At
115. Applications Programming IMPORT _100 builtin _memcopy SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 EXPORT sumXY SsumxXY LDI RO 0 mvtachi ro mvtaclo ro BRA L5 L4 LDH RO R4 LDH R1 R5 macwlo r0 r1 L2 ADDI R4 2 ADDI R5 2 L5 MV R1 R6 ADD3 R6 R1 1 BGTZ R1 L4 L3 MV RO R7 mvfachi r3 st r3 ro mvfaclo r3 st r3 r0 Li JMP R14 END Figure 7 8 Example of Compiled asm Functions CC32R MANUAL 115 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Chapter 8 Standard Header Files ESI Overview of the Header Files A standard header file is a file in which prototype declaration macro definition and data type declaration necessary to for use of the C standard libraries are written Available standard header files include 15 types Table 8 1 When using a C standard library function the header file containing definition and declaration required to execute the library function must be included for each process Table 8 1 shows the standard header files and associated library functions type name CC32R MANUAL 116 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 1 Standard Header Files Header File Description Associated Library Function assert h Macro definition that outputs program diagnostic Program diagnostic information function ctype h Macro definition of the character handling function Character handling and character check function function e
116. C Language source file C compiler cc32R source file Assembler as32R Assembly language source file A gt Assemble list Pe SYSROF format gt object module file Librarian a Sines lib32R C standard library files m32Rc lib Library file m32RcR lib etc Only relocatable load module file H SYSROF format load module file Motolora S format load module file Link map ee A component of CC32R Input output file Main data flow default ALL Data flow Figure 1 1 Programming Flow by CC32R CC32R MANUAL 3 Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R Input and Output File Names for CC32R CC32R identifies the type of an input file by its file name extension And CC32R will determine the file name or the extension for an output file Table 1 1 lists the input output file names that are handled by CC32R file represents any file name Table 1 1 File names for CC32R File Type file c C source file file mi Preprocessor output file i e a C source file after expansion by the preprocessor file ms Assembly source file file mo Object module file a mout Load module file file mot Load module file Motorola S format CC32R MANUAL 4 Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R 2 1 About the C Compiler cc32R 2 1 1 cc32R Functions The cc32R is the C complier contained in the
117. C32R MANUAL 38 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 1 3 3 Enumeration Constant The enumeration constant is a member of type enum and has type int Example enum rgb red green blue The red green and blue are enumeration constant 4 1 3 4 Character Constant The character constant represents the character or escape sequence and is enclosed by single quotation marks To include a quotation mark itself in a character constant prefix the mark to The following escape sequences can be used V a b a r t v Figure 4 2 Escape Sequence Character Constant To express a hexadecimal number prefix x to express an octal number Valid hex and octal number consists of up to 3 figures Table 4 9 describes how to write character constant Table 4 9 Example of Character Constant Expression Example Description yet Escape sequence Represents single quote n Escape sequence Represents line feed o Octal number Represents character code 00 hex x7 Hexadecimal number Represents character code 07 hex xFF Hexadecimal number Represents character code FF hex 4 1 4 String Literals Enclose a string literal with double quotations The escape sequences shown in Figure 4 3 can be used in a string literal yi a b a r t v Figure 4 3 Escape Sequence String Literal CC32R MANUAL 39 4 1 5 Operato
118. CC32R MANUAL 273 Chapter 9 C Standard Library va_ sta rt M ac ro Variable arguments access function Initializes to reference variable arguments Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdarg h gt void va_start va_list ap parmN ap pointer to variable parameter list parmN the rightmost identifier in parameter list None By using macros va_start va_arg and va_end the arguments of the function having variable parameters can be referenced The va_start macro initializes the ap used by the va_arg and va_end macro The parmN is the identifier indicating the rightmost parameter in the parameter list of the external function definition namely the identifier just before the variable parameter list To reference an unnamed parameter of the variable parameters first call the va_start macro CC32R MANUAL 274 Chapter 9 C Standard Library vfprintf Input output function Outputs a variable argument list to a stream by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdarg h gt include lt stdio h gt int vfprintf FILE fp const char control va_list arg fp pointer to FILE structure control pointer to format string arg pointer to variable argument list Number of characters output Successful Negative value Output error occurs The vfprintf function converts and edits the variable argum
119. CC32R cross tool kit and has the following functions e Generates an assembly source file by compiling each C source file specified by the S option e Generates an object module file from each C or assembly source file as default or specified by the c option e Generates a load module file from C and or assembly source files This function is the default By default cc32R performs a chain process as compiling assembling and linking Contents of each source file e g a use language are discriminated by the filename extension 2 1 2 cc32R Features e Conformance with ANSI The C complier and the C standard libraries conform with the ANSI Standard ANSI ISO 9899 1990 e The set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions is supported The set of functions to perform C language integer arithmetic in the 64 bit dynamic range has been added to the standard library As for the integer type in C language these functions can perform the four fundamental operations in arithmetic as well as bitwise shift and compare operations in the 64 bit range e Floating point operation is supported Internal data representation of floating point data conforms with the IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 754 Standard CC32R MANUAL 5 Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R e Creating ROMable programs is supported ROMable object modules can be created This depends on the linker s functions When linking and placing
120. CRx Any control register of M32R C standard library The CC32R supplied ANSI C conforming library Default A value or values or the process provided automatically if there is none specified by the user EWS An engineering work station Librarian lib32R The librarian in CC32R Library file A C library file for an M32R system It is an output file from lib32R Linker Ink32R The linker in CC32R CC32R MANUAL xi e Terms 2 2 Preface Term Meaning Link map A list have information on sections and global symbols in an object module or a load module It is generated by map32R Load module file A linked object module which is an executable file for an M32R system It is an output file from Ink32R or Imc32R Load module converter Imc32R The load module converter in CC32R Local variable This variable is only effective in a function M32R A Renesas 32 bit RISC architecture microcomputer M32Rx M32R system A system using the M32R Map generator map32R The map generator in CC32R Object module file An object file which is translated from the C or assembly code into the object code of machine instructions for M32R It is an output file from the C compiler or the assembler OS An operating system Release notes The document related to the release of the CC32R ina CC32R package Please read it at first Return value A function value returned as an operation
121. FFFFFFFF Figure A 3 Address Space in Medium Model e Large model The large model is a memory model in which both code and data of the application are assumed to be stored within the address space of 0x00000000 to OxOOFFFFFF colored part in Figure A 4 To compile the source in this memory model specify the option shown below when compiling large The C standard libraries that correspond to this memory model are m32RcRL lib for functions passed via register Appendix A 17 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference CODI ox00000000 OxPFFFFFFF E DATA ox00000000 OxFPFFFFFFF Figure A 4 Address Space in Medium Model Appendix A 18 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A3 pragma Extended Functions A 3 1 List of pragma Extended Functions The following table lists the contents and rules pertaining to the extended functions related to pragma Table A 2 List of pragma Extended Functions Extended function Description of function pragma ADDRESS Declares that the specified variable is mapped to the specified absolute address Syntax pragma ADDRESS variable nameAabsolute address Example pragma ADDRESS val_1 0x1000 pragma SECTION Changes the default section name created by the com piler Syntax pragma SECTION default section nameAmodified sec tion name Example pragma SECTION B USR_SEC_B pragma INTERRUPT Declares an interrupt function described in C prag
122. Function types signed and unsigned are type specifiers that indicate whether an entity is either signed or unsigned As for an array pointer or function assigned no type specifier you specify that either an object or a function is of the type you declare in a fixed format in ANSI C As for a type specifier that is alternatively represented by alias such as signed char the C compiler translates the alternative representation as having the same meaning In ANSI C the definition of signed or unsigned integer type includes the character types see Table 4 12 so both char and unsigned char are given in the above list CC32R MANUAL 43 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Illl Note III A char type data without signed or unsigned specification is recognized as a signed char data An int type data without signed or unsigned specification is recognized as a signed int data A long int type data without signed or unsigned specification is recognized as a signed long data A short int type data without signed or unsigned specification is recognized as a signed short data A enum type data is a signed int type data 4 2 2 Types Types are classified into several groups according to their properties or standpoints For example the integer types including the character types the floating types and the pointer type are generically called scalar types Such groups are shown in Table 4 12 and in Figure 4 5
123. GJANGAIIGHIMGM accer athe tently 74 CC32R MANUAL iv Contents Chapter6 C Calling Conventions 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming fl 72 7 3 7 4 7 5 Register Usage astida a tree rereerr re ptr rrer cerry o ah 78 6 1 1 General Register RO R15 Usage ececcecccceeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeesseaeeeesaeeessneesseaees 78 6 1 2 Register Consideration cecceeeseesceseceeeeeeceeeeeeceeeaeesseeseaeeeeeeeeseeseaeseaeeseaeesseeteaes 80 Slack Frame COMUQurAlON sssini aaa a aS Naaa nudesbes 81 Call and Ret rn Procedures musuaren E 82 Parameter PaSSIMGtzs cczcrectoctseciisscseaceiins iiletsaschedomestastecaanly cagautinsat atsbnchoatemeaescaass 85 6 4 1 Rules Paraineter Passing e cis iceececc tisecceeetcescacaeenssccevesscebaycetiasencendvue enudeeceerecedeesacee 85 6 4 2 The Cases where Stack passing iS Valid cceeceesseseseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeseeteeeeseeteaes 86 6 4 2 1 PUSHING ONO NMC SIAC Gs ssa strats ls ctv isle E E 86 6 4 3 Function Names after Compiling ecceeeeeeseseeeeeceteaeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeaeeesaeeeaeeeseeeeaes 88 6 4 4 How to Refer set ArQuimeint s c 02c0 ceceecaesteetescaeetescctenecteeesteeeenstteendeeeesateceeesereveeseees 88 Setting PRETUNM Valle scassccressccuestiteevisdehg aces dvabectactens tdierdesetd ald aae 89 Interface with Assembly Program c ccccceceeseneeeeeeeeeeeaaeeceeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseaaeeneneeess 90 6 6 1 Referencing Assem
124. IME Sets and searches information that affects the strftime function CC32R MANUAL 125 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files 8 2 7 math h Performs prototype declaration and macro definition of arithmetic functions Table 8 8 and Table 8 9 list the functions declared and macros declared by math h Table 8 8 Functions Declared by math h Function Description Reentrant acos Obtains the arc cosine of a floating point number x asin Obtains the arc sine of a floating point number x atan Obtains the arc tangent of a floating point number Xx atan2 Divides a floating point number by a floating point Xx number and obtains the arc tangent of the result ceil Computes the integer ceiling of a floating point number Xx cos Obtains the cosine of radians of a floating point number Xx cosh Obtains the hyperbolic cosine of a floating point number Xx exp Obtains the exponential function of a floating point Xx number fabs Obtains the absolute value of a floating point number x floor Cuts off the fraction of a floating point number x fmod Computes the floating point remainder x frexp Divides a floating point number into products of value Xx 0 5 1 0 and 2 to the nth power Idexp Performs multiplication of a floating point number and 2 x to the nth power log Obtains natural logarithm of a floating point number x log10 Obtains the base 10 logarithm of a floating point number Xx mod
125. IS X 0201 considers as ASCII and process JIS X 0201 Generally it is called a Hankaku Characters JIS X 0208 The Japaneze Kanji character of the 1st JIS standard the 2nd standard are included Both those characters are called Zenkaku Characters general ly In this chapter if a character is called Japanese character it includes right half of JIS X 0201 characters and all of JIS X 0208 characters kind of character code The character code name that corresponds is shown in Table A 3 In this chapter These character codes are expressed with the name that is written to the Character code name column in Table A 3 Table A 3 The chart of corresponding Japanese Kanji character codes Character General Outline Able to be used code name _ notation C source Multi byte wide character character string string euc euc JP JIS X 0201 0208 Yes Yes Yes EUC Extended Unix Code encoding sjis Shift JIS Shift JIS encoding of Yes Yes Yes JIS X 0201 0208 utf8 UTF 8 The UTF 8 encoded Yes Yes No Unicode UCS 2 that was transformed from JIS X 0201 0208 UTF 16 The UTF 16 encoded No No Yes Unicode UCS 2 that transformed from JIS X 0201 0208 Pay attention to several points on the using of the Unicode utf8 application As for the details refer to A 6 4 7 Appendix A 36 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 6 1 3 Method of selecting character codes Designate the name o
126. In converting an integer into a signed integer less in size than the original the lower order bits of the original integer are converted into a signed integer without being changed The most significant bit of the singed integer after conversion is used for the sign bit In converting an unsigned integer into a signed integer of the same size the lower order bits are converted into a signed integer without being changed e ANSI C 6 3 Expressions lt The results of bitwise operations on signed integers gt The bit operation of a signed integer is dealt with as that of unsigned integer e ANSI C 6 3 5 Multiplicative operators lt The sign of the remainder on integer division gt The sign of the remainder is the same as that of the dividend CC32R MANUAL 300 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 3 7 Bitwise shift operators lt The result of a right shift of a negative valued signed integral type gt A right shift of negative valued signed integer is an arithmetic right shift 10 2 6 Floating Point e ANSI C 6 1 2 5 Types lt The representations and sets of values of the various types of floating point numbers gt Refer to 5 3 Floating Types for internal representations and sets of values of floating types e ANSI C 6 2 1 3 Floating and integral lt The direction of truncation when an integral number is converted to a floating point number that cannot exactly represent the original val
127. Mathematics function Obtains the absolute value of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double fabs double x X floating point number Absolute value of x The fabs function returns the absolute value of x CC32R MANUAL 165 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fclose Closes a file Input output function Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fclose FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure 0 Successful EOF Error The fclose function closes the I O stream specified by file pointer fp If an output file of the I O stream is opened and if any data not yet output still remains in the buffer this function outputs it to a file and closes the file If the I O buffer is assigned automatically by a system this function release it Moreover if the stream is opened by the tmpfile function this function deletes the corresponding file feof Input output function Checks if the end of a stream is reached Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int feof FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure 0 When a file is not ended non 0 When a file is ended The feof function judges whether the I O stream specified by the file pointer fp is ended or not The feof function judges that the file is ended if the EOF end of file indicator is set CC32R MANUAL 166
128. NSI These are the functions that judges whether or not the value corresponds to any special floating point values float or double one of 0 0 Zero Infinity or NaN Not a Number The floating point operation program can use these functions for checking previously input value of the operation and for checking whether or not the result of the operation is special value Table B 1 Special floating point values judgement function The floating point value type Checking functions C language formats of that these functions check prototype declarations double type float type Infinity int isinf double int isinff float Zero 0 0 int iszero double int iszerof float Not a Number NaN int isnan double int isnanf float Appendix B 8 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List These functions return 1 if input value was corresponds to the special value of each function Otherwise these functions return 0 Before the judgement functions can be used one of the following header files must be included Choose either one that suits to your need mathf h When you use only the float type judgement functions math h When you use the float or double type judgement functions Note that because the header math h includes the functions of mathf h you do not need to include mathf h if you already have math h included Example A function returns 1 if input is infinity or NaN include lt mathf h
129. ONG64 input ULONG64 float_to_ul64 float input ULONG64 double to _ul64 double input ULONG64 gt float ULONG64 gt double float gt ULONG64 double gt ULONG64 Signed 64 bit integer lt gt long or unsigned long long 164 to _long LONG64 input unsigned long 164 to ulong LONG64 input LONG64 long to 164 long input LONG64 ulong to 164 unsigned long input LONG64 gt long LONG64 gt unsigned long long gt LONG64 unsigned long gt LONG64 Unsigned 64 bit integer lt gt long or unsigned long long ul64 to _long ULONG64 input unsigned long ul64 to ulong ULONG64 input ULONG64 long to _ul64 long input ULONG64 ulong to ul64 unsigned long input ULONG64 gt long ULONG64 gt unsigned long long gt ULONG64 unsigned long gt ULONG64 CC32R MANUAL 336 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 5 Other functions function name Prototype declaration of C language Immediate set Perform S signed U unsigned Operation LONG64 imml64 signed long shigh unsigned long ulow S Immediate set shigh lt lt 32 ulow ULONG64 immul64 unsigned long uhigh unsigned long ulow U Immediate set uhigh lt lt 32 ulow String to 64 bit integer conversion LONG64 strtol64 const char s char endptr int base S String gt Integer
130. Objects defining addresses mapped by pragma ADDRESS are treated in the same way b Generated code When outputting the code for accessing variables the expression variable label base symbol is used for the relative indirect offset The base symbol shows the corresponding base address and the format is __ REL_BASExx where xx is the number of the register 11 to 13 However note that this symbol is not defined in the output code of the compiler referenced by IMPORT and it is therefore necessary to define the value in the startup file etc Example code output The following is an example of the code output for base R12 and global variable var access In this example var is an unsigned char type Example 1 Writing No base register definition Using base register function LD24 RO _var STB R1 _var __REL_BASE12 R12 STB R1 RO Example 2 Reading No base register definition Using base register function LD24 RO _var LDUB R1 _ var REL BASE12 R12 LDUB R0 R0 A 1 2 2 Accessing constants a Targeted constants When casting constants to the pointers shown below A 1 3 Objects Targeted by Base Register Function to access an area specified by the pointer and when this address is in the range base address 0x8000 to base address 0x7FFF around the base address they are the target of the base register function Example 1 int 0x12345678 100 writing to a
131. Renesas Electronics does not warrant that such information is error free Renesas Electronics assumes no liability whatsoever for any damages incurred by you resulting from errors in or omissions from the information included herein Renesas Electronics products are classified according to the following three quality grades Standard High Quality and Specific The recommended applications for each Renesas Electronics product depends on the product s quality grade as indicated below You must check the quality grade of each Renesas Electronics product before using it in a particular application You may not use any Renesas Electronics product for any application categorized as Specific without the prior written consent of Renesas Electronics Further you may not use any Renesas Electronics product for any application for which it is not intended without the prior written consent of Renesas Electronics Renesas Electronics shall not be in any way liable for any damages or losses incurred by you or third parties arising from the use of any Renesas Electronics product for an application categorized as Specific or for which the product is not intended where you have failed to obtain the prior written consent of Renesas Electronics The quality grade of each Renesas Electronics product is Standard unless otherwise expressly specified in a Renesas Electronics data sheets or data books etc Standard Computers office
132. The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 9 10 4 The perror function lt The messages generated by the perror function gt It is depends on the user defined _strerror function a low level function e ANSI C 7 10 3 Memory management functions lt The behavior of the calloc malloc or realloc function if the size requested is zero gt NULL is returned e ANSI C 7 10 4 1 The abort function lt The behavior of the abort function with regard to open and temporary files gt It is depends on the user defined abort function a low level function e ANSI C 7 10 4 3 The exit function lt The status returned by the exit function if the value of the argument is other than zero EXIT_SUCCESS or EXIT_FAILURE gt It is depends on the user defined _exit function a low level function e ANSI C 7 10 4 4 The getenv function lt The set of environment names and the method for altering the environment list used by the getenv function gt It is depends on the user defined getenv function a low level function e ANSI C 7 10 4 5 The system function lt The contents and mode of execution of the string by the system function gt It is depends on the user defined system function a low level function e ANSI C 7 11 6 2 The strerror function lt The contents of the error message strings returned by the strerror function gt It is depends on the user defined _strerror function a low level function CC32R MANUAL 30
133. The precision is disabled unsigned char and converts it into a character corresponding to the data CC32R MANUAL 179 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Conversion Specifiers for fprintf 3 3 Conversion Conversion Method Type of the Notes on Precision Specifier Argument s Outputs a character sequence pointerto The precision shows the specified by data of the pointer to char number of characters to be char type up to the null character output If the precision is which shows the end of the omitted the character character string or the output the string specified by the data number of characters specified by up to the null character is the precision The null character output The null character is not output is not output P Regards data as pointer type and pointerto The precision is disabled converts it into a printable void character string depending on the compiler n Considers the data is regarded as pointerto The precision is disabled pointer type to int type and sets int the number of characters of data output to the memory area specified by the data Outputs None The precision is disabled Note Specifying the n or specifier cannot convert the corresponding argument CC32R MANUAL 180 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fputc Input output function Outputs a character to a stream Syntax Return Value description include lt stdio
134. To our customers Old Company Name in Catalogs and Other Documents On April 1 2010 NEC Electronics Corporation merged with Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Electronics Corporation took over all the business of both companies Therefore although the old company name remains in this document it is a valid Renesas Electronics document We appreciate your understanding Renesas Electronics website http www renesas com April 1 2010 Renesas Electronics Corporation Issued by Renesas Electronics Corporation http www renesas com Send any inquiries to http www renesas com inquiry CENESAS 8 10 11 12 Notice All information included in this document is current as of the date this document is issued Such information however is subject to change without any prior notice Before purchasing or using any Renesas Electronics products listed herein please confirm the latest product information with a Renesas Electronics sales office Also please pay regular and careful attention to additional and different information to be disclosed by Renesas Electronics such as that disclosed through our website Renesas Electronics does not assume any liability for infringement of patents copyrights or other intellectual property rights of third parties by or arising from the use of Renesas Electronics products or technical information described in this document No license express implied or otherwise is grant
135. _MAX times At least the space whose size is equal to L_tmpnam defined in stdio h must be secured in the buffer CC32R MANUAL 268 Chapter 9 C Standard Library tolower Character handling function Converts an upper case letter into lower case Syntax Return Value Description include lt ctype h gt int tolower int c CG character to be converted Converted character When the character c specified as the parameter meets the condition Character c as it is When the character c specified as the parameter cannot meet the condition The tolower function converts the character corresponding to the parameter c into lower case if it is an upper case character and returns the lower case character Otherwise returns the character without converting it CC32R MANUAL 269 Chapter 9 C Standard Library toupper Character handling function Converts a lower case letter into upper case Syntax Return Value Description include lt ctype h gt int toupper int c CF character to be converted Converted character When the character c specified as the parameter meets the condition Character c as it is When the character c specified as the parameter cannot meet the condition The toupper function converts the character corresponding to the parameter c into upper case if it is a lower case character and returns the upper case character Otherwise
136. a C program are the names used in the C program but have a underscore _ or dollar mark prefixed to the name For examples the system reserved names shown in Figure 4 6 are expressed as follows when used in an object file _ _900_main _ _900_INITLIB or _900_main _900_INITLIB 4 6 Limitations for C Language The C compiler places various limits on coding as shown in Table 4 15 Table 4 20 Limitations on C Language Coding 1 2 Description Items Limits Preprocessing Nest level by include statement Practically not directives limited Number of macro identifiers Practically not limited Number of parameters that can be specified by macro definitions Practically not and macro call limited Nesting level of if ifdef ifndef else and elif statements Practically not limited Total number of operators and operands that can be specified Practically not by if and elif statements limited Declaration Number of external identifiers Practically not limited Valid Number of identifiers in a block Practically not limited Number of qualifying pointers arrays and function declarators Practically not in a declaration limited Valid Number of characters in external and internal identifiers Up to 31 and macro names characters CC32R MANUAL 57 Description Statements and Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Table 4 20 Limitations on C Language Coding 2 2 I
137. a constant expression 4 5 System Reserved Names The names in Figure 4 6 are reserved during development environment of the M32R and can be used in a C program Syntax _Number_Name Number 3 digit decimal number Name Character string consisting of alphanumerics and underscore s see 4 1 2 An underscore Example 900 main 900 INITLIB Figure 4 8 System reserved names Reserved names are classified into the three groups Of these names the names numbered 000 099 and 901 999 can be used in most programs The 3 groups are e System names reserved for operating systems 000 099 System names reserved for variables and functions offered by different operating systems OS and therefore may vary from OS to OS These names are used to interface with a particular OS e System names reserved for languages and libraries 100 900 These names are used by development support tools such as languages and libraries Do not use these names in a program because they may be used by language processing and libraries These names are used in the C standard libraries CC32R MANUAL 56 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification e Names reserved for user systems 901 999 These symbols can be used in the user program By providing layers in the user system symbols can be used without confliction The names in the object program that correspond to external definitions and reference symbols in
138. a floating point number which can be expressed by the strtod function pinter to float CC32R MANUAL 190 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Conversion Specifier P Conversion Specifiers for fscanf 2 2 Conversion Method Converts a character sequence in the format to be converted by the p conversion in the fprintf function into pointer type data Type of the Argument pointer to void No data is input and the number of characters which have been input is set pointer to int Specifies a set of characters between and called scan set e g abcd a z abcd The scan set defines characters to be read If a scan set begins with non the initial character sequence preceding the first appearance one unspecified in the scan set is read If a scan set begins with the initial character sequence preceding the first appearance one specified in the scan set is read Appends the null character to the read character sequence automatically The area pointed to the corresponding argument should be enough to store it including the null character pointer to char A is read No conversion or assignment occurs None CC32R MANUAL 191 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Input output function fseek Moves the current read write position within a stream Syntax include lt stdio h gt int fseek FILE fp long offset int type Lp
139. a function A declaration of a register variable is present outside a function return type incompatible with function s defined return type The return value of a function is different from the one declared return with expression in function with void return type An attempt has been made to return a value from a function brought under a void declaration same argument name used in macro xxx An identical argument is used in a macro second or third operand of conditional operator has invalid type An improper type has been defined in a ternary operation size of return type from function must be known The return size of a function is unknown sizeof object is of unknown length An object whose length is indefinite has been specified in the sizeof operator xxx storage class incompatible with subsequent file scope declaration The storage class declaration is inconsistent with the next file scope declaration xxx storage class is nonvalid for formal argument The storage class declaration is incorrect CC32R MANUAL 358 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 13 15 Message Description struct or union must not contain member of function type You cannot include an entity of function type either in a structure or a union struct used as type is incomplete or undefined A structure is either incomplete or undefined struct union improperly defined possibly as
140. a value other than 0 if returned from the exit function otherwise returns 0 In the start up program calling this function before calling the main function and checking its return value enables the following see also 7 3 9 Start up Program Examples e Return Value 0 This means that the initialization of the return destination from the exit function has been finished so you can call the main function e Return Value a value other than 0 This means that the main function has terminated with the exit function and that control has returned to the point at the time of issuing this function you can obtain the exit status of the exit function through the _get_exit_code function CC32R MANUAL 147 Chapter 9 C Standard Library i n it m e m Initialization function non ANSI Initializing for I O general utility and localization groups Syntax void _init_mem void Return Value None Description The _init_mem function initializes the memory management pointer Call this function only once prior to all of input output general utility and localization functions Caution Call this function always before calling the main function in the start up program The corresponding termination process with the _exit_mem function is required after control returns from the main function See 7 2 7 3 CC32R MANUAL 148 Chapter 9 C Standard Library i n it std i O Initialization function non ANSI Ini
141. able argument list as data to be output not a variable argument list itself This function suffixes a null character to actual output character sequence however the null character is not counted as the number of output characters return value For more information on the format control refer to the description of the fprintf function The arg indicating the variable argument list must be initialized by the va_start and va_arg macros The vprintf function does not call the va_end macro CC32R MANUAL 276 Chapter 9 C Standard Library vsprintf Input output function Outputs a variable arguments list to a memory area by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdarg h gt include lt stdio h gt int vsprintf char s const char control va_list arg Si pointer to space to which data is output control pointer to format string arg pointer to variable argument list Number of characters output The vsprintf function converts and edits the variable arguments pointed to by arg according to the format control and then outputs the result to the area of memory pointed to by s This function is equivalent to the sprintf function but receives pointer to a variable argument list as data to be output not a variable argument list itself This function suffixes a null character to actual output character sequence however the null character is not c
142. acter string the processing such as the copy and connection are possible like the conventional character string 4 Setting of a character code setlocale LC_CTYPE sjis Setting up the locale name the character code name of Table A 3 by the setlocale functio n for converting from multi byte character string to wide character string in the next part 5 At this time the same character code as M32RKOUT needs to be designated to LC_CTYPE If the M32RKOUT is undefined please designate sjis for PC version or euc for EWS version to the setlocale function 5 Transformation to a wide character string size_wch mbstowcs wbuff buff WBUFSIZE Transforming from the multi byte character string that made it in the above 3 to the wi de character string for the byte unit processing in next 6 6 Taking out each a character and outputting it except particular character for i 0 i lt size_wch i if wbuff i L amp amp wbuff i L kanjiout wbuff i Appendix A 40 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference The wide character string is a wchar_t type array Taking out each a character removing one of the particular characters those are or No in this program of it and outputting it to the function 7 Taking out each a character from another string and outputting it for i 0 i lt sizeof wstr i kanjiout wstr i
143. ages C or assembly and their development environment a host machine and its operating system etc and have basic knowledge of the target M32R systems References A manual related to development for the M32R family is e M32R Family User s Manual e M32R Family Software Manual Refer to the WWW site of the Renesas Microcomputers The URL is http www renesas com For details about the ANSI C language refer to e ANSI 1ISO9899 1990 American NationalStandard for Programming Languages C AmericanNationalStandardsInstitute Inc CC32R MANUAL x Conventions Preface The CC32R manual set uses the following conventions e Symbols Symbol Meaning Italics Represents a generic description that should be replaced with a specific a b Represents alternative items alb represents either a or b Encloses optional elements that can be included or omitted Indicates to repeat the preceding item zero or more times Represents omission of a or more lines lt RET gt Represents to enter the return key e Terms 1 2 Term Meaning ANSI C American National Standard for Programming Languages C ANSI ISO 9899 1990 Assembler as32R The assembler in CC32R Assembly program A program written in the assembly language CC32R The cross tool kit for an M32R system C compiler cc32R The C compiler in CC32R C program A program written in the C language
144. ail of specification with single quote marks etc and specify as follows set CFLAGS small Otime zdiv lt Reference gt List of option specifications corresponding to items in library supplied as standard Library TARGET CFLAGS AFLAGS MMODEL name m32RcRlib m32RcR small Otime zdiv small BRERA RN med m32cRL Jib m32RcRL large Otime zdiv large Execute BUILD Move the current directory to lib32R src and execute BUILD bat from the command line After execution has completed the following two files are generated if set TARGET m32RcR is specified in 1 m32RcR lib Library file m32RcR stk stk file of all of m32RcR lib Execute CLEAN if necessary If necessary execute CLEAN bat Deletes all mo files temporarily created when executing BUILD as well as individual stk files The library and stk file for the whole library are not deleted CC32R MANUAL 142 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 9 3 Library Function Descriptions This section describes the functions of the C standard library in alphabetical order How to refer each function description is shown in Figure 9 2 7 Note Function name Group Summary Syntax Shows a call type of function include lt header_file gt is a standard header file to use this function Be sure to include it Return Value Shows a return value of function A comment preceded by which is stated immediately after a return value explains the
145. ails of the base register function Assume the file name is sample acc sample acc R13 OxF78000 var var2 var3 R12 OxF88000 var4 var5 R11 OxFC8000 var6 As shown above the base register is defined using the following format base_register_name 0x base_address hex The global variables to be covered by that base register are listed on the following lines e The Access Control File can also be automatically generated from the load modules See Section 2 map32 Map Generator in the CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt for details e For details of how to specify static variables in a function see A 1 7 3 Hints on describing the Access Control File Compiling Compile the program specifying the Access Control File created in step 2 Add access sample acc to the compiler command line Example output code The following shows the code for var1 and var4 resulting from compiling the program with sample acc specified and var1 and var4 as int type global variables e C language Expression 1 varl 5 writing var1 Expression 2 return var4 reading var4 e Output code when applying base register function Expression 1 LDI RO 5 ST RO _varl __REL_BASE13 R13 Expression 2 LD R0 _var4 __REL_BASE12 R12 Appendix A 13 4 5 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference Defining the base symbols and setting the base registers Next add the code for a defini
146. al promotion e Conversion of signed unsigned integers Results of conversions from a signed integral type to an unsigned integral type or vice versa are as shown in Table 4 15 Original Positive signed New Type after conversion Unsigned integer has Table 4 15 Signed unsigned integers Conversions Value after Conversion Unchanged integer equal or greater size Negative signed Unsigned integer has The original value integer equal size the maximum value for unsigned type 1 Unsigned integer has First the original value is promoted greater size to the signed integer corresponding to the unsigned integer Then the value is converted to unsigned by the result in promotion the maximum value for the unsigned integer type 1 Unsigned integer Signed integer has The low bits in the original value will be equal size copied to the shorter signed integer The highest bit means a sign Signed unsigned Signed integer has The low bits in the original value will be integer shorter size copied to the shorter signed integer The highest bit means a sign Unsigned integer has shorter size The positive remainder on The original value 1 the maximum value for the new type CC32R MANUAL 52 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification e Floating and integral Original Integral type Results of conversions from a floating type to an integral type
147. alue of the actual argument is not guaranteed For example if an actual argument that has been declared as short implicitly converted into int if no function prototype is given is passed to a function that has a formal argument of unsigned int an error occurs but no error occurs if the said actual argument is passed to a function that has a formal argument of int Type incompatibility between function prototype and function definition In calling a function when the function prototype declaration is visible if the function is not defined for the type compatible with the declaration an error results CC32R MANUAL 284 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior Prototype declaration of variable arguments If a function that accepts a variable arguments list is called in a position where the function prototype that ends with is not visible there can be a chance that part of variable number of actual arguments is not correctly passed e ANSI C 6 3 3 2 Address and indirection operators Unary operators amp If you perform a reference as given below by use of an address arithmetic operator amp or an indirect reference operator the operation is not guaranteed e Referencing an invalid array e Referencing a null pointer Referencing an object having automatic storage duration whose scope has expired e ANSI C 6 3 4 Cast operators If you cast a pointer toward a function to a pointer toward a function of differe
148. alue that an unsigned int type variable can have LONG_MAX Indicates the max value that a long type variable can have LONG_MIN Indicates the min value that a long type variable can have ULONG_MAX Indicates the max value that an unsigned long type variable can have CC32R MANUAL 124 8 2 6 locale h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Performs prototype declaration and macro definition of a function locale handle function which processes localization of the program Table 8 6 and Table 8 7 list the functions declared and macros declared by locale h Table 8 6 Functions Declared by locale h Function Description Reentrant localeconv Initialize struct lconv x setlocale Sets and searches for locale information x Table 8 7 Macros Defined by locale h Macro Name Description LC_ALL Sets and searches all locale information LC_COLLATE Sets and searches information that affects the strcoll function and strxfrm function LC_CTYPE Sets and searches information that affects functions handling character and multi bytes except for the isdigit and isxdigit functions LC_MONETARY Sets and searches information that affects currency information returned from the localeconv function LC_NUMERIC Sets and searches information that affects information other than decimal point used by the input and output functions and the character handling functions and currency information returned from the localeconv function LC_T
149. alues set for the R12 register and __REL_BASE symbol must be the start addresses of the D and B sections plus 32 Kbytes For example if linked in order of D and B sections with the total area of 64 Kbytes and the start address of D section h 20000 then you set the value h 28000 See Figures 3 1 and 3 2 e Make sure the total size of data in D and B sections is within 64 Kbytes When using this option make sure the total size of data in D and B sections is within 64 Kbytes and that the data are located at contiguous addresses If the total size of data in D and B sections exceeds 64 Kbytes do not specify this option Otherwise a relocation size overflow or another error may occur because the 16 bit displacement is exceeded See Figures 3 1 and 3 2 e Prototype declaration of const qualified variables When const qualified variables located in D section are going to be referenced in another source a prototype accompanied by const must always be declared Example When a variable declared in program b is referenced in program a Program a Program b extern int aa int aa extern const int bb const void foo void const int bb void test void CC32R MANUAL 23 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Do not destroy the content of the R12 register Because the R12 register is used from start to end of the program as the Rsrc register for register relative indi
150. and n are 0 0 CC32R MANUAL 186 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fscanf Input output function Gets data from a stream and converts the data by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fscanf FILE fp const char control Lp pointer to File structure control pointer to format string j variable argument list receivers The number of arguments converted Successful Substitution suppression and substituted by n conversion and is not included in this number EOF Input data has been completed before the first conversion excluding has been succeeded Otherwise an error occurred The fscanf function reads input data from the I O stream pointed to by the file pointer fp converts and edits the input according to the format control and then stores the result into the memory area s specified by the variable argument list An input item text in a file when the fscanf function is separated into tokens by on or more white spaces space horizontal tab t newline n Those white spaces are ignored For example the input ABCD abcd is translated into the 2 tokens ABCD and abcd The 2 tokens are converted and then stores into the corresponding areas specified by arguments in the variable argument list In this example 2 arguments are required Details of the format are shown below Ditto fo
151. apanese character is processed with these functions Appendix A 41 A 6 4 4 A 6 4 5 A 6 4 6 A 6 4 7 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference 1 Character string operation function Function that belongs to string h Because this function does not know boundary between multi byte characters if a multi byte character has Japanese Kanji character the function does not act along to expectati on memchr strchr strpbrk strrchr functions The searching may not act normally strcspn strspn functions The exact character number may not be returned 2 Character operation function Function that belongs to ctype h This function can not process it normally in the case that the Japanese character is desig nated Example Do not call a function as follows isprint L isupper L A Zenkaku A Correspondence of the assembler Japanese is unable to be described with assembly language Correspondence of the relation tools If the debugger that is for CC32R V 3 00 or older or is not corresponding to the Japanese character displays the Japanese character may not be displayed correctly preprocessor output P E option The compiler that the P or E option is designated outputs always the Japanese letter with euc Restriction item of Unicode Pay attention to the next point in the case of programming to use utf8 Unicode 1 Character that is able to use it Only the character in the 6 1 1
152. aracters Successful However a null character at the end shall not be included in number of characters 1 Casts 1 as size_t and returns it when any character other than multibyte character is detected during conversion Description The mbstowcs function converts the number of characters pointed to by n among the multibyte character string specified by s into the corresponding character string of wide characters and returns the result to the buffer pwes wow Caution The maximum value of multibyte characte is 3 byte And even euc sjis utf8 in addition to C are supported as the locale CC32R MANUAL 218 Chapter 9 C Standard Library mbtowc General utility function Converts a multibyte character into a wide character Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt stdlib h gt int mbtowc wchar_t pwc const char s size t n DWC storage buffer of wide character S pointer to multibyte character n number of inspection bytes Number of bytes Both pwc and s are not NULL The number of bytes of the converted multibyte characters 0 s indicates a null character 1 s does not correctly indicate a multibyte character Note If multibyte character encoding has state dependent encoding a non zero is returned Otherwise a zero is returned The mbtowc function processes multibyte characters specified by s as follows e When both pw
153. assembly source file by compiling a C source file As a driver it also invokes the assembler and or the linker You can perform a chain process as creating a load module from a source file CC32R MANUAL 1 Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R e Assembler as32R The as32R generates an object module by assembling an assembly source file In an assembly source file you can write the pseudo instructions and the macro instructions Also the assembler outputs an assemble list with the l option e Linker Ink32R The Ink32R generates a load module file by linking an object module the relocatable load module files and library files It is selectable that either a generated load module is relocatable format or absolute format A relocatable load module can be reloaded onto the linker e Librarian lib32R The lib32R generates an M32R compatible library file from object modules or relocatable load modules e Map generator map32R The map32R outputs a link map which consists of a map list and global symbol list from an object module an relocatable load module and an absolute load module e Load module converter Imc32R The Imc32R converts a load module generated at the linker into the S format load module ROMable This tool is necessary to write a program into ROM Programming Flow The programming flow using CC32R is shown in Figure 1 1 CC32R MANUAL 2 Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R Assembly language
154. at the round off mode is rounding to the nearest in float operation it is therefore necessary to allow the M32R ECU 5 rounding mode to match this mode as well A 5 3 4 fminst Option The FMADD instruction differs in round off handling from the FMUL and FADD combined for computing This is also the same with the FMSUB and FMUL amp FSUB combinations It should therefore be noted that there may arise a difference in results between the cases where the fminst option was designated and not designated For the FPU instruction rounding mode refer to the M32R ECU 5 Software Manual Appendix A 35 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A6 About Japanese Kanji character processing A 6 1 A 6 1 1 A 6 1 1 The Japanese character can be described to the character constant of a program The Japanese character can be processed as the multi byte character and wide character JIS EUC JP Shift JIS Unicode UTF 8 are able to be used as the character code of the Jap anese character correspondence You can control those character codes flexibly by operation of the environment variable For example case that the C source file is written by Shift JIS and the corresponding object shall be outputted by UTF 8 character sets and character code The Japanese character The character set that is defined with JIS The Japanese Industrial Standard X 0201 and also JIS X 0208 can be used Yet the Latin character part of J
155. atics function Obtains the arc cosine of a floating point number Syntax include lt math h gt double acos double x Xi Return Value Calculated value of argument Description The acos function calculates the arc cosine of argument x and returns a value in a range from 0 to x Value x must be in a range between 1 and 1 This function sets a value of EDOM in errno if x is less than 1 or more than 1 as ct i me Date and time function Converts data and time a struct tm into the equivalent text string Syntax include lt time h gt char asctime const struct tm timeptr timeptr pointer to tm type structure Return Value Pointer for a converted character string Description The asctime function converts the time and date specified by timeptr into the format as follows Thu May 12 16 00 00 1995 n 0 CC32R MANUAL 151 Chapter 9 C Standard Library as i n Mathematics function Obtains the arc sine of a floating point number Syntax include lt math h gt double asin double x Xi Return Value Calculated value of argument Description The asin function calculates the arc sine of argument x and returns a value in a range from m 2tom 2 Value x must be in a range between 1 and 1 This function sets a value of EDOM in errno if x is less than 1 or more than 1 CC32R MANUAL 152 Chapter 9 C Standard Library assert Program diagnostic function Adds a diagnostic func
156. ays store the base address CC32R MANUAL 78 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions General Registers Work Registers RO The return value of a function is stored ARegisters here for C language Function Arguments R11 to R13 as specified in the base register always store the base address The Base Register Link ere Stack Pointer Figure 6 1 General Registers Used The applications and associated operations of the general registers used by the C compiler are described below e Work registers RO R13 Store intermediate results of function operation and variables The RO stores the values returned by function e Registers for function arguement R4 R7 The registers R4 R7 are used to store function argument C language e Registers for the Base Registerf R11 R13 The registers R11 R13 are used to the Base Register See Appendix A e Link register R14 The R14 stores the return address during function call It may also be used as work register or register variable register by the C compiler CC32R MANUAL 79 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions e Stack pointer R15 The R15 is a stack pointer SP which stores the lowest address of the stack area The SP manages the stack 6 1 2 Register Consideration Table 6 1 shows whether the contents of register is retained or not when a function is called by the C program Yes means that
157. ber DBL_MAX_10_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MAX_10_EXP Indicates the max value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_MIN_10_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a float type floating point number DBL_MIN_10_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MIN_10_EXP Indicates the min value of the power of 10 which can be expressed in a long double type floating point number FLT_DIG Indicates the max No of digits of decimal precision of a float type floating point number DBL_DIG Indicates the max No of digits of decimal precision of a double type floating point number CC32R MANUAL 120 Macro Name LDBL_DIG Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 4 Macros Defined by float h 3 3 Description Indicates the max No of digits of a decimal precision of a long double type floating point number FLT_MANT_DIG Indicates the max No of digits of the mantissa of a float type floating point number when expressed to radix DBL_MANT_DIG Indicates the max No of digits of the mantissa of a double type floating point number when expressed to radix LDBL_MANT_DIG point number when expressed
158. ber of and the appearance order of conversion specifications correspond to them of arguments in the variable argument list Plain characters Characters in a sequence beginning with non i e other than a conversion specification They are output directly Example fprintf fp data 02d a The underlined are plain characters Conversion specification A character sequence beginning with It specifies how to convert the corresponding argument in the variable argument list It consists of and following specifiers shown below They are optional CC32R MANUAL 173 Chapter 9 C Standard Library e Flags e Field width e Precision e Size specifier for the corresponding argument e Conversion specifier Example fprintf fp data 02d a The underlined is a conversion specification It converts a lt Conversion Specification Syntax gt A conversion specification can be specified by the following format a specifier enclosed in is optional flags field_width precision size_specifier conversion_specifier Example 02d The the flag 0 the field width 2 and the conversion specifier d Every item shall be described continuously not separated by a space If there is no corresponding argument for a conversion specification such as there is no variable argument list arguments are not enough the operation is not guaranteed If the number of arguments is larger than the n
159. bly Data from a Program ecceeecceeseeeeeeeeteeseeeeeereteteneeeeenes 90 6 6 2 Referencing C Data from an Assembly Program ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeaes 91 6 6 3 Calling Assembly Routines from a Program cecceesceeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeteeneeeeeeeees 92 6 6 4 Calling C Routines from an Assembly Program cccceeseeeeeeeeneeseeeeneeteeeseneeeaes 93 GCompilerGenerated Sections sessiy eccieteeed inaire toidate atipi aak 94 Embedded Application Programming Procedure cccccceceesesceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaees 98 Programming the Startup Prograniiesiis snina eade aaa 102 Gal T sksimthe Start p PrograiMi asirenprirnssainocsoae inean iaia 102 73 2 Getting the Stack Aleari ninrin da N 102 7 3 3 Initializing the Processor MOCES ecceesseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeaeeeseeteaeeeeeeteneeteaeeeaeete 103 7 3 4 Initializing the Stack Pointer ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeaeeseaeeeaeeee 103 7 3 5 Initializing the Data Sections 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeetaeeseeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeee 103 7 3 6 Calling the Main FUNGCUON sets csesesccasccenssesazscesesceeectva chase esateeeva sirosis senretene 105 7 3 7 Start p Program EXAM PS sc 255sce 0c as2s tas cncketansgedascveanessenetedecactcegedeaedeatacetuueteserease 105 About start up file start ms in HEW 000 cece eee e cece eeeeaeeeeeeeeeseaeeseeeeeeeeaeeeteaeeeees 109 Nite late atsrol 110 9 gle jerreenerr
160. c and s are not NULL It converts multibyte characters of n bytes from the point specified by s into wide characters and stores them into the buffer pws e When pwc is NULL and s is not NULL It operates like the mblen function e When s is NULL or both pwc and s are NULL It checks whether a multibyte character set depends on the status nn The maximum value of multibyte characte is 3 byte And even euc sjis utf8 in addition to C are supported as the locale CC32R MANUAL 219 Chapter 9 C Standard Library memchr String handling function Locates in a memory area the position where a character first appears Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt void memchr const void s int c size t n Sj pointer to memory area to be searched Cj character to be searched n number of characters to be searched Pointer to character position As the result of search the character has been found NULL As the result of search the character has not been found The memchr function returns the pointer as a return value to the position of the same character as the character c which appears for the first time in n characters from the beginning of the specified memory area CC32R MANUAL 220 Chapter 9 C Standard Library memcom p String handling function Compares the contents of two memory areas Syntax Return Value De
161. ck and that calls function of C language or is called from it They include start up pr ogram and low level library functions How to adapt Change the assembly language program in accordance with the setting rule of the function argument of V 3 00 Release 1 Refer to the chapter of the C calling rule of the M3T CC32R user s manual lt C Compiler gt When function passes the argument by registers this function name is not under score _ to the top but dollar mark is added in object file You need to change the functi on name in the assembly language that you have this to the name that complied with When you links these programs above 1 and 2 without this adaptation and program made for CC32R V 3 00 Release 1 or newer the error external symbol not defined will occur Appendix C 5 M3T CC32R V 4 30 User s Manual lt C Compiler gt Rev 1 00 September 01 2004 REJ10J0514 0100Z COPYRIGHT 2004 RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND RENESAS SOLUTIONS CORPORATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED M3T CC32R V 4 30 User s Manual lt C Compiler gt 2tENESAS Renesas Electronics Corporation 1753 Shimonumabe Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa 211 8668 Japan REJ10J0514 0100Z
162. cl int int func1 is the pointer to a function which returns a pointer to char and has two int type parameters Qualified types Types with any type qualifier const or volatile Unqualified types Types without any type qualifier const or volatile Top type In a derived type the top type is outermost derivation represented by type specifiers and qualifiers In a no derived type the top type is itself Example const int i This means that i is pointer to qualified int The top type is pointer type and is not qualified type or int type CC32R MANUAL 45 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification void lt Scalar Types gt lt arithmetic types gt lt integral types gt character types A enumerated signed integer types type short enum unsigned integer types unsigned char unsigned int unsigned short unsigned long floating types float double long double pointer types lt derived declarator types gt lt aggregate types gt structure lt derived types gt union types types union struct array types function types Note Underlined type specifiers are basic types Figure 4 5 Types CC32R MANUAL 46 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 2 3 Data Size and Range of Basic Types The size and limits maximum and minimum values that can be expressed of basic type data are as shown in Table 4 14
163. clude lt string h gt size_t strxfrm char si const char s2 size t n sl buffer to store the converted string S2 pointer to string to be converted n number of characters converted The number of bytes of the converted string except the last null of the string Note When the return value is larger than the n the contents of s1 are unknown As the locale only the C environment is supported The strxfrm function converts n bytes of the s2 string starting at the beginning of the string according to LC_COLLATE specified by the current locale and stores the result into s1 CC32R MANUAL 263 Chapter 9 C Standard Library system General utility function Passes a command string to the host environment Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt stdlib h gt int system const char string string command string non 0 string is NULL and command processor exists 0 string is NULL and no command processor exists Note If the command string is not NULL the return value depends on the processing system The system function passes the string specified by string to the host environment where the command processor runs When NULL is specified as string the function checks whether the command processor exists To call the system function in actual the user written system function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL
164. compiler section name can be restored by specifying the default section name in modified section name To change the section name declare the pragma SECTION before the function defi nitions or data definitions The D section must be initialized to the initial values at startup If you change the name of the D section be sure to initialize the modified section to the initial values at startup The B section must normally be cleared to zeros at startup If you have changed the name of the B section be sure to clear the modified section to zeros at startup Rules lf you change the name of the P section section names in functions defined after this declaration take the modified section name lf you change the names of the C D or B sections section names for variables and constant data defined after this declaration take the modified section name However this is only valid until a delimiter comma semicolon or equal sign after a variable name for which data has been defined This declaration can be made multiple times for the same default section The section attribute or location attribute cannot be specified If pragma SECTION is used together with the R compiler command line option R default section name modified section name which changes the section name created by the C compiler e The pragma SECTION declaration is not affected by the R command line option If both are used the prag
165. const char si const char s2 j S1 pointer to string to be checked s2 pointer to string used to check si The length of the searched string The strspn function searches the string s1 starting from the beginning for a series of characters which match the characters of the string s2 and returns the number of continuous characters that precede the first match series of characters of s2 Strstr String handling function Finds the first occurrence point of a string within another Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strstr const char s1 const char s2 si pointer to string to be searched S2 pointer to string to be searched for Pointer to the character found The character is found in the string s1 NULL The character is not found or s2 is null The strstr function locates in the character string s1 the position where the character string s2 first appears and returns the pointer to that position If s2 is null the return value is also null CC32R MANUAL 258 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strtod General utility function Converts a string into a double type floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt double strtod const char nptr char endptr nptr pointer to string to be converted endptr end point of reading Converted value The strtod function convert
166. conversion specifier d The and the conversion specifier f Every item shall be described continuously not separated by a space If there is no corresponding argument for a conversion specification such as there is no variable argument list there are insufficient arguments the operation is not guaranteed If the number of arguments is larger than the number of conversion specifications all of the excessive arguments are ignored lt Details of Conversion Specifiers gt The function of each conversion specifier and how to specify are e x asterisk Prefixing prior to a conversion specifier allows reading the corresponding token from the input but suppresses assignment e Field width A field width specifies the number of characters in decimal number CC32R MANUAL 188 Chapter 9 C Standard Library format which can be input Size specifier for the corresponding argument With the size specifiers h 1 or L at the preceding a conversion specifier type of the corresponding argument can be specified when the conversion specifier is d i o u x X e E f g Gorn Size Following conversion Type of the corresponding specifier specifier argument is h d i o u x orxX short int or unsigned short int n pointer to short int 1 ell d i o u x orX long int or unsigned long int n pointer to long int L e E f g orG long double A size specifier is ignored if the following conversion
167. d initial value for a sequence of pseudo random integers generation None The srand function sets the initial value seed for the sequence of pseudo random integers generated by the rand function If the srand function sets the same value as the initial value while the rand function is generating pseudo random numbers the same sequence of pseudo random integers is generated again When the rand function is called before the srand function the initial value for the sequence of pseudo random integer generation is set to 1 CC32R MANUAL 244 Chapter 9 C Standard Library sscanf Input output function Gets data from a memory area and converts the data by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int sscanf char s const char control S pointer to the memory area to which data is to be stored control pointer to format string E variable argument list receivers The number of arguments Successful the number excludes arguments of converted and substituted sn conversion and arguments inhibited by EOF The end of input data is reached before completion of the first conversion except for or an error occurs The sscanf function gets data from the memory area denoted by s exchanges and edits the data in the format specified by control and stores the result into the memory area denoted by the variable argument list
168. d sign extension For example see char member 2 in Figure 5 3 when using a char type bit field whose width is declared as 2 bits high order 6 bits are sign extended to 8 bits and are processed as a 1 byte data The value of the byte allocated to the bit field is 1100 0000 The upper 2 bits 11 are allocated to the member IMPORTANT A bit field though having the same bit pattern may take on a different range that it expresses depending on signed or unsigned see the example below So be careful Example char a 4 a ranges between 8 and 7 1 for 1111 unsigned char b 4 b ranges between 0 and 15 15 for 1111 Note MSB most significant bit CC32R MANUAL 72 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation E By the declaration char member 2 E l f 1 is assigned to member the area is gotten as shown below waa 1 byte bit 7 0 bit 7 0 _ for member Sign L Lower 6 bits are Assigned Value unknown E When member is referenced such as char s abc member the bit field is sign extended Ls ign Extension Figure 5 3 Example of Internal Representation of Bit Field IIll Note III The behavior of a bit field may depend on an implementation So be careful of the following in transporting an application or the like e int In ANSI C a bit field declared with signed int is sign extended whereas whether a bit field declared with int is zero ext
169. d Opvons wecacensieetanndeis na ee in eee 15 321 Command Options s saciteci easels deleesivinieleelecth ees heel ested 15 3 2 2 Notes about rel16 option to be taken when programming ceeeseeeeneeeeeneeees 23 3 2 3 Debugging Limitations when Optimize Options Are Specified ccceeeeeeees 25 3 2 4 switch by Offset Optom issena ensendi aeaaeai eiia iai 26 33 Command Line Example si2cncscicscisnsisczige titi Meta ae 28 CC32R MANUAL iii 3 4 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Contents Theother Note Sherine a whens auenuntacee ented ceed TNE 32 Al TOKO a A rreeerecere mrecererrerarercr erence eeerrerr terre 32 BMD KY WONG orcii pipiaraan cedissueanciedieed aad feanuesavizeload AaS EEan ina 32 AN2 NGOMUNETS srninkitan ia EGAS EEE TEIE 33 41 3 CONSTANTS erinesid eara AERE ear AEE ri EEA aiae iie ain haai RESE 35 4 1 3 1 Fidating Point Constant aroaren RA 36 4 1 3 2 y t 27 gl key aie E eee reteset rr cere err rarer E ee terre reer ie rere ee 37 4 1 3 3 EMUMERATOMCOMSTANT cx2 c cscrscceatssnossersconscxsssaecerepsanauyesunnad E EENES 39 4 1 3 4 Character Constant zssssnw nent ennai eee ee Eo 39 ANA SUMMON Literal S cceeetasstriccasattratenaa res EE en ache 39 AMS Operators cca r E E R 40 AAG PUnetUatO Snn E E E S 42 A7 COMMMOME s Hereidcetcescethsctdetesceedl aisotnideledennsushycteaderupgccyaceeuetsgdeleedeyesenbeadequaoceunentdes Sob 42 42 Da TPES ann ches chads
170. d by name v lower case Displays the command used to invoke each subprocess of the C compiler as they are executed V upper case Outputs the invoking message to the standard error output The other options are ignored No processing actually takes place w lower case Disables the warning message and the information message displays warn_suppressed nested_comment Generation of a warning for nested comments is suppressed CC32R MANUAL 20 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 7 8 Option rell16 Description For access to the symbols of D and B sections located in RAM this option outputs load store instructions by register relative indirect addressing Access to symbols are performed in register relative indirect addressing mode via the fixed register R12 When using this option pay attention to the precautions below 1 Set the R12 register and define the __REL_BASE symbol 2 If the total size of D and B sections exceed 64 Kbytes do not use this option 3 For const qualified variables located in C section to be referenced in another source a prototype accompanied by const must always be declared 4 Do not destroy the content of the R12 register Also refer to Section 3 2 2 for more information about this option XX symbol_num This option allocates memory for symbols that are required when compiling The r
171. d by timer To call the time function in actual the user written time function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL 266 Chapter 9 C Standard Library tmpfile Input output function Creates a temporary file Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt FILE tmpfile void Pointer to the stream of the generated file The file is generated NULL The file cannot be generated The tmpfile function generates a temporary file The generated file is opened in the binary file update mode wb and is automatically deleted upon closing of the file or terminating the program CC32R MANUAL 267 Chapter 9 C Standard Library tmpnam Input output function Creates a not existing temporary file name Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt char tmpnam char s Sj buffer to store the name of file generated by the tmpnam Generated file name The file name is generated NULL The number of the tmpnam function calls exceeds TMP_MAX The tmpnam function generates a new temporary file name and stores it into the buffer specified by s When NULL is substituted for s the result is written into the tmpnam internal buffer The buffer is overwritten every time tmpnam is called The tmpnam function can be repeatedly called up for TMP_MAX times defined in stdio h The tmpnam function returns NULL upon exceeding TMP
172. d char short and unsigned short type the argument first is converted to type int and then is pushed onto the stack float type arguments are converted to double types and pushed to the stack if their type has not been declared in a prototype declaration To use register passing with float type arguments be sure to declare their type in a prototype declaration CC32R MANUAL 85 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 4 2 The Cases where Stack passing is Valid Part of or all arguments are passed through the stack in the following cases e If there are five or more arguments stack passing is applied to the fifth and subsequent arguments e If the first 4 arguments include either floating type structure type or union type the arguments up to the argument preceding the argument of such a type are passed by registers The remaining arguments are passed by the stack e If the return value is either floating types structure type or union type all the arguments are passed by the stack om e If the function has a variable parameter is specified at the end of the parameter list as with the printf function the variable argument and the preceding argument are passed by the stack 6 4 2 1 Pushing onto the stack Arguments which have done type conversion as above are pushed onto the stacks Ifthe type after conversion is one of char unsigned char short and unsigned short type the argument first i
173. d inside that function 3 A static declared local variable used inside that function 4 A function parameter e Ata breakpoint at the exit of a function any variable from 1 to 3 shown below can be checked Breakpoint at the exit of a function is the last statement in which it is possible to set a breakpoint within the function 1 A global variable 2 Astatic declared global variable 3 A static declared local variable used inside that function e At the other breakpoints any variable from 1 to 2 shown below can be checked 1 A global variable which is type struct union or array 2 A local variable which is type struct union or array used inside that function CC32R MANUAL 25 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 2 4 switch_by_offset Option When the compiler generates a code using the table jump command for the switch statement an offset table excellent in ROM efficiency is created PRECAUTIONS The offset table generated when this option is designated can be handled only up to the range of 32K bytes with the initial case of switch statement as origin Accordingly if sucha large switch statement as exceeds 32K bytes is described the code may be unable to be generated normally There arises overflow in linking with linker Ink32R At this time remove the switch_by_offset option for re compiling effect Format Example cc32R switch_by_offset filename c Additional
174. d later Sample Use Source file cat sample c inline int func int a int b a 2 return b int answer void foo int a answer func a Command line cc32R S O7 sample c Code to be generated cat sample ms IMPORT _100_builtin_memcopy EXPORT _answer SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 EXPORT func func MV R0O R4 SLLI RO 1 JMP R14 EXPORT foo foo MV R0 R4 _ Inline expansion SLLI R0 1 Equal to answer a 2 LD24 R1 _answer ST RO RI1 JMP R14 SECTION B DATA ALIGN 4 ALIGN 4 _answer RES B 4 END Appendix A 30 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference Precautions 1 Static declared inline function Where static declared inline function calling was all inline expanded or it was not originally called from any place the compiler deletes its function body by judging it as unnecessary 2 Where inline expansion is suppressed For the following inline function call no inline expansion is carried out a Variable arguments are included b The static variable is included in the function c The type of actual argument in function calling is not compatible with that of dummy argument d The calling and function definition are not described on the same compilation unit e The function calls itself Recursive call 3 Debugging information The debugging information C source and generated code related informatio
175. ddress 0x12345678 Example 2 return int 0x12345678 reading from address 0x12345678 Appendix A 3 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference b Generated code When outputting code for access to a constant address the expression constant address base address is used as the relative indirect offset Example code output When the base register is R13 012340000 Hex Example 1 Writing No base register definition Using base register function SETH RO HIGH 0x12345678 OR3 RO RO LOW 0x12345678 ST R1 0x5678 R13 ST R1 RO Example 2 Reading No base register definition Using base register function SETH RO HIGH 0x12345678 OR3 RO RO LOW 0x12345678 LD RO 0x5678 R13 LD RO RO A 1 3 Objects Targeted by Base Register Function A 1 3 1 Memory class linkage Objects targeted by the base register function must be objects statically mapped to memory Non function objects 1 Global variables 2 static global variables 3 extern global variables Objects in functions 4 static variables in functions 5 static variables in blocks A 1 3 2 Object types The following types of objects are targeted by the base register function 1 Integer types char short long signed unsigned enum 2 Floating point numbers float double 3 Structures including bit field members Appendix A 4 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference 4
176. ddressing The code generated by CC32R consists of the following 1 Code using 16 bit register relative indirect addressing is generated for accessing objects allocated to the D section area for data with initial values and B section area for data without initial values 2 Code using 16 bit register relative indirect addressing is generated for the read write access of objects at fixed addresses To use this function the following are required e Access Control File e When compiling the compile option access access_control_file Note that the Access Control File can be generated using the map32R map generator 1 The Access Control File contains the following information 1 Base address for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing 2 Register storing the base address 3 Objects to which the base register function is applied variables and structures See A 1 7 The access Control File for details 2 For details of the map32R map generator see Part 3 Map Generator map32R in the M3T CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt Appendix A 2 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 1 2 Types of Access Targeted by Base Register Function and Code Output A 1 2 1 Access to Variables a Targeted variables The variables specified on the object registration line of the Access Control File and matching A 2 2 Objects Targeted by Base Register Function are targeted by the base register function
177. dentifier write the following pragma keyword asm off Write the asm function in the format shown in Figure 7 6 pragma keyword asm on asm assembly_code argument1 argument2 assembly_code The assembly code to be embedded argumenti Expression to be set to register RO argument2 Expression to be set to register R1 Figure 7 6 Format of asm function Write the assembly language code to be embedded into the assembly_code field by following the assembler writing specification An escape sequence as well as a string literal see 4 1 4 can be written Since the beginning of an assembly_code is recognized as a label the first mnemonic must be preceded by one or more CC32R MANUAL 110 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming space characters Example asm ldi RO h 10 T one or more spaces With the asm function up to 2 arguments expressions can be specified in addition to assembly code Each argument is evaluated before executing the assembly code of the asm function A value stored in argument is set to register RO and that stored in argument2 to register R1 A valid argument value is an integer only Bear in mind that integral promotion described in 4 3 2 Implicit Conversions will be applied to signed and unsigned char and short types Arguments having other types may not guarantee proper C compiler operation Example int i j asm add RO RI i j The variable
178. designation to cc32R command line option is required at compiling Effect Where the switch statement is generated by the table jump command with the conventional CC32R the ROM size can be reduced Actually generated code The following is the branch table of switch statement generated by CC32R with conventional compatibility and switch_by_offset e For explanation only the branch table address table amp jump table is described The top label of statements a b c d shall be L1 L2 L3 and Ld respectively e Where the ROM size becomes larger than in linear searching the linear search is used without employing the address table and offset table but explanation is given here on the premise that the branch table is always used Compile with conventional compatibility witout cwitch by of feet C Source Addr ess Table ATA W L1 Statement z N L2 Statement W LA Statement a W LS Statement c Compile with switch_by_offset LOfttse Table DATA H L1 L1 Stat DATA H L2 L1 amp DATA H Ld Li DATA H L4 L1 Stat CC32R MANUAL 26 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Explanation The address table generated with conventional compatibility indicates the array with which the branch addresses are stored Each element of the array is 32 bits 4 bytes The switch statement is branched to the addresses shown by Table Expression 1 after checking to see if the expressio
179. dule before the link and load module after the link cc32R c o samplel mo samplel1 c strip32R samplel mo as32R sample2 ms strip32R sample2 mo Ink32R o sample abs sample1 mo sample2 mo strip32R sample abs To process two or more files at a time For example after all the compiling and the assembling completed the strip32R can process all the files of them cc32R c samplel c sample2 c sample3 c cc32R c sample4 c as32R c sample5 ms strip32R samplel mo sample2 mo sample3 mo sample4 mo sample5 mo Even the wild card can be designated strip32R mo Appendix C 1 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage E Cautions on using the base register function with standard library for C The supplement of attention on using the base register function Combinations of the object file as follows are not recommended For more details refer to the A 1 6 Base Register Function Limitations of the M3T CC32R User s Manual lt C Compiler gt 1 The combination of object files that was created in using base register function and in not using this function 2 The combination of object files that was created by using different access control files Attention to use the base register function and C standard library in same time Attached C standard library was created when the base register function is ineffective Therefore attached C standard library and the object file that used th
180. dule when a called function name is replaced is the replaced function name and not the pre replacement function name Therefore pre replacement function names can be neither specified nor displayed in the debugger e g M3T PD32R or TM inspector You can specify or display replaced function names though 12 2 2 Link with the Single precision Mathematic Function Library The single precision mathematic function library is contained in the C standard library e g m32RcR lib included with your package Link the C standard library in the same way as you would use conventional C standard libraries 123 Precautions 12 3 1 Dynamic range In single precision representation type float the magnitude of representable values is smaller than in double precision type double When you replace the double precision mathematic functions with single precision mathematic functions make sure the input or output values will not exceed the range of values representable by single precision numbers CC32R MANUAL 331 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library 12 3 2 About error handling The error occurring conditions listed below are handled the same way as for the C standard double precision mathematic functions Because these conditions vary with each function refer to the Section 9 3 Details of C Standard Library Functions in the user s manual to confirm function specifications for the corresponding double pr
181. e a typedef variable You cannot perform initialization when making a typedef declaration cannot start or end with operator The operator must not lie at the beginning or the end of a replacement character string list cannot typedef function definition You cannot make typedef declaration on a function definition case label must be an integral constant expression You must specify an integer constant expression for case case or default label in invalid context You can use neither case nor default here cast type must be void or scalar type You must specify either void or an entity of scalar type for cast character constant must fit its storage range The value of a character constant must be within a proper range constant expression evaluated out of range The value of a constant expression has exceeded a proper range CC32R MANUAL 348 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 3 15 Message Description constant should fit its storage range The value of a constant must be within a proper range continue statement in invalid context You cannot use continue here controlling expression of if statement must have scalar type An expression within an if statement must be of scalar type controlling expression of iteration statement must have scalar type An expression within an iteration statement must be of scalar type controlling expression of switch s
182. e base register function correspond to above 1 In such case the base register does not have the base address when the standard library function is executing The base register will returns the base address after these standard functions although the base register will not have the base address when as follows 1 Interrupt processing routine Because the interrupt process happens during execution of standard library functions you must think value of the base register is undefined 2 User function that is called from the particular standard library functions qsort bsea rch etc Solutions When the base register function and the C standard library are used in same time please use one of the solution methods following 1 and 2 1 Create a special standard library by using same access control file from the user progr am And replace present standard library with it 2 Re compile interrupt processing routine and user function that is called from the part cular standard library functions qsort bsearch etc by not using the base register fun ction E Avoiding the integral zero division problem of M32R ECU series In M32R ECU Series Microcomputer if zero division calculation its divisor is equal zero is executed for integral division instructions they are DIV DIVU REM and REMU abbreviat ed as DIV instructions the result will be inaccurate calculations for some instructions that are executed immediately aft
183. e file with the extension replaced as mi file ms The name of the compiled assembly language source file The file name is the name of the C language file with the extension replaced with ms file mo The name of the assembled object module file The file name is the name of the source file with the extension replaced with mo a mout The linked load module file 3 1 8 Output During Execution When two or more input files are specified the compiler outputs the following status information during execution e Upon start of compiling The name of file being compiled is output when the input file is a source file e Upon start of linking The message Linking is displayed The C compiler will end by doing nothing if no input file name is specified No starting or ending messages will appear CC32R MANUAL 14 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler ER Command Options 3 2 1 Command Options The functions of the C compiler command options are listed in Table 3 6 Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 1 8 Option access Access Control File Description Specified when using the base register function Based on the contents of the Access Control File this option determines the code for the following two types of access read write 1 Access to objects variables and structures etc assigned to the default D or B section 2 Access to objects at fixed addresses Code
184. e name lt RET gt where o file_name File name of Command file eln Optional e lt RET gt Enter the return key Figure 3 2 cc32R Command file Syntax As a parameter specify only a command file name prefixed by If anything other than one command_filename except for the option is specified it will not assumed as a command file even if its beginning character is Example 1 sample cmd processed as a command file gt cc32R sample cmd gt cc32R sample cmd gt cc32R sample cmd Example 2 sample cmd is not assumed as a command file gt cc32R v sample cmd there is a parameter which is not command file specification except for gt cc32R sample cmd v ditto gt cc32R sample cmd sample cmd there are two or more command file specifications Rules for the command file are O Each parameter options input output filenames etc takes the same format as parameters specified on the command line O Delimit parameters with one or more spaces or a new line character return key O Lines starting with are seen as comments and are skipped O You cannot call a command file from within a command file Figure 3 3 shows results when commands are executed from a command file and from the command line in ordinary format CC32R MANUAL 11 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler gt cc32R sample cmd I b include C This is a comment line
185. e of interrupt processing functions other than those of the void type and an interrupt processing function that has arguments are described An error is returned when compiling if a pragma INTERRUPT is declared two or more times for the same function lf other than a function name is specified that specification is ignored pragma IN TERRUPT is invalid The compiler does not generate instruction code for reenabling the interrupt within the interrupt processing function The compiler does not handle multiple interrupts no code is generated for reenabling the interrupt within the specified function Examples pragma INTERRUPT is written directly into the C source code as follows r Example of use pragma INTERRUPT int_func R12 extern int counter void int_func void counter In this example the pragma INTERRUPT specifies function int_func as the interrupt processing function and the compiler generates the code for evacuating and returning the default registers RO to R7 as well as the specified register R12 Also instruction RTE is executed at the end of the function Appendix A 27 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma keyword asm on pragma keyword asm off Function Declares the use of the in line assembly function asm function Syntax pragma keyword asm on pragma keyword asm off Description pragma keyword asm on off causes asm to be interp
186. e of x is 0 0 and the value of y is 0 0 or less or if a value of x is negative and a value of y is not an integer this function sets EDOM in errno If the calculation result overflows this function sets ERANGE in errno p r i n tf Input output function Converts data by following the format and outputs it to the standard output file stdout Syntax include lt stdio h gt int printf const char control control pointer to format string si variable argument list output data Return Value Number of output characters Successful Negative value Error Description The printf function converts and edits variable arguments according to format control and then outputs them to a standard output file stdout For the details of format control refer to the description of the fprintf function CC32R MANUAL 226 Chapter 9 C Standard Library putc Input output function Outputs a character to a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int putc int c FILE fp Cj character to be output fp pointer to FILE structure The character written Successful EOF A write error occurs The putc function it may be implemented as a macro outputs the character c into the stream specified by the file pointer fp When a write error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The err
187. e or the load module file This option had been always designated This option is always enabled CC32R MANUAL 15 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 2 8 Option I path Description Adds a path to the directory under which a header file is to be searched The header file search is performed in the order shown 1 Within the directory under which source file is stored 2 Within the directory specified by this option 3 Within the directory for which the environment variable M32RINC is set If not set in the order usr local M32R include The search procedure 1 described above is skipped in the case of a header file search using the format include lt file h gt 1 lib Specifies a library named lib The library is searched in the following order 1 The directory specified in L option 2 The directory set for the environment variable M32RLIB If not set usr local M32R lib L dir Specifies the library search directory Starts only the C preprocessor to identify the dependency of makefile and outputs the result to the standard output MAP map_filename Outputs the map_filename map file This option becomes effective at linking MEM addr1 addr2 This option allows writing of the C program into the ROM by assigning the sections to the appropriate memory locations This option is a simplified version of the SEC
188. e string s2 and the second group upon the second calling etc When the second and subsequent calls specify NULL as the first parameter The contents of s2 may be different from call to call A null character is added to end of each token CC32R MANUAL 260 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strtol General utility function Converts a string into a long type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt long strtol const char nmptr char endptr int base nptr pointer to string to be converted endptr end point of reading base radix of conversion 0 2 36 Numeric value after conversion Successful 0 Failed The strtol function reads a string pointed to by ntpr and converts it into a value long type having a radix specified by base The strtol function reads a string to be brought to conversion sequentially from the first character and stops reading when it detects either a null character or a character that it cannot interpret as a number that assumes a value having the radix base and sets in endptr the pointer pointing to the character handled at the time only when endptr does not hold NULL Space characters preceding the string to be brought to conversion the first segment where a non space character does not appear are ignored and not converted If base is 0 strtol makes a judgment on the radix from the first character that nptr points to
189. ecision Specifier Argument dori Converts int type data into a int The precision shows how character sequence of signed many characters are output decimal notation at least The conversion specifier d if th numb rotconyerted behaves the same as i characters is smaller than o Converts unsigned int type data unsigned the value of precision 0 is into a character sequence of int added to the beginning of unsigned octal notation the character string If the precision is omitted 1 u Converts unsigned int type data unsigned Gasca into a character sequence of int unsigned decimal notation Even if any data of value 0 is output with a precision of x Converts unsigned int type data unsigned Qand converting it nothing into a character sequence of int is output unsigned hexadecimal notation The hexadecimal letters abcdef are used X Converts unsigned int type data unsigned into a character sequence of int unsigned hexadecimal notation The hexadecimal letters ABCDEF are used f Converts double type data intoa double The precision shows the character sequence of decimal number of digit of notation in the format ddd ddd fractional part If there is are any decimal place s a figure is output before a decimal point If the precision is omitted 6 is assumed If the precision is 0 a fractional part is not output Output data is rounded CC32R MANUAL 178 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Conve
190. ecision mathematic functions e Conditions in which a domain error EDOM occurs e Conditions in which a range error ERNAGE occurs e Conditions in which an overflow value HUGE_VAL is returned to the calling function e Conditions in which an underflow value 0 is returned to the calling function CC32R MANUAL 332 Chapter 13 A set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions Chapter 13 The set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions The set of functions to perform C language integer arithmetic in the 64 bit dynamic range has been added to the standard library As for the integer type in C language these functions can perform the four fundamental operations in arithmetic as well as bitwise shift and compare operations in the 64 bit range 134 Header file long64 h For the 64 bit integer arithmetic functions to be used the header file long64 h must be included In long64 h the necessary types constants and function prototypes are declar ed 1 Type name The type structure holds a 64 bit integer All of the 64 bit integer arithmetic functions use this type as they input and output 64 bit integers Signed 64 bit integer LONG64 Unsigned 64 bit integer ULONG64 2 Constant The constant represents the maximum and minimum values of a 64 bit integer LONG64_MAX Maximum value of LONG64 LONG64_MIN Minimum value of LONG64 ULONG64_MAX Maximum value of ULONG64
191. eclaration of general utility functions memory management end process definition of macros and declaration of data types necessary for general utility functions These functions macros and data types are shown in Tables 8 20 8 21 and 8 22 Table 8 20 Functions Declared by stdlib h 1 2 Function Description Reentrant abort Puts the running program to forced stop Xx abs Obtains the absolute value of an int type integer O atexit Catalogs the function to be called upon successful x termination of the program atof Converts the character string representing a number x into a double type floating point number atoi Converts the character string representing a decimal x number into a int type integer atol Converts the character string representing a decimal x number into a long type integer bsearch Performs binary search O Depends on comparison function calloc Allocates a memory space and initializes the allocated x memory space to 0 div Divides an int type integer and obtains the quotient O and remainder exit Terminates the program xX free Releases the specified memory area x getenv Gets the content of an environmental variable Depends on user description labs Obtains the absolute value of a long type integer O ldiv Divides a long type integer and obtains the quotient O and remainder malloc Allocates memory area x mblen Obtains the number of bytes composed of multibyte O cha
192. ed As the result of the accuracy specification if there is any discrepancy between the field width and the specification the field width specification is disabled The type of conversion specifier and the meaning of the precision specification are stated below Conversion specifier Precision specification d i o u x X Shows the minimum number of digits of converted data e E f Shows the number of digits of fractional part of converted data g G Shows the maximum number of effective digits of converted data s Show the maximum characters to be printed The specification for field width or precision An asterisk can be used to specify the field width or precision When is specified the value of the variable argument corresponding to the conversion specification is used as a value to specify the field width or precision If the value of the variable argument is negative the field width is assumed that the flag has been specified for a positive field width The precision is assumed that the precision has been omitted CC32R MANUAL 176 Chapter 9 C Standard Library e Size specifier for the corresponding argument With the size specifiers h 1 or L at the preceding a conversion specifier size of the corresponding argument can be specified when the conversion specifier is d i o u x X e E f g Gorn Types of the size specifiers and their meanings are shown below
193. ed provided that the result can be expressed by the size that the type can afford e ANSI C 6 3 8 Relational operators macro replacement Even if a pointer to be compared by a relational operator lt lt gt gt points neither to the same aggregate nor union no error occurs but the operation is not assured e ANSI C 6 3 16 1 Simple assignment simple assignment If you assign an object to objects in an overlapping manner data in the overlapped part are not guaranteed e ANSI C 6 5 Declarations If an object declared without linkage is incomplete even after the declaration ends if the objects has an initial value or even after the initial declaration ends an error occurs e ANSI C 6 5 1 Storage Class Specifiers If a function is declared by use of a storage class specifier other than extern in a block scope the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 6 5 2 1 Structure and union specifiers Unnamed members If you define either a structure or a union made up of unnamed members only the operation is not guaranteed Type of bit field in structure Types valid for the declaration of a structure s bit field include char short int and long either signed or unsigned If you declare any type other than these the operation is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 286 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 5 3 Type qualifiers If you attempt to change an object declared as const by a value other t
194. ed by linker Each section has the section name section attribute and location attribute as shown in Table 7 1 N Table 7 1 Sections Output from C Compiler Section Section Location Description Name Attribute Attribute P CODE ALIGN 4 Program code area C DATA ALIGN 4 Constant data area for const declared variables D DATA ALIGN 4 Data area with initializers for global variables having initial values excluding const declared variables B DATA ALIGN 4 Data area without initializers for uninitialized global variables The linker assumes the sections are the same section when these sections have Note2 the same name and attributes It links these same sections and arranges them continuously in the load module as shown in Figure 7 2 Program 1 Object Module A Load Module P Link gt gt c P Program 2 Object Module B P p Cc c Program 3 Object Module C Pa Figure 7 2 Linking Sections by Sections Image when SEC D P C is specified Note1 The section name and attributes can be defined as other than those in Table 7 1 by using the pseudo instruction SECTION assembler supported The use of SECTION are described in CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt For details on section name and attributes see CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt in Chapter Ink32R Note2 Linking method varies with section attr
195. ed by locale If locale is NULL the setlocale function searches the current locale information and the locale is not changed The following are the macros that can be specified in category category Description LC_ALL Sets or searches for all locale information LC_COLLATE Sets or searches for information that affects the strcoll and strxfrm functions LC_CTYPE Sets or searches for information that affects all character handling functions and multibyte handling functions except for the isdigit and isxdigit functions LC_MONETARY Sets or searches for information that affects the currency information which the localeconv function returns LC_NUMERIC Sets or searches for information that affects input and output functions decimal points used by character handling functions and information excluding the currency information which the localeconv function returns LC_TIME Sets or searches for information that affects the strftime function CC32R MANUAL 239 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Input output function setvbuf Defines and sets a buffer for an I O stream Syntax include lt stdio h gt int setvbuf FILE fp char buf int type size t size fp pointer to FILE structure buf pointer to buffer type buffer management method size size of buffer Return Value 0 New buffer has been defined non 0 Error Description The setvbuf function changes the buffer f
196. ed by the signal function gt They are depend on the user defined signal function a low level function lt lf the equivalent of signal sig SIG_DEL is not executed prior to the call of a signal handler the blocking of the signal that is performed gt It is depends on the user defined signal function a low level function lt Whether the default handling is reset if the SIGILL signal is received by a handler specified to the signal function gt It is depends on the user defined signal function a low level function e ANSI C 7 9 2 Streams lt Whether the last line of a text stream requires a terminating new line character gt Whether the line feed character is required depends on the specifications of the read function and the write function low level functions you prepare Functions in the C standard library used for calling them are so designed that they operate properly though the line feed code is missing from the last line lt Whether space characters that are written out to a text stream immediately before a new line character appear when read in gt Whether the null character is output depends on the specifications of the read function and the write function low level functions you prepare lt The number of null characters that may be appended to data written to a binary stream gt No null characters are appended to a binary stream CC32R MANUAL 306 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior
197. ed hereby under any patents copyrights or other intellectual property rights of Renesas Electronics or others You should not alter modify copy or otherwise misappropriate any Renesas Electronics product whether in whole or in part Descriptions of circuits software and other related information in this document are provided only to illustrate the operation of semiconductor products and application examples You are fully responsible for the incorporation of these circuits software and information in the design of your equipment Renesas Electronics assumes no responsibility for any losses incurred by you or third parties arising from the use of these circuits software or information When exporting the products or technology described in this document you should comply with the applicable export control laws and regulations and follow the procedures required by such laws and regulations You should not use Renesas Electronics products or the technology described in this document for any purpose relating to military applications or use by the military including but not limited to the development of weapons of mass destruction Renesas Electronics products and technology may not be used for or incorporated into any products or systems whose manufacture use or sale is prohibited under any applicable domestic or foreign laws or regulations Renesas Electronics has used reasonable care in preparing the information included in this document but
198. eeeenerersertrrcecr aN rr rece errr erent ree rere 110 7 5 1 Overview of In line Assembling eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeeseaeeseeeeeaeeseneenieetea 110 75 2 How to Write the asm FUMCHIOM icccssiceecedce cess teenechceecescteasctcaeviseesaabsaeetderesestedeetieees 110 75 3 Limitations o asmi FUNCION s22cchsseecsedecccacecsdunse dson oea aa ETa 111 75 4 asm FUNCTION EXAMple priren enana a E EEEE 114 78 94 CC32R MANUAL v 8 1 8 2 Contents Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Overview of the Header Files 0 ccsceseseeececeeeeeeeeeeaeseeeeeesesaeseeaaeesecaeeseaeeeeeas 116 Contents or the Header Files vsat swisacstacneieniiauaninnm a aie 118 8 201 ASSE 9 eee rr er reer ere ere rere er rere rere erreep rere ferret rere reerrerrtr N 118 8 22 GPE Mis issienessci iveects state ansueed eeri aa aaae iade a paar eain 118 8 2 3 ENNO cesonia a re eee reer reece 119 G24 MOAN Nieee eE ee EEES ER 119 825 IMIS Mcn e ha Bindi een E 124 826 locale iergenden eai E a E asri 125 827 math 0 entree retire terete Peete cee a a reer ree agree ec cere 126 8 28 SOUMNMPLIN airian a ceases te secesassbe so Svehdead avayetaeds ie AEE A NEEESE E 128 8 2 9 Signal areena Hibeieedbccaneace dence a A Ra A E E EEE 128 8 210 STAR egish a i eadeni aen 129 8211 Stddef Mierer r eect E E E a 130 8 2 12 Stdio Mocassini eo i ieee ashe ie 131 8219 Stali aaae ap reer EA AE EE E T E OE EARE 134 8214 SNO Messin i E A E 136 8215 imee E
199. efinition of the signal process functions The declared functions are shown in Table 8 12 Table 8 12 Functions declared by signal h Function Description raise Send a signal to the executing program signal Sets up a signal handler that responds to the signal CC32R MANUAL 128 8 2 10 stdarg h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Performs the macro definition and data type declaration required for the variable arguments functions The defined macros and declared data types are shown in Table 8 13 and Table 8 14 Theses macros are further described in 9 2 Library Function Descriptions Table 8 13 Macros Defined by stdarg h Macro Name Description Reentrant va_arg Macro Gets variable arguments in turn O va_end Macro Ends the reference to variable arguments O va_start Macro Initializes to reference variable arguments O Data Type va_list Table 8 14 Data Types Declared by stdarg h Description Indicates the types of variable arguments used by the macros va_start va_arg and va_end for referencing variable arguments CC32R MANUAL 129 8 2 11 stddef h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Defines the macros which are commonly used by the standard header files and declares the common data types The defined macros and declared data types are shown in Table 8 15 and Table 8 16 Table 8 15 Macros Defined by stddef h Macro Name Description errno Every time an error occurs
200. eliable but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with them Trouble with semiconductors may lead to personal injury fire or property damage Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs with appropriate measures such as i placement of substitutive auxiliary circuits ii use of nonflammable material or iii prevention against any malfunction or mishap Notes regarding these materials These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the Renesas Technology product best suited to the customer s application they do not convey any license under any intellectual property rights or any other rights belonging to Renesas Technology Corporation Renesas Solutions Corporation or a third party Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation assume no responsibility for any damage or infringement of any third party s rights originating in the use of any product data diagrams charts programs algorithms or circuit application examples contained in these materials All information contained in these materials including product data diagrams charts programs and algorithms represents information on products at the time of publication of these materials and are subject to change by Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation without notice due to product improvements or other reasons It is therefore recommended that cus
201. ell as the user program which performs the desired functions To link the application arrange specification and entry point specification suitable for embedding and allocation of address for burning into ROM are required The load module file must be converted into an S format file for burning it into ROM These activities are included in a development of an embedded application and must follow steps 1 to 6 as shown in Figure 7 3 Tasks in the start up program Gets the stack area Initializes the processor modes Initializes the stack pointer Initializes the data sections ne ON Calls the main function 1 2 3 1 3 User Program Start up Low level User written main etc Program library programs C Standard Library 4 Generate a load module Using cc32R as32R Load Module andiinkgam 5 5 j Convert to S format Using Imc32R S format Load Module 6 Embed onto the target 4 system by burning into the ROM biz Figure 7 3 Embedded Application Programming 1 Write user program Write the main function and other routines which perform the required processes To write in C follow the C specification refer to Chapter 4 C Language Elements To write in assembly follow the M32R assembly specification refer to CC32R User s Manual 2 Assembler Some processes can be performed by writing assembly instructions in the C source CC3
202. ename filename name of the file to be deleted 0 Successfully deleted non 0 Error The remove function deletes the file denoted by filename even if the denoted file is currently open Whether a currently open file is changed or deleted depends on the operating environment To call the remove function in actual the user written remove function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL 233 Chapter 9 C Standard Library re n a m e input output function Renames a file Syntax include lt stdio h gt int rename const char old const char new old original file name new new file name Return Value 0 File name is changed non 0 Error Description The rename function changes the name of the file specified by old to the name denoted by new The rename function will change the name of the file which is denoted by old and currently open also it will change the name of the file specified by new even if the name specified already exists Caution Whether the currently open file is changed or deleted depends on the operating environment To call the rename function in actual the user written rename function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL 234 Chapter 9 C Standard Library rewi n d input output function Moves the current read write position on a stream to the beginning of the file Syntax include lt stdio h gt
203. enames a file Depends on user description rewind Moves the current read write position on a stream to x the beginning of the file scanf Gets data from the standard input file stdin and x converts the data by following the format setbuf Defines a buffer for an I O stream x setvbuf Defines and sets a buffer for an I O stream x sprintf Converts the data by following the format and outputs x the data to an area sscanf Gets data from a memory area and converts the data Xx by following the format tmpfile Creates a temporary file x tmpnam Creates a not existing temporary file name x ungetc Returns a character a stream x vfprintf Outputs a variable argument list to a stream by x following the format vprintf Outputs a variable argument list to the standard output Xx stdout by following the format vsprintf Outputs a variable arguments list to a memory area Xx by following the format CC32R MANUAL 132 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 18 Macros Defined by stdio h Macro Name Description _IOFBF Indicates that all input and output processes use the buffer area _IOLBF Indicates that input and output processes use the buffer area in units of one line _IONBF Indicates that input and output processes do not use the buffer area BUFSIZ Indicates the size of the buffer required for input and output processes EOF End of file i e indicates that no further input will come from the file
204. ended or sign extended is indeterminate Thus there can be a chance for a bit field declared with int though holding a signed data item to be zero extended depending on a com piler used struct b1 signed int a 4 int b 4 x X a 1 The value stored in x a becomes 1 x b 1 The value stored in x b is indeterminate It correctly becomes 1 by sign extension but becomes 15 by zero extension e signed int In ANSI C a bit field declared with signed int is sign extended Thus specify ing 1 for the field width allows the value to range between 1 and 0 not between 0 and 1 singed int c 1 c can take on a range between 1 and 0 CC32R MANUAL 73 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation 5 9 2 Packing and Alignment The size of the type specifiers that can be used for bit fields is signed or unsigned 1 byte 8 bits char 2 bytes 16 bits short and 4 bytes 32 bits int or long Allocation of a bit field to a memory location is shown in examples below Size of the alignment boundary at location Memory space to accommodate all members are reserved in units of size 1 2 and 4 bytes denoted by the type specifiers For example memory space is divided in 4 byte locations in the case where the structure is composed of int type bit fields Bit field is packed into the memory space denoted by the type specifier A series of bit fields are packed into a unit memory space 1 2 or 4 by
205. ent to be passed to a character handling function is neither unsigned char nor EOF the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 6 Nonlocal jumps lt setjmp h gt setjmp if the macro definition is nullified doesn t result in an error e ANSI C 7 6 1 1 The setjmp macro Using the setjmp macro in the ways given below is recommended If you use it in ways other than these no error results but if you use it in an complex expression there can be a chance that part of the current execution environment an interim result of expression evaluation for example is lost e Controlling an operand in selection statement iteration statement and in comparing an integer constant expression implicit process by use of the unary operator or the like e Controlling an operand in a selection statement or an iteration statement e Expression statement casting to void e ANSI C 7 6 2 1 The longjmp function If you change an object of an automatic storage class that is not qualified as volatile during a period from executing setjmp to calling longjmp the value of the object is not guaranteed If the longjmp function starts up from a nested signal routine it returns to the setjmp function but the subsequent operation depends on the specifications of a signal function a low level function you prepare CC32R MANUAL 290 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 7 1 1 The signal function The signal function is not pac
206. ents pointed to by arg according to the format control and then outputs the result to the stream specified by fp This function is equivalent to the fprintf function but receives pointer to a variable argument list as data to be output not a variable argument list itself This function suffixes a null character to actual output character sequence however the null character is not counted as the number of output characters return value For more information on the format control refer to the description of the fprintf function The arg indicating the variable argument list must be initialized by the va_start and va_arg macros The vfprintf function does not call the va_end macro CC32R MANUAL 275 Chapter 9 C Standard Library vprintf Input output function Outputs a variable argument list to the standard output stdout by following the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdarg h gt include lt stdio h gt int vprintf const char control va_list arg control pointer to format string arg pointer to variable argument list Number of characters output Successful Negative value Output error occurs The vprintf function converts and edits the variable arguments pointed to by arg according to the format control and then outputs the result to the standard output stdout This function is equivalent to the printf function but receives pointer to a vari
207. equipment communications equipment test and measurement equipment audio and visual equipment home electronic appliances machine tools personal electronic equipment and industrial robots High Quality Transportation equipment automobiles trains ships etc traffic control systems anti disaster systems anti crime systems safety equipment and medical equipment not specifically designed for life support Specific Aircraft aerospace equipment submersible repeaters nuclear reactor control systems medical equipment or systems for life support e g artificial life support devices or systems surgical implantations or healthcare intervention e g excision etc and any other applications or purposes that pose a direct threat to human life You should use the Renesas Electronics products described in this document within the range specified by Renesas Electronics especially with respect to the maximum rating operating supply voltage range movement power voltage range heat radiation characteristics installation and other product characteristics Renesas Electronics shall have no liability for malfunctions or damages arising out of the use of Renesas Electronics products beyond such specified ranges Although Renesas Electronics endeavors to improve the quality and reliability of its products semiconductor products have specific characteristics such as the occurrence of failure at a certain rate and malfunctions under ce
208. equired memory size is expressed by a number of symbols which is specified in symbol_num The default value of symbol_num is 40 000 Specify this option when compiling a source file such as middleware which has more than 40 000 symbols small small memlarge medium large These options specify the memory model in which to compile If none of these options is specified the source file is compiled in small model small The option small specifies that the source file be compiled for the small model both code and data stored within the range of 0x00000000 to 0xOOFFFFFF The option small memlarge specifies that the source file be compiled for the small model with memlarge attached full 32 bit memory space supported for only data The option medium specifies that the source file be compiled for the medium model code stored within the range of given address A to A Ox00FFFFFF and the full 32 bit memory space supported for data The option large specifies that the source file be compiled for the large model full 32 bit memory space supported for both code and data Also refer to Appendix A 2 for more information about this option CC32R MANUAL 21 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Option CS Table 3 6 Command Options for the C Compiler 8 8 Description With the CS option the C compiler cc32R generates an assembly language source file default file extension ms with C so
209. er 0 division For more details refer to the Technical News No M32R 06 0301 M32R ECU series Usage Notes for 0 Division Instruction The correspondence in CC32R and explain about avoiding the zero division problem by zdiv option below Appendix C 2 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage Correspondence methods The case of C language program or assembly language program 1 Please re program so the zero division does not occur in logical following the teh nical news suggests CC32R generates the DIV instructions to the integral calculat ions both divisions and also and remainders and also of C language please program so that the divisor do not become 0 Also in assembly language please program so that the second parameter of DIV instructions it means divisor do not become 0 2 If you can not accomplish 1 completely re compile or re assemble with zdiv opt ion insted of 1 The case of using standard libraries Even if the DIV instructions computes the zero dividion in the standard library funct ons the problem does not occur It is because the standard library is already treated about avoiding this problem Furthermore The functions of the zero division measurement libraries m32RcRZ lib m32RcRZM lib m32RcRZL lib that was prepared in CC32R V 4 10 Release 1 have be en incorporated to general standard libraries m32RcR lib m32RcRM lib m32RcRL lib Because of this If you have been using CC32R V
210. er fp and returns the character When EOF end of file is encountered the EOF indicator for the stream is set and this function returns FOF When a read error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the feof function and the error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 168 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fgetpos Input output function Locates the current position on a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fgetpos FILE stream fpos_t pos stream pointer to FILE structure pos current position on the stream 0 Successful non 0 Error An error is returned to errno The fgetpos function returns the current value of the file position indicator of the stream specified by stream to the memory area specified by pos CC32R MANUAL 169 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fgets Input output function Gets a string from an input stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt char fgets char s int n FILE fp S pointer to data storage location nD the number of characters to be stored fp pointer to FILE structure s Successful NULL End of file is encountered or a read error occurs Note The content of the storage specified by s does not vary when an
211. er s Manual lt Assem bler gt The section attributes section attribute and location attribute of the modified section name are the same as the attributes of default section name The following is extracted from section 3 5 The rules of description for names in the User s Manual lt Assembler gt Fa Rules for names are given below MiCharacters you can use for the leading character One of alphabetic letters dollar sign and underscore _ You cannot use a digit for the leading character MiCharacters you can use for the second and subsequent characters One of alphanumeric characters dollar sign and underscore _ MiThe number of characters you can use in a name 206 characters Module name Symbol name Section name Preprocessing name Macro name MDistinction between uppercase and lowercase letters Distinction is made for names the user can define No distinction is made for names the user cannot define You define a name according to the preceding rules Be careful about the following in that instance You cannot use a name identical to a reserved word for an entity other than a module name MNames the user defines such as symbol names section names cannot be duplicated 243 characters 243 characters 32 characters 32 characters Appendix A 23 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma SECTION Description The default
212. er specified by the command line and the sections are linked in that order When writing the input files into the command line be sure to specify the start up program in the beginning CC32R MANUAL 99 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming Also specify options for linking as follows e land L Specify linking of low level library and C standard library e e Specifies the start up address of the start up program as the entry point e SEC or MEM Specifies the order and address of the section allocation With an embedded application in general allocate the D and B sections onto the RAM area D section initialization data and the P and C sections onto the ROM area To allocate the data used to initialize the D section onto the ROM area use linker s Initial value data sampling function the section is named ROM_D If the execution of a cc32R command results in a compile error correct the source file When all error causes are removed the linker automatically starts and the load module is generated according to linking specified by the command option s The following example shows the commands specified in the cc32R command line is a prompt Example cc32R 1 m32RcR 1lib e startup SEC D 1000 B SPI SPU P 8000 C D start ms initlib c userl c user2 c This example assumes the following input files e start ms A start up program initial setting process corresponding to the target sy
213. erator character string formation If string formation based on the operator for preprocess doesn t result in a valid string constant the operation is not guaranteed There can be a chance that an error occurs during expansion e ANSI C 6 8 3 3 The operator token coupling If coupling tokens with the operator for preprocess doesn t turn to a valid preprocess token the operation is not guaranteed For example func 1 if expanded turns to func1 but if func1 is a meaningless token then there can be a chance that an warning is issued during compilation or that an error occurs during linking CC32R MANUAL 288 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 8 4 Line control If the syntax of the preprocessing directive for line after expansion is incorrect an error occurs In this instance the line information is not updated e ANSI C 6 8 8 Predefined macro names __LINE__ __FILE__ __DATE__ __TIME __ and__STDC__ are macros already defined Defining them or canceling their definition by use of either define or undef causes an error e ANSI C 7 Library If you attempt to copy an object to objects in an overlapping manner by use of a library function other than memmove data in the overlapped part are not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 1 2 Standard headers Including standard headers inside an external definition As for function declaration object declaration type definition macro definition and macro definiti
214. erator for a bit field operand of unary amp must not refer to register object You cannot use the amp address operator for an object brought under a register declaration operands of multiply divide must have arithmetic type The operand of the multiplication operator and division operator must be arithmetic type operands of amp must have integral type The operand of the amp operator operator and operator must be arithmetic type CC32R MANUAL 356 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 11 15 Message Description operands of lt lt gt gt must have integral type The operator of the lt lt operator and gt gt operator must be integral type operands of must have integral type The operand of the operator must be integral type operands of amp amp must have scalar type The operand of the amp amp operator and operator must be scalar type operands of relational operator have invalid type The type of the relational operator lt lt gt gt is improper operator should be followed by a macro argument name A macro argument name must be present after the operator parameter can not have any storage class other than register You cannot specify any storage class other than register for an argument parameter cannot have initializer in function header You cannot
215. escription The strlen function measures the length of the string s The null character indicating the end of the character is not counted CC32R MANUAL 252 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strncat String handling function Links the specified number of characters to the string Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strncat char sZ const char s2 size t n sl pointer to string to be linked by S2 pointer to string to be linked to n number of characters to be linked to Pointer s1 of the linked string The strncat function links the string s2 to the end of the string s1 The last null character of the string s1 is replaced with the first character of s2 The last character of the linked string s2 is always followed by a null character The number of characters to be linked is specified by the parameter n CC32R MANUAL 253 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strncmp String handling function Compares specified number of characters of two strings Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt int strncmp const void si const void s2 size t nm sl pointer to string to be compared s2 pointer to string used to compare n maximum number of characters to be compared Positive value contents of s1 gt contents of s2 0 contents of s1 contents of s2 Negative value contents of s1 lt contents of
216. essatatsdsanese 331 123 2 Abo t error Nanding simni a de RSI ay 332 313 328 333 Chapter 13 The set of 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 Header TIONG G4 ss scocssatpesseens ccs caets ee tndaue ahs seme tubes ice a E tice 333 Funcion STUC acansectestniccczes acanaettebssniacgens E ANA 333 Method for using the functions and example usage esssseessesrsseeerrnssrrnssses 337 NOTES qorason ESTE E 338 13 41 Precautions regarding the SIQM ceseccceseceeeeeeneeneneeeeseeeeeseneeenenseseeceeneneeeeess 338 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 1 14 2 Getting Execution Result of the C Compiler 0 cccccccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaeeneaes 339 TA ALT Message Format zeseieccsscoczasaccescs cendgs asped Ea aE ea ER a inbeda Tas 339 T412 Message TYPES pammonsseaan en e aA oaa aaiae anir 340 WALS EXE Stat S esantis ansieae e R a e air EEN a 340 Mossad LE Borras na a a S 341 14 2 1 Information Messages siiicaioiiiisisericnininsins caitean aaaea 341 14 22 Warming MOSSAGES sccissccstsssceceseccepah iissa a iora iiaiai 342 339 CC32R MANUAL vii Contents 14 23 Gommand Line Error MESSAG CS iss sc szszssccesceasccbtets ctessecsancend lagescenicesactesstetaacetsotety 346 14 24 Error MCSSAQOS ionii aeaa E a A AE EERE 347 14 2 5 Fatal Error Messages scissa iaaa Naaa 362 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference AT Base Register FUNCION imisranrsdtisdisinniuariin k aadi aaa
217. f Divides a floating point number into integer and x fractional parts pow Obtains a floating point number to nth power x sin Obtains the sine of the radians of a floating point x number sinh Obtains hyperbolic sine of a floating point number x sqrt Obtains the positive square root of a floating point x number tan Obtains the tangent of the radians of a floating point Xx number tanh Obtains hyperbolic tangent of a floating point number x CC32R MANUAL 126 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 9 Macro Defined by math h Macro Name Description HUGE_VAL Indicates the value that the function returns when its operation results in an overflow CC32R MANUAL 127 8 2 8 setjmp h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Performs the prototype declaration of a branch function and necessary data type declaration The declared functions and data types are shown in Table 8 10 and Table 8 11 Table 8 10 Functions Declared by setjmp h Function Description Reentrant longjmp Recovers the execution environment saved by setjmp O and transfers control to the program location of a setjmp call setjmp Saves the current environment to a memory area O Table 8 11 Data Types Declared by setjmp h Data Type Description jmp_buf Indicates the type name corresponding to the memory location where information that enables movement of the control between functions 8 2 9 signal h Performs the prototype declaration and macro d
218. f the character code column of Table 9 to each for the environment var iable for compiler and the setlocale function LC_CTYPE category for standard library to select the character code code that wants to use it Furthermore please pay attention to the difference the environment variable does not distinguish between the upper and lower of character code name but setlocale function distinguishes them a Character code at the time of input C Compiler Environment variable M32RKIN The character code that describes the C source file is designated The name that shows it to character code name of Table A 3 is designated The upper and lower have the same meaning in this environment variable If this environment variable is undefined sjis in PC version or euc in EWS version is selected in the default b Character code at the time of output C Compiler Environment variable M32RKOUT This environment variable teaches the character code which is best for outputting character constant and string letteral to the compiler The name that shows it to character code name of Table A 3 is designated The upper and lower have the same meaning in this environment variable If this environment variable is undefined sjis in PC version or euc in EWS version is selected in the default c Character code the standard library at the time of implementation locale LC_CTYPE category The name that shows it
219. file the output file is given the name a mout The output_filename specified by this option is also effective when the P S or c option is specified If the number of input files is two or more the output_filename is ignored and the name of output file is the input file name with extension either mi ms or mo Opriority O is an upper case The option priority is used to specify a higher priority between code size and speed during optimization Use the time priority or space priority by referring to the definition below Do not separate symbols O from the word priority Otime Optimization with the speed has priority over code size Ospace Optimization with the size reduction has priority over speed Otime and Ospace cannot be specified simultaneously Specifying this option without specifying Olevel is equal to specifying 07 as Olevel Skipping both this option and Olevel cannot start optimization Specifying only O is equal to specifying Opriority to Otime and Olevel to 07 lt Examples gt Otime Priority on speed optimization at 07 level Ospace 04 Priority on size optimization at 04 level Ospace O Priority on size optimization at 07 level 0 Priority on speed optimization at 07 level When using this option simultaneously with the debug option g the function of debugging receives an influence For more details refer to Section 3 2 3
220. file name in xxx A file name specified in the preprocessing directive xxx is incorrect xxx invalid file name in include A file name specified in the preprocessing directive include is incorrect invalid initializers Initialization has been performed in an incorrect manner invalid line number in line The way of specifying a line number in line is improper xxx invalid macro name A macro name is incorrect invalid macro name A macro name is incorrect invalid parameter name in define A parameter name in define is improper invalid token in if constant expression An improper token is present in a constant expression under if xxx is not within a conditional The position of the preprocessing directive xxx is improper is required after defined macroname The right parenthesis for enclosing an identifier after defined is missing the identifier is not enclosed left operand of assignment operator must be modifiable lvalue The lvalue of an assignment expression must be modifiable less parameters than definition There is a shortage of the number of parameters in a function prototype declaration line number shall not specify zero nor a number greater than 32767 A line number must be between 1 and 32767 CC32R MANUAL 353 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 8 15 Message Description xxx macro body parameter list redefined
221. finition of base symbol export can also be global EXPORT _ REL BASE11 EXPORT _ REL BASE12 EXPORT _ REL BASE13 __REL BASE11 EQU 0x10000000 __REL BASE12 EQU 0x20000000 __REL BASE13 EQU 0x30000000 2 Initialization of base registers SETH R11 HIGH _ REL BASE11 OR3 R11 R11 LOW _ REL BASE11 SETH R12 HIGH _ REL BASE12 OR3 R12 R12 LOW _ REL BASE12 SETH R13 HIGH _ REL BASE13 OR3 R13 R13 LOW _ REL BASE13 A 1 6 Base Register Function Limitations 1 When the offset is 32768 or greater With extremely large structures or arrays the base register function cannot be used to access members or elements mapped to offsets greater than 32768 bytes from the base 2 Duplication of base addresses If there are duplicate ranges covered by the base registers and objects covered by A 1 2 2 Accessing Constant Addresses are within the duplicated areas the first base register with a base address defined is used to cover that area Appendix A 6 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 1 7 The Access Control File The Access Control File contains the following information which is required in order to use the base register function 1 Base address for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing 2 Register storing the base address 3 Objects to which the base register function is applied variables and structures This file is specified in the compiler option access access_control_file Note that
222. floating point constant and the exponent part can be omitted If the mantissa consists of only digit_sequence the number is either a floating point constant or a different constant and the exponent part is required if it is a floating point constant e Expression when the mantissa is fractional_constant CC32R MANUAL 36 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification fractional_constant Exponent Suffix e Expression when the mantissa is numerical character string digit_sequence Exponent Suffix Note The content in can be omitted The examples in Table 4 5 show floating point constant expressions Table 4 5 Expression of Floating Point Constant Example Description 1 0 When the mantissa is a floating point constant including a decimal point the exponent part can be omitted 10E3 When the mantissa is a numerical character string not including a decimal point the exponent part cannot be omitted 1 0E1L If an L or l is suffixed to the end of the data it becomes a long double type data 1 0E1 If F or f is suffixed to the end of the data it becomes float type data 1 0E1 If F or f or L or lis not used the data becomes double type data 1E1 The number can start with a decimal point 4 1 3 2 Integer Constant The integer constant is used to express integer It starts with a number and does not include exponent and fractional parts The following three radix numeration systems can
223. g double types in IEEE double precision format 64 bits Figure 5 1 shows these internal representations float 1 8 9 31 Sign ca hs double long double O 1 1112 63 p Exponent Manisa Sign Sign Indicates the sign of floating point number When 0 indicates positive When 1 indicates negative Exponent Indicates the characteristic of the floating point number as a power of 2 Mantissa Indicates the effective value of the floating point number binary Figure 5 1 Internal Representation of Floating Types CC32R MANUAL 62 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Table 5 4 shows examples of internal representation of floating type data Table 5 4 Examples of Internal Representation of Floating Type Data Type Internal Representation Value float 0011 1111 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1 0 0011 1111 0100 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0 75 double long double 0011 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 1 0 0011 1111 1110 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0 75 CC32R MANUAL 63 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation EZI Arrays The elements of array type data are continuously allocated to a series of memory locations The size of array type data is the size of array element x the number of elements The alignment of the array type data is the same as that of the data type of array element The examples s
224. g nptr expressing a number into a double type value and returns a converted value If a conversion result overflows or underflows this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno and returns HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL if negative or 0 as a return value CC32R MANUAL 155 Chapter 9 C Standard Library atoi General utility function Converts the character string representing a decimal number into a int type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt int atoi const char nptr nptr pointer to string to be converted Converted value Successful The atoi function converts a character string nptr expressing a number into an int type value and returns a converted value If a conversion result overflows this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno and returns INT_MAX INT_MIN if negative or 0 as a return value atol General utility function Converts the character string representing a decimal number into a long type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt long atol const char nptr nptr pointer to string to be converted Converted value Successful The atol function converts a character string nptr expressing a number into an long type value and returns a converted value If a conversion result overflows this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno and returns LONG_MAX LONG_MIN if negative or 0 as a return value
225. generally use register passing to pass arguments when a function is called If the function takes five or more arguments or if the function s arguments include floating point types double long double structure types or union types etc stack passing is used The following describes how to set the arguments 6 4 1 Rules Parameter Passing By register passing actual arguments to a function are passed via the registers R4 to R7 The first 4 arguments are stored in R4 R7 one by one in the order declared by the functions For example if only two arguments are declared only two registers R4 and R5 are used Once the function is called by register passing the values in R0 R7 are not guaranteed The arguments that can pass into the registers are those of character integer pointer and float types Example int func a b c Executing this function call stores the arguments R4 a R5 b R6 c e Type conversions If the type of an argument has been declared by the function prototype declaration the argument is converted to that type Otherwise the rules given below are applied e char unsigned char short or unsigned short is promoted to int float is promoted to double e Otherwise unconverted e Store into the register Arguments which have done type conversion as above are stored into the registers follows depending on their types e Ifthe type after conversion is one of char unsigne
226. h gt char strpbrk const char si const char s2 si pointer to string in which the character is searched S2 pointer to string which consists of characters to be found Pointer to the character found The character is found NULL The character is not found The strpbrk function locates in the string s1 the position where one of characters in the string s2 first appears and returns the pointer to that position CC32R MANUAL 256 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strrchr String handling function Locates the position where a character last appears in a string Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strrchr const char s int c S pointer to string in which the character is searched Ci the character to be searched for Pointer to the character found The character is found NULL The character is not found The strrchr function searches for the character c in the character string s and locates the location where the c last appears and returns the pointers of the position The null character indicating the end of the string s is included in the characters to be searched CC32R MANUAL 257 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strspn String handling function Computes the length of initial segment of a string which consists of specified characters Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt size_t strspn
227. han const on the left hand side that is if you attempt to process an area declared as const by a cast or the like as if it is not const the operation is not guaranteed there can be instances in which no error occurs If you attempt to change an object declared as volatile by a value other than volatile on the left hand side that is if you attempt to process an area declared as volatile by a cast or the like as if it is not volatile the operation is not guaranteed there can be instances in which no error occurs e ANSI C 6 5 7 Initialization If you use an object that has a non initialized automatic storage duration before assigning a value to it there can be instances in which a warning such as an error is not issued It value is indeterminate There can a chance that a warning such as an error is not issued in the instances given below but the operation is not guaranteed e An instance in which an object of either aggregate type or union type having a static storage duration has an initial value that are not enclosed in a pair of braces e An instance in which an object of either aggregate type or union type having an automatic storage duration has either an initialization expression of the type of the object or an initial value that are not enclosed in a pair of braces e ANSI C 6 6 6 4 The return statement If a function s value referenced is not returned from the function the function s value refere
228. haracters in a string literal The wide character constatnt is processed in accordance with the M32RKOUT enviroment variable lt The current locale used to convert multibyte characters into corresponding wide characters codes for a wide character constant gt The euc sjis and utf8 locales are supported e ANSI C 6 2 1 1 Characters and integers lt Whether a plain char has the same range of values as signed char or unsigned char gt char behaves like signed char on the code CC32R generated Yet the CC32R processes char with regarding as different model from signed char when a interpreting CC32R MANUAL 299 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior 10 2 5 Integers e ANSI C 6 1 2 5 Types lt The representations and sets of values of the various types of integers gt For internal representation and the limit values of various integer data see 5 2 Integral Types The C compiler interprets int as equivalent to signed int short to signed short and long to signed long Yet the C compiler interprets assuming that char and signed char differ when the grammar interpretation But the generated binary code executes as equivalent to char and signed char e ANSI C 6 2 1 2 Signed and unsigned integers lt The result of converting an integer to a shorter signed integer or the result of converting an unsigned integer to a signed integer of equal length if the value cannot be represented gt
229. he concatenated string has been omitted CC32R MANUAL 343 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 4 Warning Messages 3 4 Message Description more arguments specified than in imputed definition The number of arguments designated is too many xxx multiple optimization options ignored The command line option for optimization is duplicated The option xxx is ignored nothing declared in current declaration ignored No declaration has been made in a declaration line The declaration has been ignored number of parameters not equal between use and definition The number of arguments doesn t agree with that given in the prototype declaration parameter incompatible with previous use There is no compatibility between arguments xxx requires exactly 1 identifier What is to be specified by xxx is a single identifier shift count greater than number of bits The count of shift has turned greater than the number of bits storage specifier conflicts with prior declaration this declaration ignored The storage class designation doesn t agree with that previously declared This declaration has been ignored the characters are found in a comment The characters is found inside a comment too many digits in floating point number extra digits ignored The number of digits of a floating point number is too many The excess digits have been ignored xxx unable to optimize
230. he com piler Example of specifying addresses that overlap for variable porta and portb areas pragma ADDRESS porta 0x10010 pragma ADDRESS portb 0x10012 int porta int portb Example of specifying overflow array access address pragma ADDRESS x Oxffffffft char x 2 void func void Example of effect on compiler s optimization processing pragma ADDRESS x 0x1000 pragma ADDRESS y 0x1000 int x y int func void 0 1 if x 0 return 0 lt o return 1 Under the ANSI C specifications the interpretation of modification y 1 of y above does not affect the value of x and is allowed Thus the if statement x 0 can be interpreted as always true and the compiler might generate code that always returns 0 Figure A 5 Examples of pragma ADDRESS Coding Not Checked by Compiler Appendix A 21 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma ADDRESS Examples pragma ADDRESS is written directly into the C source code as follows Pa Example coding pragma ADDRESS var 0x10000 pragma ADDRESS var2 0x20000 char varl static char var2 void func void varl var2 Output from example coding assembler code _varl EQU 0x10000 SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 EXPORT func Sfunc LD24 R1 0x20000 LD24 RO 0x10000 LDB R1 R1 STB R1 RO JMP R14 EXPORT _varl END Figure A 6 Example Use of pragma ADDRESS declarat
231. he example base registers R13 R12 and R11 are allocated respectively to data areas 1 2 and 3 e Additionally data area 1 accommodates global variables var1 var2 and var3 data area 2 accommodates global variables var4 and var5 and data area 3 accommodates global variable var6 ee data area 1 variables varl var2 var3 OOF7FFFF 00F80000 data area 2 variables var4 var5 OOF8FFFF 00FC0000 data area 3 variables var6 OOFCFFFF Appendix A 11 1 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference Determining the base address The base address is a fixed address set in the base register Because of the M32R register relative indirect specifications the base registers can cover the following range Base address 0x8000 to base address 0x7FFF The base addresses for covering data areas 1 to 3 are as follows data area 1 0xF78000 data area 2 0xF88000 data area 3 0xFC8000 These are allocatde to R13 R12 and R11 respectively 00F70000 data area 1 R13 variables varl F78000 var2 var3 OOF7FFFF l l l 00F80000 data area 2 R12 variables var4 F88000 varb OOF8FFFF l l 00FC0000 data area 3 variables var6 R11 gt FC8000 OOFCFFFF Appendix A 12 2 3 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference Creating the Access Control File After determining the base addresses create the Access Control File which defines the det
232. he function A invokes the function B regardless of whether the function B references arguments of a variable number If you pass the ap s address as an argument or if you pass an aggregate if ap is an aggregate as an argument ap of the function A at the time when returned from the function B continues from the value at the time when the function B terminates va_start va_arg and va_end have been realize from macros If you invoke these by nullifying a macro call so as to access a function a warning is issued during compilation and an error CC32R MANUAL 291 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior occurs during linking due to the absence of external symbols e ANSI C 7 8 1 1 The va_start macro If the second argument parmN of the va_start macro has been declared as a register class variable function type or array type or if the declaration doesn t agree with the type as it becomes after the default actual argument promotions the type resulting from applying implicit type conversion to an argument the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 8 1 2 The va_arg macro If the argument to be handled is not actually present in calling va_arg the operation is not guaranteed If the argument to be handled is not of the type specified in calling va_arg the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 8 1 3 The va_end macro Invoking va_end before invoking va_start doesn t cause an error and the program operates properly
233. he start up program See _action_atexit See 7 2 7 3 i n it base yea r Initialization function non ANSI Initializing for the date and time function group Syntax Return Value Description Caution void _init_base_year int year year base year None The _init_base_year function initializes the base year to year Call this function only once prior to all of the functions of the date and time function group Call this function always before calling the main function in the start up program See 7 2 7 3 CC32R MANUAL 146 Chapter 9 C Standard Library i n it ex i t e n vi ro n Initialization function non ANSI Initializing for exit Syntax void _init_exit_environ void Return Value 0 The status as it is before the function is called the current environment has been saved non 0 Control has returned as a result of executing the exit function this return value turns to 1 if the exit status code of the routine that issued this function is 0 Description The _init_exit_environ function saves the current execution environment by using the setjmp function This initializes the return destination handled by the exit function Having called this function before executing the main function within the start up program allows control to return to the point at the time of issuing this function when the main function terminates with the exit function This function returns
234. hematic functions Note that because the header math h includes the functions of mathf h you do not need to include mathf h if you already have math h included The following shows the contents written in these header files 1 Prototype declaration of functions The prototype declaration of single precision mathematic functions are written in mathf h while the prototype declaration of both double precision and single precision mathematic functions are written in math h 2 Function name replacement In mathf h if the m32re5 option to use the FPU instructions of the M32R FPU core is specified when compiling the source file calls to the single precision mathematic functions that do not use the FPU instructions are changed to calls to the equivalent functions in the single precision mathematic function library that use the FPU instructions CC32R MANUAL 330 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library Example 1 When m32re5 is specified at the same time include lt mathf h gt lt math h gt also acceptable ans cosf rd Compiled with m32re5 added ans cosf5 rd _ Becomes equivalent to this This replacement for the cosf function case for example is accomplished by a macro like the one shown below define cosf cosf5 Defined the same way for other single precision mathematic aon Caution The function name that is stored in the load mo
235. hen the calculation result of the function cannot be expressed as a double type value this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno If the calculation result overflows this function returns HUGE_VAL as a return value ctime Date and time function Converts the calendar time a time_t value into the equivalent text string Syntax Return Value Description include lt time h gt char ctime const time_t timer timer calendar time Pointer to a converted character string The ctime function converts the calendar time specified by timer into the following format Thu May 12 16 00 00 1995 n 0 CC32R MANUAL 162 Chapter 9 C Standard Library d ifft i me Date and time function Computes the difference between the two specified times Syntax include lt time h gt double difftime time_t t me time_t time timel time 1 time2 time 2 Return Value The value of time2 subtracted from time1 by the second Description The difftime function calculates the value of time2 subtracted from time1 d iv General utility function Divides an int type integer and obtains the quotient and remainder Syntax include lt stdlib h gt div_t div int number int denom j number dividend denom divisor Return Value Quotient and the remainder in calculation result Description The div function calculates the quotient and the remainder for the result of divid
236. his depends on the type of data This integer is termed alignment The C compiler allocates data according to the alignment in compliance with its type A data item whose alignment is an integer n is dealt with as n byte alignment In this instance an address of a multiple of 1 is called either alignment boundary or n byte boundary An n byte alignment data item is not allocated across its alignment boundaries n byte boundaries CC32R MANUAL 59 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation 5 2 Integral Types Table 5 1 lists integral types used in C language Table 5 1 Internal Representation of Integral Types Type Size Alignment Signed Minimum Value Maximum Value char lbyte 1byte Yes 2 128 2 1 127 y y unsigned char byte 1byte No 0 2 1 255 short 2bytes 2bytes Yes 2 32768 2 1 32767 unsigned short 2bytes 2bytes No 0 2 1 65535 int 4bytes bytes Yes 2 2147483648 2 1 2147483647 unsigned int 4bytes 4bytes No 0 2 1 4294967295 long 4bytes 4bytes Yes 2 2147483648 2 1 2147483647 unsigned long 4bytes 4bytes No 0 2 1 4294967295 The MSB of a non unsigned data indicates the sign 0 positive data or 0 1 negative data Negative data is expressed as two s complement An unsigned type data has no sign and its value is positive or 0 Examples of the internal representation are shown in Table 5 2 Note MSB most sign
237. his function in conjunction with the longjmp function a global jump to outside the function can be achieved This function is used to pass the error handling execution control to the previously called routine without using the normal function calling or return convention When the setjmp function is called with a complex expression a portion of current execution environment such as the temporary result of an expression evaluation may be lost To avoid this use the setjmp function only for the purpose of comparing the result of the setjmp function and a constant expression and don t call this function in a complex expression In using the setjmp function the general purpose registers are saved recovered by contrast the accumulator ACC and the control registers are not saved recovered CC32R MANUAL 238 Chapter 9 C Standard Library set l oca l e Localization function Sets and searches for locale information Syntax Return Value Description include lt locale h gt char setlocale int category const char locale category portion of locale to be set search locale locale to be set The pointer to the available string for locale Successful locale will not be returned NULL Both category and locale are invalid As the locale only the C environment is supported The setlocale function sets the portion of the program s locale denoted by category into the locale specifi
238. his reason specify the library files in performing linker even for a program that doesn t use the C s standard library functions e The problem that a module name that starts with a numeric turns to ASM32R_MPRO Don t generate an object file whose name starts with a numeric If you generate an object file whose name starts with a numeric the module name becomes ASM32R_MPRO and module names duplicate when generating a library as a result library files cannot be generated Also the module name within a map file generated by use of map32R becomes ASM32R_MPRO Example 1 cc32R o 1234 mo file c 2 as32R o 1234 mo file ms e Notes about MS Windows PC version 1 Floating point numbers For the floating point value 0 0 the code for 0 0 are output 2 Path delimiter The path delimiter symbol is the backslash However to specify the path for included files specified in the source file you can use either or In this case is only recognized when input and is internally replaced by CC32R MANUAL 30 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Therefore the path delimiter output into warning error messages listing files and debugging information is always 3 Upper lower case ina file name A file name is upper lower case insensitive For example file c FILE C and FiLe C are all process ed as the same file name However upper lower case in the generated file is effective for the long file names
239. how the following internal presentation of array type data and their alignment e Example 1 Coding Internal Representation Alignment e Example 2 Coding Internal Representation Alignment char a 5 s 5byts s a o an al2 al3 a a is 5 bytes 1 byte x 5 Since the data type of the array element is char the alignment is also char type alignment 1 int b 3 12 bytes b 1 b is 12 bytes 4 bytes x 3 Since the data type of the array element is pointer the alignment is also pointer type alignment 4 CC32R MANUAL 64 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation e Example 3 Coding char c 3 2 Internal m 8 bytes ___ Representation cloto fetoj fof 1300 fernen ofzytoy etz Alignment c is 6 bytes 1 byte x 2 x 3 Since the data type of array element is char the alignment is also char type alignment 1 5 5 Structures The member data of structure type is allocated to continuous locations in the order of member declaration Particular allocation rule applies to bit field members see 5 9 Bit Fields The alignment of structure type data is determined by the data type alignment of that member i e the largest alignment The size of a structure is in general the sum of the sizes of that member Exception when allocating members of structure 1 3 bytes of gap may be inserted after the end location of the preceding
240. i is preset to RO and the variable j preset to R1 If no argument is specified the contents of RO and R1 are unknown 7 5 3 Limitations of asm Function When writing the asm function take the following limits into consideration e Limited register usage The asm function can normally recognize four registers RO R3 When using the other registers and the accumulator in the asm function the user program must assure that the contents of the register are recovered after the function releases the register To do so save the contents of the register before the asm function uses it and then return the contents to the register upon releasing of the register by the function Example Saving and recovering of register R4 within asm function asm ST R4 sp n Save R4 NY innia n Any process using R4 LD R4 sp n Restore R4 e Limits during compiling optimization specified During optimization the compiler deletes unnecessary codes and replaces and substitutes instructions When compiling and specifying optimization of the source file using the asm function CC32R MANUAL 111 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming take into consideration the effects of optimization by the C compiler e Error check considerations The C compiler does not check the contents of the assembly code used in the asm function If the asm function contains invalid assembly code the error is detected by the assembler a
241. ibute and linking order varies with the command options CC32R MANUAL 95 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming With the C compiler section linking order and the start address of each section can be specified by using the command option SEC or MEM equivalent to LOC used for direct startup from linker The linker determines the address of each section by following these specifications These features are useful when developing embedded application or writing the application program into ROM For further information refer to the CC32R User s Manual 3 The Others Chapter Linker Illl Note III Options SEC and MEM cannot be specified simultaneously In practice the linking order and start address of each section are determined by the conditions described in this section For function of options and use of options refer to Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler e Section linking order When the linking order is specified the sections are linked in the order of priority levels Sections having no linking priority are linked following the lowest level section 1 When specified by the SEC or MEM When specified by the SEC option Sections are linked in the order SEC option is written When specified by the MEM option LOC in the case of linker e RAM area D gt B e ROM area P gt C gt D 2 Without order setting default Sections are linked in the order of the files specif
242. ich optimization advantage should come first e Selectable output file The result of compiling can be output in the form of an assembly language source file an object module file or a load module file linked object module The assembly language source file is useful when checking the C language source program at the assembly language level CC32R MANUAL 6 Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R e Output of C language source line debug information Information on debugging of C language source line can be added to the load module generated by the linker with the g option selected By using the load module the debugger can be used for debugging at the C language source line level e C like comments can be written A comment can be written starting from to the end of line Example void foo void char x 3 x 0 0 Comments can be written in this manner e Development Support Utilities O C source merge utility strip32R We provide the C source merge utility cmerge The utility cmerge merges the assembler source file with CS option added that is output by the compiler with the original C source file to generate a C ASM mixed list The utility strip32R is not a standard product of the compiler For details on how to handle it refer to the file written about the Handling of Development Support Utilities For more information of strip32R refer to the certain documents in directory UnSpt32R PC version or
243. ics products or if you have any other inquiries Note 1 Renesas Electronics as used in this document means Renesas Electronics Corporation and also includes its majority owned subsidiaries Note 2 Renesas Electronics product s means any product developed or manufactured by or for Renesas Electronics C 7 D me on lt D D M3T CC32R V 4 30 User s Manual lt C Compiler gt Cross Tool Kit for M32R Family OO NO www renesas co tENESAS Rev 1 00 2004 09 Microsoft MS DOS Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and other countries Sun Java and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S or other countries and are used under license Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds Turbolinux and its logo are trademarks of Turbolinux Inc IBM and AT are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation Adobe Acrobat and Acrobat Reader are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated All other brand and product names are trademarks registered trademarks or service marks of their respective holders Keep safety first in your circuit designs Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation put the maximum effort into making semiconductor products better and more r
244. ied written in the command line If a specified file contains two or more sections the are linked in the order they appear written e Start address Specified addresses have priority Unspecified sections are assigned relative address according to the linking format Default alignment is 4 bytes any value can be specified by using the assembler pseudo directive SECTION The start address of a load module is 0 if not specified 1 When specified by the SEC or MEM When specified by the SEC option The address is specified for each section The start address of section having unspecified address is auto matically specified according to the linking order CC32R MANUAL 96 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming When specified by the MEM option LOC in the case of linker e D section e P section e B C D section 2 When not specified default e Each section e Entire load module The address specified for RAM area The address specified for ROM area The address immediately following the end address lower address of the preceding linked section The address immediately following the end address lower address of the preceding linked section Address 0 CC32R MANUAL 97 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming 7 2 Embedded Application Programming Procedure When programming an embedded application the start up program and lower level libraries must be developed as w
245. ificant bit CC32R MANUAL 60 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Table 5 2 Examples of Internal Representation of Integers Type Internal Representation Value char 0000 0001 1 1111 1111 1 unsigned char 0000 0001 1 1111 1111 255 short 0000 0000 0000 0001 1 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 unsigned short 0000 0000 0000 0001 1 1111 1111 1111 1111 2 1 65535 int 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 1 unsigned int 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 zj 4294967295 long 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 1 unsigned long 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1 2 1 4294967295 CC32R MANUAL 61 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation EE Floating Types Table 5 3 shows internal representation of floating type data Table 5 3 Internal Representation of Floating Types Type Size Alignment Signed Minimum Value Maximum Value float 4bytes 4bytes Yes 1 17549435e 38F 3 40282347e 38F double 8bytes 4bytes Yes 2 2250738585072014e 308 1 7976931348623157e 308 long double 8bytes 4bytes Yes 2 2250738585072014e 308 1 7976931348623157e 308 A floating point number is expressed in IEEE standard format Floating type is expressed in IEEE single precision format 32 bits double and lon
246. ified type gt Each reference to a volatile object name will constitute one access to the object volatile qualified objects are not optimized 10 2 11 Declarators e ANSI C 6 5 4 Declarators lt The maximum number of declarators that may modify an arithmetic structure or union type gt No limit is placed on the maximum number of declarators 10 2 12 Statements e ANSI C 6 6 4 2 The switch statement lt The maximum number of case values in a switch statement gt The maximum value of case in a switch statement depends on the available memory capacity 10 2 13 Preprocessing Directive e ANSI C 6 8 1 Conditional inclusion lt Whether the value of a single character character constant in a constant expression that controls conditional inclusion matched the value of the same character constant in the CC32R MANUAL 303 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior execution character set Whether such a character constant may have a negative value gt The value of a single character constant in the constant expression that controls conditional inclusion agrees with the value of the same character constant in the execution character set Such character constant can be assigned a negative value e ANSI C 6 8 2 Source file inclusion lt The method for locating includable source files gt The sequence of retrieving header files specified by include is given in the Function column for the I option I path in Table 3 6 in
247. in HUGE_VAL INT_MAX or the like e ANSI C 7 10 3 Memory management functions the free function realloc function If you reference an area deallocated either by the free function or the realloc function the operation is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 294 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior If you pass a value as given below to the first argument the pointer toward an area to be deallocated of the free function or the realloc function the operation is not guaranteed A value that is not a return value the pointer toward an area whose allocation has been completed of the calloc function malloc function or the realloc function A pointer toward an area that was formerly deallocated either by the free function or by the realloc function e ANSI C 7 10 4 3 The exit Function If a program executes a call to the exit function twice or more runs the atexit function so as to catalog the exit function for example the operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 7 10 6 Integer arithmetic functions If the result of running one of the arithmetic functions of integer type abs div lab Idiv cannot be expressed then the value cannot be guaranteed e ANSI C 7 10 7 Multibyte character function shift state The shift state of the multi byte exists However all functions implement processing in supposing that it is in absolutely the inital shift state when these functions were called e ANSI C 7 11 2 Copying func
248. in the area pointed to by buffer into the file denoted by file_no The read write point in the file advances by the bytes written When writing is successful the number of bytes actually written is returned Otherwise 1 is returned CC32R MANUAL 327 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library This library is a version of the C standard mathematic function library defined in the math h header that has been turned into single precision arithmetic It helps to increase the efficiency of applications using conventional double precision mathematic function libraries by increasing the execution speed and reducing the code size Some single precision mathematic functions use the FPU instructions and others do not 1241 Composition of Functions Table 12 1 lists the functions in the single precision mathematic function library Check the C language formats of prototype declarations shown in the table to find the types of return values and arguments of these single precision mathematic functions CC32R MANUAL 328 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library Table 12 1 Single precision Mathematic Function Library Single precision mathematic functions Function Corresponding C language formats of prototype declarations math h Those do no
249. in the fprintf function gt The output for p in the printf like functions turns equal to oX e ANSI C 7 9 6 2 The fscanf function lt The input for p conversion in the fscanf function gt The input for p in the scanf like functions turns equal to X lt The interpretation of a character that is neither the first nor the last character in the scanlist for conversion in the fscanf function gt The conversion in the scanf like functions allows to indicate an inclusive range of characters by using hyphen as follows assuming that the character set is ASCII S Character set a f a f i e a b c d e and f 0 9 a f 0 9 and a f a through a only z a Nothing af a and f at the top do not indicate a range af a f and at the end do not indicate a range a f z a f and z e ANSI C 7 9 9 1 The fgetpos function 7 9 9 4 The ftell function lt The value to which the macro errno is set by the fgetpos or ftell function on failure gt errno is set to EFSEEK if the result of the fgetpos or ftell function is unsuccessful i e an error was returned from the environment Note 5 The printf like functions fprintf pointf sprintf vfprintf vprintf and vsprintf Note 6 The scanf like functions fscanf scanf and sscanf CC32R MANUAL 308 Chapter 10
250. ination of pointer to object type and integral type An array must be a combination of pointers and entities of integer type at most one storage class specifier per declaration Two or more storage class specifiers are present in a declaration you can specify only a single storage class specifier in a declaration auto must appear within a function You must declare an auto variable within a function badly punctuated parameter list in define An improper character is present in an argument of define bit field members must have integral types A member of bit field must be of integer type bit field size must be integral constant expression A bit field size must be specified by an integer constant bit field size must not be negative A bit field size must be specified by a positive number CC32R MANUAL 347 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 2 15 Message Description bit field size too large A size specified for a bit field is too large block scope initialization not allowed for external declaration You must not initialize an external variable within a block break statement in invalid context You cannot use break here call to non function attempted You have attempted to perform a function call to an entity that is not a function cannot const a function type object You cannot make a const declaration on an entity of function type cannot initializ
251. ing h gt int strcmp const void si const void s2 sl pointer to string to be compared s2 pointer to string to be used for comparison Positive value contents of s1 gt contents of s2 0 contents of s1 contents of s2 Negative value contents of s1 lt contents of s2 The stremp function compares the contents of string specified by s1 and those specified by s2 and returns the result CC32R MANUAL 247 Chapter 9 C Standard Library st rco l l String handling function Compares the two strings based on the current locale Syntax include lt string h gt int strcoll const char si const char s2 S1 comparison string 1 S2 comparison string 2 Return Value Positive value contents of s1 gt contents of s2 0 contents of s1 contents of s2 Negative value contents of s1 lt contents of s2 Description As the locale only the C environment is supported The strcoll function compares s1 with s2 based on LC_COLLATE locale h definition denoted by the current locale st rc py String handling function Copies the contents including null characters of the source string to the target memory area Syntax include lt string h gt char strcepy char sZ const char s2 sl pointer to space to which string is copied S2 pointer to string to be copied Return Value Pointer of the memory area to which the characters are copied Description The strcpy
252. ing number by denom The return value is div_t structure and the quotient and the remainder are put in quot and rem respectively of the member CC32R MANUAL 163 Chapter 9 C Standard Library exit General utility function Terminates the program Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt void exit int status status exit status code None The exit function terminates a program by executing the following 1 Flashes all the buffers of an opened stream 2 Closes all the opened files 3 Deletes all the files generated by tmpfile 4 Executes all the functions registered by atexit functions in reverse order 5 Returns control to the environment saved by a setjmp function Control no returns to the caller To check status in the environment to which the process returns you can use the _get_exit_code function CC32R MANUAL 164 Chapter 9 C Standard Library exp Mathematics function Obtains the exponential function of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double exp double x X floating point number Value of exponential function e Successful The exp function calculates the exponential function e of x and returns the result If a conversion result overflows this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno and returns HUGE_VAL as a return value fabs
253. ing parameter declaration No arguments have been declared on a function function return type incompatible with previous declaration The return type of the function is different from that declared earlier function return type is not declared The return type of the function has not been declared garbage after end of constant expression in if An improper character is present after a constant expression under if identifier already used as member name in this struct union The member name has already been used identifier cannot have type void You cannot define an identifier as an entity of void type identifier is not member of left hand side struct union You used a member which is not the declared member of a structure or union xxx identifier is required between and in defined You must put an identifier in of defined identifier must be defined as a typedef name You used a name which is not the typedef defined name identifier not member of left hand side struct union You used a member which is not the declared member of a structure or union identifier redeclared in current declaration An identifier declared in a duplicate manner is present CC32R MANUAL 351 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 6 15 Message Description identifier redefined in current declaration An identifier defined in a duplicate manner is pre
254. initialize an argument at a function s header segment parameter in this definition incompatible with prior use An argument defined is inconsistent with the previous declaration parameter incompatible with previous declaration An argument is inconsistent with the previous declaration parameter missing declaration is not allowed The number of arguments is insufficient different from what is declared parameter name only is not allowed on function declaration Giving an argument name alone in declaring a function is not permitted parameter name starts with a digit in define The first argument of define starts with a digit it must be an identifier parameter redeclared in current declaration An argument has been redefined pragma keyword has unrecognized keyword option An improper specification is present in pragma CC32R MANUAL 357 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 12 15 Message Description prior errors have corrupted symbol type The type of a symbol has been broken by a previous error proscribed type specifier combination in declaration A declaration is present in which a given combination of types is forbidden redefined statement label in function scope A label has been redefined in a function referenced label not declared in current function scope A label to be referenced cannot be found in a function register must appear within
255. input file is ended but it depends on the user defined read function when an error occurs The fgets function inputs a string from the stream specified by the file pointer fp and stores it in the memory area specified by the pointer s This function inputs n 1 characters any characters up to the new line character or to the end of the file and it adds a null character to the end of the string The input new line character is included in the string and is stored When EOF end of file is encountered the EOF indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF When a read error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the feof function and the error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 170 Chapter 9 C Standard Library floor Mathematics function Cuts off the fraction of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double floor double x X floating point number Calculation result The floor function returns the maximum integer equal to or less than the value x as a double type value fmod Mathematics function Computes the floating point remainder Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double fmod double x double y X Yi floating point number The remainder of
256. instruction The address return address of the instruction following the function call instruction is set in the link register R14 3 Allocate local variable area On the stack a local variable area is allocated which the called function will use The size of the reserved area is subtracted from the SP value The size of the reserved area is always a multiple of 4 CC32R MANUAL 83 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 4 Save registers 5 Restore registers The contents of registers R8 R13 to be used by the called function are saved on the stack The size of the saving area is the number of registers to be saved 4 bytes When the link register R14 is used then the link register is saved The register s saved at the entry of a called function see 4 Save registers above is restored 6 Free local variable area 7 Return to the caller 8 Free argument area The local variable area reserved at the entry of a called function see 3 Allocate local variable area above is released That is the size of the area is added to the SP The return address stored in the link register is reset in the Program Counter returning process control to the calling side program Once the control is returned the size of the argument area is returned back to the SP releasing the argu ment area CC32R MANUAL 84 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 4 Parameter Passing C compilers
257. int Sig signal number func The handler to be executed upon detecting the signal The latest func value Successful SIG_ERR Error returns corresponding value to errno The signal function calls the process handler denoted by func when the signal specified by sig is detected func specifies the following two special macros in addition to the user defined ones e SIG DFL Fxecutes the default signal process e SIG IGN Ignores signals To call the signal function in actual the user written signal function is required see Section 11 1 and Table 11 2 CC32R MANUAL 241 Chapter 9 C Standard Library sin Mathematics function Obtains the sine of the radians of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double sin double x X floating point number in radians Calculated argument value The sin function calculates sine of x sinh Mathematics function Obtains hyperbolic sine of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double sinh double x X floating point number Calculated argument value The sinh function calculates the hyperbolic sine of x If the calculation result cannot be expressed in double type value the function sets the ERANGE value in the errno If the calculation result overflows the function returns HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL if negative CC3
258. ion In this example code var1 is mapped to address 0x10000 and var2 is mapped to address 0x20000 By so doing code is generated such that 1 byte is read from address 0x20000 and written to address 0x10000 by the expression var1 var2 in func Also because var1 is an externally defined variable EQU defines the corresponding symbol vari and EXPORT makes it possible for other objects to reference it Appendix A 22 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma SECTION Function Declares that a variable is mapped to the specified absolute address Syntax pragma SECTION default section nameAmodified section name Description pragma SECTION changes the default section name created by the compiler to a user defined section name This declaration is valid until another pragma SECTION declaration for the same section is encountered or the end of the file Specify one of the following section names created by the compiler in default section name ection ection Location Description Name Attribute Attribute P CODE ALIGN 4 Program code area Cc DATA ALIGN 4 Constant data area D DATA ALIGN 4 Data area with initializers B DATA ALIGN 4 Data area without initializers Specify a new user defined section name in modified section name The rules of de scription for section names depend on the rules of description for the assembler names see 3 5 The rules of description for names in the Us
259. kaged in the C standard library The process relating to a signal depends on the specifications of a signal function a low level function you prepare Thus the instances given below also depends on a signal function a low level function you prepare e An instance in which a signal occurs as a result of calling the abort function or the raise function e An instance in which the signal handler calls a standard library function other than the signal function e An instance in which the signal handler references any static object of type other than volatile sig_atomic_t e An instance in which the value of errno is referenced after a signal occurs except the result of calling the abort function or the raise function and the corresponding signal handler calls the signal function that returns the value SIG_ERR e ANSI C 7 8 1 Variable arguments list access macros When a certain function let this be A invokes a function let this be B by using as an actual argument ap pointer to variable argument list updated by a va_arg macro if the function B calls a va_arg macro by using ap the following results e The function B the function invoked by the function A can carry out reference from variable arguments that ap indicates at the time when the function B is invoked The function A the function that invoked the function B can carry out reference from variable arguments indicated by ap as it is at the time when t
260. le locale h It is possible designated a character code name that shows it in Table 9 in addition to loc ale conventional C a locale name as it is 2 A wide character transformation function mbtowc mbstowcs mblen wctomb wcstombs LC_CTYPE processes on the basis of each character code in the case of euc sjis and also utf8 locale 3 Function of printf scanf series A format designated character string considers as the multi byte character string of a cha racter code that was designated to LC_CTYPE 4 Other standard functions The locale will be regarded that it is the same action as C locale always 5 About shifting condition A standard library function is not remembering shifting condition It supposes that shifting condition is already initialized when it is called Appendix A 44 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List This appendix lists the C standard library functions and their summaries by function group Program diagnostic function assert Adds a diagnostic function to a program Character handling function isalnum Judges whether a letter or decimal number isalpha Judges whether a letter or not iscntrl Judges whether a control character or not isdigit Judges whether a decimal number or not isgraph Judges whether a printable character other than a space islower Judges whether a lower case letter or not isprint Judge
261. le to obtain a more advantageous code in view of speed than normal function call by means of inline expansion M32R ECU 5 M32R FPU core Compatible Function The new 32180 and 32182 Group abbreviated as M32R ECU 5 MCU s extension instructions and FPU instructions support This function is compatible with the M32R ECU 5 About Japanese Kanji character processing 1 The Japanese character can be described to the character constant of a program The Japanese character can be processed as the multi byte character and wide character 2 JIS EUC JP Shift JIS Unicode UTF 8 are able to be used as the character code of the Japanese character correspondence 3 You can control those character codes flexibly by operation of the environment variable The Access Control File contains the following information 1 Base address for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing 2 Register storing the base address 3 Objects to which the base register function is applied variables and structures See A 1 7 The access Control File for details Appendix A 1 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference ESI Base Register Function A 1 1 What is the Base Register Function The base register function enables the code size to be minimized by specifying which of the several dedicated base registers for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing each variable is relative to 16 bit register relative indirect a
262. loat type Macro DBL_NEG_EPS_EXP 53 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 1 0 of the double type Macro LDBL_NEG_EPS_EXP 53 Indicates the min No of the power of the binary base which can be expressed floating point number x 1 0 x 41 0 of the long double type CC32R MANUAL 123 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files 8 2 5 limits h Defines limits concerning numerical value of each type Table 8 5 shows the macros defined Table 8 5 Macros Defined by Limits h Macro Name Description CHAR _BIT Indicates the number of bits composing a char type CHAR_MAX Indicates the max value that a char type variable can have CHAR_MIN Indicates the min value that a char type variable can have SCHAR_MAX Indicates the max value that a signed char type variable can have SCHAR_MIN Indicates the min value that a signed char type variable can have UCHAR_MAX Indicates the max value that an unsigned char type variable can have SHRT_MAX Indicates the max value that a short int type variable can have SHRT_MIN Indicates the min value that a short int type variable can have USHRT_MAX Indicates the max value that an unsigned short int type variable can have INT_MAX Indicates the max value that an int type variable can have INT_MIN Indicates the min value that an int type variable can have UINT_MAX Indicates the max v
263. logl0f5 float Base ten logarithm 1log10 float modff float float float modf 5 float float Resolve into integral modf and fractional parts Specifications for these single precision mathematic functions have been determined based on the C standard double precision mathematic functions according to the rules described below 1 Operation The basic operations of these functions are the same as each double precision mathematic functions from which they have been CC32R MANUAL 329 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library derived except that internal arithmetics are performed with the type float 2 Function name The functions that do not use the FPU instructions are named after the double precision mathematic functions from which they have been derived by adding the letter f to each The functions that use the FPU instructions are named in the same way by adding the string f5 to each 3 Type of argument and return value The arguments and return values have their types changed from double to float A Using the Library 12 2 1 Header File Before the single precision mathematic functions can be used one of the following header files must be included Choose either one that suits to your need mathf h When you use only the single precision mathematic functions math h When you use the C standard double precision mathematic functions or the single precision mat
264. ltibyte character for multibyte characters is not available CC32R MANUAL 298 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 5 2 4 2 1 Sizes of integral types lt limits h gt lt The number of bits in a character in the execution character set gt 8 bits e ANSI C 6 1 3 4 String literals lt The mapping of member of the source character set in character constants and string literals to members of the execution character set gt If the M32RKIN enviromen variable is not utf8 the arrange ment correspondence between the characters in the source character set and those in the execution charcter set is one to one Otherwise the characters that have same meaning and different character code may be changed to normalize with the character set of JIS X 0201 and JIS X 0208 lt The value of an integer character constant that contains a character or escape sequence not represented in the basic execution character set or the extended character set for a wide character constant gt If the M32RKIN enviroment variable is not utf8 the most right edge of 2 byte in this character will be combined by the big endian order Otherwise this character will be changed to Oxffff lt The value of an integer character constant that contains more than one character or a wide character constant that contains more than one multibyte character gt If this character constant is not wide character it is the value of the rightmost c
265. m according to the format Outputs a character to a stream Outputs a string to a stream Transfers data from a stream to a memory area Closes a currently opened stream and reopens a new file with the new file name Gets data from a stream and converts the data by following the format Moves the current read write position within a stream Appendix B 3 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List fsetpos ftell fwrite getc getchar gets perror printf putc putchar puts remove rename rewind scanf setbuf setvbuf sprintf sscanf tmpfile tmpnam ungetc vfprintf Changes the current position on a stream Locates the current read write position in a stream Transfers data from a memory area to a stream Gets one line from a stream Gets a character from the standard input file stdio Gets a string from the standard input file stdio Outputs the error message corresponding to the error code to the standard error file stderr Converts data by following the format and outputs it to the standard output file stdout Outputs a character to a stream Outputs a character to the standard output file stdout Outputs a string to the standard output file stdout Deletes a file Renames a file Moves the current read write position on a stream to the beginning of the file Gets data from the standard input file stdin and converts the data by following the format Defi
266. m b l e n General utility function Obtains the number of bytes composed of multibyte characters Syntax include lt stdlib h gt int mblen const char s size t n S pointer to the multibyte character n number of the inspection bytes Return Value e If s is NULL non 0 Multibyte character set depends on the status 0 Multibyte character set does not depend on the status e If s is not NULL number of bytes s is a multibyte character The number of bytes of it is returned 0 The pointer s indicates a null character 1 sis not a multibyte character Description The mblen function returns the number of bytes which consists of multibyte characters specified by s If the mbtowc function is not affected by the shift status mblen is the same value as the following example Example mbtowc wchar_t 0 s n wow Caution The maximum value of multibyte characte is 3 byte And even euc sjis utf8 in addition to C are supported as the locale CC32R MANUAL 217 Chapter 9 C Standard Library mbstowcs General utility function Converts a multibyte character string into a wide character string Syntax include lt stdlib h gt size_t mbstowcs wchar_t pwces const char s size t n Dwes storage buffer of wide character string S pointer to multibyte character string n number of wide characters to be converted Return Value Number of converted ch
267. ma INTF This declaration generates the code for processing of an interrupt processing function at the entry and exit points of a function Additionally a return is performed by the RTE instruction at the exit of the function Syntax oragma INTERRUPT interrupt functionA register nameAregister name J Example pragma INTERRUPT int_func R6 pragma ketword asm on Declares the use of the in line assembly function asm pragma keyword asm off function This setting is used so that asm is interpreted not as a normal identifier but as a keyword Specify pragma keyword asm off to restore asm to a normal identifier Syntax pragma keyword asm on or off Example pragma keyword asm on 1 A is space code mandatory 2 For details of the The in line assembly function see Section 7 4 Appendix A 19 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma ADDRESS Function Declares that a variable is mapped to the specified absolute address Syntax pragma ADDRESS variable nameAabsolute address Description pragma ADDRESS declares that a variable is mapped to a specified absolute ad dress The compiler generates the code to define the variable name specified in this declara tion as the value of the symbol in the assembler pseudocommand EQU Therefore the area for the variable is not secured The absolute address is output as a character string in a EQU pseudocommand ex pression Therefore the c
268. ma declaration takes precedence where the pragma SECTION declaration is valid e If modified section name in the pragma SECTION declaration is the same as the default section name if the default section name generated by the compiler is restored the command line option R is valid Notes You cannot split one function or one data definition into two or more section names lf a C source program with a renamed P section is compiled using the debugging information g option a P section with a zero size is created as a result of the object format specifications This has no effect on program execution Use the same section name pragma declaration for the same variables Do not specify a different section name in a temporary definition etc Appendix A 24 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma SECTION Examples pragma SECTION is directly written into the C source code as follows Pa Example coding int a pragma SECTION B B1 int b pragma SECTION B B2 Ante pragma SECTION P P1 void func void Variable a is mapped to section B because it occurs before the pragma SECTION declaration Variable b is mapped to section B1 Variable c is mapped to section B2 Function func is mapped to section P1 Figure A 7 Example Use of pragma SECTION Declaration Appendix A 25 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma INTERRUPT pragma INTF Fu
269. me addr switch_ by offset U mame v V w warn_suppressed_nested_comment rel16 XX symbol_num small memlarge medium large CS stack zdiv input filenames lt RET gt where e Without Indispensable elin Optional e Prefixed by A command option see 3 2 e lt RET gt Enter the return key Figure 3 1 cc32R Command Line Syntax Write into the command line by following the format shown in Figure 3 1 Each of the items i e the command name an option an input file name must be separated from adjacent items by at least one space character By entering the return key at the end of a command line the C complier starts execution Between an option and its parameter s one or more spaces may be inserted input_filenames represents the specification of one or more input file names Between input file names one or more spaces are needed for separation The number of files is not limited The type of each input file is determined based on its extension as listed in Table 3 2 Table 3 2 Input File Name and Type Extension Type c C source file ms Assembly source file mo Object module file Others Object module file CC32R MANUAL 10 3 1 4 Command file Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler When invoking CC32R one or more command options listed in a command file a text file can be specified by one parameter cc32R fil
270. me Address space usable C standard library for code and data Small model Code 0x00000000 to Ox0OFFFFFF m32RcRlib Data 0x00000000 to OxOOFFFFFF Small model Code 0x00000000 to OxOOFFFFFF m32RcRM lib with memlarge attached Data 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF Entire 32 bit memory space Medium model Code Given address A to A 0x00FFFFFF m32RcRM lib Data 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF Entire 32 bit memory space Large model Code 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF m32RcRL lib Data Entire 32 bit memory space 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF Entire 32 bit memory space When using C standard libraries be sure to use the library file that corresponds to each memory model A 2 2 Detailes of Memory Models Each memory model is detailed below e Small model The small model is a memory model in which both code and data of the application are assumed to be stored within the address space of 0x00000000 to OxOOFFFFFF colored shaded part in Figure 3 3 To compile the source in this memory model specify the option shown below when compiling small If no memory model is specified the compiler by default assumes the small model as it compiles the source The C standard libraries that correspond to this memory model are m32RcR lib for functions passed via register Appendix A 15 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference CODE DATA Oox00000000 Ox00000000 OxOOFFFFFF OxOOFFFFFF OXFFFFFFFF OXFFFFFFFF Figure A 1 Add
271. member due to alignment for each member Since the alignment of a structure type is equal to the largest alignment in the member if the end location of the last member is at an address which does not match the alignment the location is assumed to end at the address which matches the alignment Therefore the size of a structure type is always a multiple of the alignment Examples of internal presentations of structure type data and their alignment are shown in Examples 1 to 4 CC32R MANUAL 65 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Example 1 Coding Internal Representation Alignment Example 2 Coding Internal Representation Alignment struct s1 char a char b 2 char c x1 roa 4bytes x1 b 0 x1 b 1 Since alignment of each member is 1 byte total alignment is also 1 byte The size of a structure is 4 bytes struct s2 char a b short c char d x2 ee 8 bytes s x2 b xX2 C x2 d Since a member has 4 byte alignment pointer type the alignment of the structure is 4 bytes CC32R MANUAL 66 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Example 3 Coding Internal Representation Alignment Example 4 Coding Internal Representation Alignment struct s3 char a int b x3 a 8 bytes x3 a x3 b N 3 bytes Since a member has 4 byte alignment int type the alignment of the structure is 4 bytes Since 3 byte gap is used for alignment
272. minates the program Releases the specified memory area Gets the content of an environmental variable Obtains the absolute value of a long type integer Divides a long type integer and obtains the quotient and remainder Allocates memory area Obtains the number of bytes composed of multibyte characters Converts a multibyte character string into a wide character string Converts a multi byte character into a wide character Appendix B 5 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List qsort rand realloc srand strtod strtol strtoul system wcstombs wctomb String handling function memchr memcmp memcpy memmove memset strcat strchr strcmp strcoll strcpy strcspn Performs sorting Generates a pseudo random integer which resides between 0 and RAND_MAX Changes the memory area size to the specified size Sets the initial value of the pseudo random integer which the rand function generates Converts a string representing a number into a double type floating point number Converts a string into a long type integer Converts a string into an unsigned long type integer Passes a command string to the host environment Converts a wide character string into a multibyte character string Converts a wide character into a multibyte character Locates in a memory area the position where a character first appears Compares the contents of two memory areas Copies the
273. n in the inline expanded part is generated from the contents of inline function body before inline expansion For example if the inline expanded part is step executed with the debugger such as PD32R the source line of inline function body before inline expansion is displayed However in the following cases the corresponding debugging function is to be restricted Restrictions to debugger during inline expansion The command name is associated with PD32R and PD32RSIM a Step execution The line near the function entrance or exit and the line near the place where its function was called may be inversed in sequence b Function call status display where command Among the functions in the calling path the inline expanded function is not displayed c Specified function func command For the inline function with static declaration the original function that has not been required any more is deleted In this case no command for referencing the function can be used d For the inline expanded function avoid the following operation otherwise an unexpected result may be reached Assignment and reference of variable Where the same name exists in the variable including the dummy argument inside the inline expanded function and the expansion destination calling source the debugger cannot discriminate between the both In such a case the value of these variables should not be changed and referenced Break point in
274. n a called function name is replaced is the replaced function name and not the pre replacement function name Therefore pre replacement function names can be neither specified nor displayed in the debugger e g M3T PD32R or TM inspector You can specify or display replaced function names though c The interface specifications for the function having the double type argument and variable arguments that may possibly handle the floating point value change Consequently where the object generated by compiling it with the float_only option and the object corresponding to any one of the following are interfaced with the function having the double type argument or variable arguments the both cannot be linked e Object generated without float_only e Object generated with V 3 20 or earlier CC32R e Standard library math h printf amp scan functions etc All floating point operation functions of the standard library are of a double type A 5 3 2 Not normalized a At compiling Where the m32re5 option is effective a warning is issued when the floating point constant is not normalized then it is reduced to 0 0 b During execution Where the floating point constant is not normalized during FPU instruction operation there may arise non packaging exceptions For FPU instruction non normalized constant handling refer to the M32R ECU 5 software manual A 5 3 3 Round off mode The CC32R is designed on the premise th
275. n in other object definition lines in the Access Control File wildcard specification e Format 3 can only be used once in the Access Control File d Format 4 Applies to all static objects belonging to the specified section that Appendix A 8 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference are not written in other object definition lines except Format 3 of the access control file i e section specified wildcard specification The specified section name is either 1 altered section name by pragma SECTION or 2 designated section name The base register is applied to the static objects that are allocated to these sections Even if the designated section specifies a P or C section name the specification is ignored Specification of format 4 for the same section name can be written only once in an access control file Examples varl Format 1 var2 samplw cl func lt Format 2 Format 3 D1 lt Format 4 A 1 7 3 Hints on describing the Access Control File e To specify static variables in a function Specifying variable name file name function name as the variable name makes static variables within that function the subject of the base register Example var2 sample c func This specifies variable var2 in function func in source file sample c This does not apply to var2 not belonging to the specified function e To specify all variables together You ca
276. n specify the wildcard for the variable name to include all variables not otherwise specified that are allocated to the data area sections D and B Example The following example shows the lines from the Access Control File that assigns base register R13 to global variable varl and base register R12 to all other variables in the data area D and B sections Example R13 0x00F78000 varl R12 0x00F88000 x e Comments 1 Lines starting with the semicolon are processed as comments 2 If a blank is encountered after the name of a variable the rest of that line is processed as a comment Note however that the bar cannot be included in comments Appendix A 9 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference e Blanks 1 Tabs are processed as blanks 2 Successive blanks at the beginning of a line are ignored This also applies to blanks before a semicolon e Duplicate specifications The following cannot be duplicated Identical base register names Identical variable names Wildcard specifications Appendix A 10 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 1 8 Example of Using Base Register Function This section describes how to use the base register function A 1 8 1 Example Use of Base Register Function As shown in the figure below there are three 64KB data areas Explain the basic procedure 1 to 5 below for allocating a base register to each of these data areas e In t
277. n value is 1 to 4 If switch_by_offset is provided at compiling the address table becomes the offset table The offset table also shows the array but each element becomes offset distance from L1 in place of the branch address and each element of the array is as small as 16 bits 2 bytes The compiler generates a code branched to the address with the origin L1 added to the offset value shown in Table Expression 1 for the switch statement CC32R MANUAL 27 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler EEJ Command Line Example An invocation example of the C compiler is shown here is a prompt lt RET gt shows an inputting return key e cc32R c g v test0 ms testl c test2 c lt RET gt The c option generates the object module files for test0 ms test1 c and test2 c file ms is an assembly language source file and file c is a C language source file The name of each object module file is the name of the source file with the extension changed to mo test0 mo test1 mo test2 mo With g debug information is included in each object module generated by the compiler The v option allows verification on the screen at the start of each phase of the C compiler CC32R MANUAL 28 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler EZI The other notes e Stack frame capacity limit limit to size of auto variable The maximum stack frame that can be assigned per function is 32 764 bytes An error results if you attempt to secure more
278. n value to setjmp None The longjmp function recovers the executable environment saved by the last call of setjmp function and transfers control to the location of program which called the setjmp function Then ret of the longjmp function returns as a return value of the setjmp function The longjmp function does not return If longjmp function is executed before setjmp function is executed at a destination or if any function which called the setjmp function has already executed a return statement the operation is not guaranteed In using the longjmp function the general purpose registers are saved recovered by contrast the accumulator ACC and the control registers are not saved recovered CC32R MANUAL 215 Chapter 9 C Standard Library malloc General utility function Allocates memory area Syntax Return Value Description Note include lt stdlib h gt void malloc size_t size S1IzZe number of bytes of memory area to be allocated Top element address in the allocated Successful memory area NULL Error No memory area has been allocated Any of the arguments is 0 The malloc function allocates the memory area in bytes specified by size 12 bytes more area have been secured as memory area allocated by each the malloc functions This memory area of 12 bytes is stored a allocation infomation size etc CC32R MANUAL 216 Chapter 9 C Standard Library
279. nced is indeterminate e ANSI C 6 7 External definitions If you define two or more identical identifiers having external linkage and if they are included in one source an error occurs during compilation if they are separately included in two or more sources an error occurs during linking CC32R MANUAL 287 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 7 1 Function definitions If the parameter list in defining a function that accepts variable arguments doesn t end with and if an attempt is made to pass more arguments than the number declared in the parameter list an error occurs e ANSI C 6 7 2 External object definitions The identifier of an incomplete object having internal linkage is declared by an ambiguous definition the operation is not guaranteed there can be instances in which a warning is issued e ANSI C 6 8 1 Conditional inclusion The token defined that is generated during expanding the preprocessing directive for if or elif is dealt with as an operator e ANSI C 6 8 2 Source file inclusion If the preprocessing directive for include agrees with neither of two header files an error occurs e ANSI C 6 8 3 Macro replacement A macro call on a function sequence having no arguments results in a error A line that begins with a preprocessing directive if present in the actual argument list in a macro call is regarded as a preprocessing directive e ANSI C 6 8 3 2 The op
280. nction Declares an interrupt processing function written in C Syntax pragmaINTERUPT interrupt processing function named register nameAregister named pragma INTF interrupt processing function nameA register namedregister named Description i pragma INTERRUPT declares a specified function as an interrupt processing func tion The compiler generates the code for evacuating and returning the register to be used to the stack at the entry and exit points of the function declared as the interrupt pro cessing function It uses the RTE instruction to execute a return at the exit of the function lf no register name is specified default setting the compiler generates the code for evacuating and returning registers RO to R7 and register R14 if there is a function call within the interrupt processing function Because due to the function call rules see 6 3 Basic Procedures for Function Call and Return in the User s Manual registers R8 to R13 are reserved they are not evacuated or returned Even if any of R11 to R13 are specified as base registers they are similarly by default not evacuated or returned The following is extracted from 6 3 Basic Procedures for Function Call and Return in the User s Manual 4 Save registers The contents of registers R4 R13 to be used by the called function are saved on the stack The size of the saving area is ithe number of registers to be saved x 4 bytes
281. nd xxx undefining not userdefined macro You have attempted to eliminate a macro which is not defined unexpected string as initializer An unexpected character string has appeared union used as type is incomplete or undefined The name of a shared set is either incomplete or undefined xxx unknown preprocessor directive A preprocessing directive is indefinite unnamed parameter An argument name is missing unterminated character constant The end of a character constant cannot be found unterminated comment The end of a comment cannot be found unterminated xxx conditional The endif directive for the xxx directive is missing unterminated macro call The end of a macro call cannot be found unterminated string The end of a character string cannot be found CC32R MANUAL 361 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 2 5 Fatal Error Messages Table 14 7 Fatal Error Messages Message Description file inclusion is too deep up to d nesting level A file has been nested too deep no memory available No memory available out of memory No memory available From the optimizer prior errors have corrupted symbol scoping The scope has been broken by a previous error CC32R MANUAL 362 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference Appendix A Extended Functions Reference CC32R has additional extended functions to facilitate its incorporation in systems using the
282. nd the error message is output to the assembly source file but not to the C source file If an assembler error message is output after starting the C compiler first check the contents of the asm function e Limitations on parameter specification Although expressions can be written in asm function parameters we recommend that only constant expressions and identifiers but no other expressions be written If an expression like the one shown below is written the C compiler may not operate correctly An expression that has side effect e g operators such as expressions that contain a function call Complicated expression e Limitations on length of asm function Up to about 1 000 characters can be written in an asm function When writing multiple lines of assembly code we recommend that they be divided and written in multiple asm functions e Limitations on labels We recommend using labels which are not the duplicates of those generated internally by the compiler label names beginning with the underscore _ Make sure any parts of label names except the underscore are not the duplicates of symbol or function names defined in C language e Limitations on instructions writable in asm function Pseudo instruction and macro instructions cannot be written in a asm function e Limitations on optimization of a program in which asm functions are written When a program that contains a description of one or m
283. nes a buffer for an I O stream Defines and sets a buffer for an I O stream Converts the data by following the format and outputs the data to an area Gets data from a memory area and converts the data by following the format Creates a temporary file Creates a named temporary file Returns a character a stream Outputs a variable argument list to a stream by following the format Appendix B 4 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List vprintf vsprintf General utility function abort abs atexit atof atoi atol bsearch calloc div exit free getenv labs ldiv malloc mblen mbstowcs mbtowc Outputs a variable argument list to the standard output stdout by following the format Outputs a variable arguments list to a memory area by following the format Puts the running program to forced stop Obtains the absolute value of an int type integer Catalogs the function to be called upon successful termination of the program Converts the character string representing a number into a double type floating point number Converts the character string representing a decimal number into a int type integer Converts the character string representing a decimal number into a long type integer Performs binary search Allocates a memory space and initializes the allocated memory space to 0 Divides an int type integer and obtains the quotient and remainder Ter
284. neserasndauate mntansneaasasaanaiedense 35 A 5 3 3 FROUNG OR MOQE sscccessccdssscsscsssscmsseess ceva eessasneteesnecanatessnaniatessscanshvaneviscinasnnis teeseens 35 A 5 3 4 SMSE OPIO Maasai A stealer 35 A 6 About Japanese Kanji character processing ssssssssssssrisssssrrsssssirsssrrnsssrinnnssnnn 36 AA Character sets and character COU airesin ae a N 36 A 6 1 1 mMedapanesechalaCiok iiginn naisien n eaae tba iboaimasantaaderdiniiedt 36 A 6 1 1 kindioroharacter Code anses aN NT 36 CC32R MANUAL viii Contents A 6 1 3 Method of selecting Character codes ssscssccsssccnseessstssnceesseessesseneenessteseenees 37 A 6 2 Description method of the Japanese Character cescceesceeseeceneeeeeeeeeetsaeeeseeeaes 38 A 6 2 1 NINE YLOKCMANACION 15 4 EE AE E E E E 38 A 6 2 2 Wide character aransemen AAEE A 6 3 Programming that used a Japanese processing function A 6 4 Restriction items o eee ccccccccecececeeeceseeesesseseeceeecensaaasaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesess A 6 4 1 Message display A 6 4 2 Attention on multi byte character string processing sessssssssreesesrrsenssressesressnne 41 A 6 4 3 Attention on standard functonmUsSe siccinssccecieieassicinee niece 41 A 6 4 4 Gorrespondence of the AaSSeMblel cc siscccccnecsisssunessntsouscnssacsvereasaceesenmorsineunesscenaanss 42 A 6 4 5 Correspondence of the relation tools 42 A 6 4 6 preprocessor output P E OptOM Jenissei n anes 42 A 6 4 7 Resirichoniiten
285. ng the base symbols and b setting the base registers in the startup program The base address is represented by the base symbol __REL_BASExx where xx is the base register number This symbol is required for calculating the offsets when generating the code See Example output code in step 3 Compiling In the following example the settings are for base registers R13 R12 and R11 a Definition of base symbols b Setting base registers Note e As with the Access Control File a base register setting program can also be automatically generated by map32R See Section 2 map32 Map Generator in the CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt for details Linking Link the component programs including the program created in step 4 Appendix A 14 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference LA Memory Models A 2 1 About Memory Models This compiler has four memory models available helping to develop your application programs efficiently Memory models refer to several assumed patters for applications to be stored in address space provided to ensure that optimum objects will be generated according to the size and position of address space in which code sections P C and data sections D B are stored when compiling This helps to generate the most suitable object for the size of each application developed The four memory models available for this compiler are shown below Memory model na
286. ng the sign In the 64 bit arithmetic functions no operations can be performed where signed and unsigned types coexist When using the arithmetic functions please make sure that all of the 64 bit integers input and output unanimously are either signed or unsigned Example When adding a signed LONG64 variable b to an unsigned ULONG64 variable a and assigning the sum to an unsigned variable c Incorrect c add164 a b or c addu164 a b b is converted to unsigned type and all are changed to unsigned type Correct c addu164 a 164 to ul64 b CC32R MANUAL 338 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 144 Getting Execution Result of the C Compiler You can judge the execution result yielded by the C compiler by looking into the messages and the exit status 14 1 1 Message Format Upon encountering an error condition the C compiler outputs the error message describing the error status to the standard error output in the following format e Syntax input_information message_type message Note input_information is output only when necessary e Pattern filename message_type message file name line number message_type message lt command line gt message_type message message_type message Note Underlined items are input_information no the underline is output e Example
287. nt numerical value It has a type determined by its form and value as follows e Floating point constants See 4 1 3 1 e Integer constants See 4 1 3 2 e Enumeration constants See 4 1 3 3 e Character constants See 4 1 3 4 CC32R MANUAL 35 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 1 3 1 Floating Point Constant A floating point constant describes a floating point number It consists of a mantissa a fractional constant or a digit sequence an exponent part and a suffix as shown follows Example 1 23 E10L Suffix Exponent Mantissa Table 4 4 Floating Point Constant Representation Part Format Description Mantissa fractional_constant A numeric character string containing a floating point constant and a decimal point It can be one of the following types integer fraction Example 3 12 integer Example 123 fraction Example 12 digit_sequence Decimal point is not included Example 123 Exponent e exponent or E exponent A description to express a constant as the base 10 exponent Sign can be omitted The exponent is decimal number Suffix L 1 Indicates a long double type constant F f Indicates a float type constant Without A double type constant Note encloses optional text divides choices Select one If the mantissa is a fractional_constant a digit sequence containing a floating point it is clear that the number is a
288. nt type and if you call a function of a type incompatible with the original type the operation is not guaranteed You can cast a pointer toward a function to a pointer toward an object and you can cast a pointer toward an object to a pointer toward a function If you cast a pointer to an entity of non integer type non character type either or to an entity of non pointer type an error occurs in most cases The operation of program is not guaranteed even though no error occurs e ANSI C 6 3 6 Additive operation If you add subtract a pointer toward an array and if the pointer points toward an area outside the area for the array elements the value of the pointer is correctly derived no error occurs Referencing the content that a pointer points toward by use of the operator allows you to reference the data stored there The data is not an array element so the operation of program is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 285 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 6 3 7 Bitwise shift operators If you specify a negative number for the extent of a shift operation or a number greater than the bit width of the expression to be shifted the operation is not guaranteed An example of operation if you give a negative shift extent there can be instances in which the shift direction reverses If the shift extent is greater than the bit width of the expression to be shifted there can be a chance that the shift is correctly perform
289. ntained herein for any specific purposes such as apparatus or systems for transportation vehicular medical aerospace nuclear or undersea repeater use The prior written approval of Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation is necessary to reprint or reproduce in whole or in part these materials f these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be imported into a country other than the approved destination Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and or the country of destination is prohibited Please contact Renesas Technology Corporation or Renesas Solutions Corporation for further details on these materials or the products contained therein For inquiries about the contents of this document or product fill in the text file the installer generates in the following directory and email to your local distributor SUPPORT Product name SUPPORT TXT Renesas Tools Homepage __hitp www renesas com Contents Contents Preface x VEU e ETE S E LAEE AA E EA SEES nan cise A EE E EE AAS X PRCT STOIC OS man E cele aan uaitedencscpacessauennuseennundeosmepeasansaianniec eosateds X Convenios ann a E A aa xi Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R 1 FOAtUMOS ize hcctecsces tones ceashceces a E R idadvesd etdiedelides dabestaicctianindssaneetixaeene 1 Components
290. ntegral data Considers a character sequence beginning with Ox or 0X as a hexadecimal digit and converts the character sequence into integral data Considers a character sequence beginning with 0 as an octal digit and converts the character sequence into integral data pointer to int Converts a character sequence which represents an octal digit into integral data pointer to unsigned int Converts a character sequence which represents an unsigned decimal digit into integral data pointer to unsigned int x or X Converts a character sequence which represents a hexadecimal digit into integral data The x and X conversion specifiers are the same pointer to unsigned int Converts the initial part preceding the first appearance white space either a space a horizontal tab or a newline into a character string suffixing the null character The area pointed to the corresponding argument should be enough to store it including the null character pointer to char Inputs one character Then the input character is not skipped even if the character is a white space Specifying the field width allows to read specified number of characters Therefore the area pointed to the corresponding argument should be enough to store the characters pointer to char e E f F gorG Converts a character sequence showing a floating point number into the floating type data Input format is
291. ntrl islower isprint or isupper returns true are as follows Function Tested character set isalnum 0 9 A Z a z isalpha A Z a z iscntrl 0x00 0x1F 0x7F islower a z isupper AZ isprint 0x20 0x7E e ANSI C 7 5 1 Treatment of error conditions lt The value returned by the mathematics functions on domain errors gt If a definition area error occurs in a numerical value calculating function EDOM is set to errno lt Whether the mathematics functions set the integer expression errno to the value of the macro ERANGE on underflow range errors gt If an underflow occurs in a numerical value calculating function ERANGE is set in errno e ANSI C 7 5 6 4 The fmod function lt Whether a domain error occurs or zero is returned when the fmod function has a second argument of zero gt If the second argument of the fmod function is 0 a domain error occurs and EDOM is set in errno the calculation result is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 305 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 7 1 1 The signal function lt The set of signals for the signal function gt It is depends on the user defined signal function a low level function lt The semantics for each signal recognized by the signal function gt It is depends on the user defined signal function a low level function lt The default handling and the handling at program startup for each signal recogniz
292. o float unsigned long non unsigned long The other operand is converted to unsigned long long unsigned int If the other operand is represented in long it is converted to long Otherwise both operands are converted to unsigned long long non long The other operand is converted to long unsigned int non unsigned int The other operand is converted to unsigned int Otherwise in this table both operands have type int Be warned that implicit conversions are yield when you write a program For example as shown in the example given below when some integer which has type unsigned int its value will be equal to or greater than 0 is compared to the data 1 which is assumed int the comparison result is that the integer is greater than the 1 in logical however a converse judgement is actually made unsigned int u if u gt 1 expected relation yields true in logical printf True if true this printf is executed jelse printf false in actual the relation yields false and this printf is executed This is because following implicit conversions are executed 1 According to usual arithmetic conversions the 1 type int is converted to type unsigned int 2 According to signed unsigned integers conversions when 1 the 1 is converted to Oxffffffff calculated from the original value the maximum number for unsigned type 1 shown in Table 4 15 that is
293. oding rules for the assembler EQU pseudocommand apply Note that only the following numerical format constants can be specified for the abso lute address Also the expression can only be described as a constant expression Octal A constant starting with 0 and consisting of 0 to 7 numerals Decimal Aconstant starting with other than 0 and consisting of 0 to 9 numerals Hexadecima A constant starting with Ox or 0X and consisting of numerals 0 to 9 and A a to F f Variable names of the following storage classes and data types can be specified for the variable name Storage classes Externally definition variables global variable Externally referenced variables extern variable Static definition variables static variables excluding static variables defined within a function Data types char short int long unsigned char unsigned short unsigned int unsigned long long double float double struct union enum pointers The pragma ADDRESS declaration applies to variables defined both prior to and subsequent to this declaration Rules lf pragma ADDRESS is declared two or more times for the same variable name error is returned at compiling Variables for which an initialization expression has been described cannot be speci fied If they are specified a warning is returned at compiling and the declaration has no effect Variables local variables and static variables defined within a function defined within a func
294. oid setbuf FILE fp char buf fp pointer to FILE structure buf pointer to buffer None The setbuf function changes the buffer for the stream associated with the input output file pointed to by fp from the default buffer to the storage area denoted to by buf The buffer size is unchanged To change the buffer size use the setvbuf function Setting NULL in buf causes the buffer not to be used effects no buffering This is equivalent to specifying _IONBF for the third argument type buffer management method of the setvbuf function Note1 The default buffer is an automatically allocated buffer when either the fopen function or the freopen function opens a file Its buffer size BUFSIZ is defined in the header file stdio h CC32R MANUAL 237 Chapter 9 C Standard Library setjmp Non local jump function Saves the current environment to a memory area Syntax Return Value Description Note include lt setjmp h gt int setjmp jmp_buf env env the current environment 0 The setjmp function has been executed The current environment has been set to env The second argument ret of longjmp Control is returned to the setjmp function function upon execution of the longjmp If the second argument ret of the longjmp function is 0 1 is returned to setjmp The setjmp function saves the current calling environment in env into the specified memory area By using t
295. on reading of tm_yday e Contents of the tm structure of timeptr are updated according to the calendar time CC32R MANUAL 224 Chapter 9 C Standard Library m O d f Mathematics function Divides a floating point number into integer and fractional parts Syntax include lt math h gt double modf double x double z X floating point number pointer to memory area which stores integral part Return Value Fractional part of x Description The modf function divides the value of x into fractional part and integral part and returns the fractional part It stores the integral part in the memory area specified by i pe rror Input output function Outputs the error message corresponding to the error code to the standard error file stderr Syntax include lt stdio h gt void perror const char s S pointer to error message Return Value None Description The perror function outputs the error message indicated by s and the corresponding errno to a standard error file stderr CC32R MANUAL 225 Chapter 9 C Standard Library p OW Mathematics function Obtains a floating point number to nth power Syntax include lt math h gt double pow double x double y x V7 floating point number Return Value Value of x Successful HUGE_VAL Calculation result overflows Description The pow function returns a value of x raised to the power y If the valu
296. on using a the same name as a keyword the corresponding standard header files must have been included before the first reference If you include them after referencing they don t operate correctly Redefining a reserved external name The process at the time of defining an external name other than program reserved ones an external name within a header for example depends on the linker e ANSI C 7 1 4 Errors lt errno h gt errno has been realized from macros and external variables You can access errno even when you nullify the macro definition e ANSI C 7 1 6 Common definition lt stddef h gt Specifying a bit field member of a structure for the second parameter of the offsetof macro results in an error e ANSI C 7 1 7 Use of library functions If the number of actual arguments of a library function is invalid the operation of program is not guaranteed If a library function that accepts variable arguments is not declared by means of including headers there can be a chance CC32R MANUAL 289 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior that the function being handled doesn t operate correctly e ANSI C 7 2 Diagnostics lt assert h gt assert has been realized from macros If you call assert by nullifying a macro call so as to access a function a warning is issued during compilation and an error occurs during linking due to the absence of external symbols e ANSI C 7 3 Character handling lt ctype h gt The argum
297. or i 0 i lt size wch i if wbuff i L amp amp wbhuff i L gy kanjiout wbuff i 7 Sending 1 character to output function while taking out each 1 letter from another wide character string for i 0 i lt sizeof wstr i kanjiout wstr i return 0 A 8 Programming that used a Japanese processing function Appendix A 39 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference This program processes the character string including Japanese that was written in the str1 str2 wstr and sends each 1 character to output function Although the kanjiout function of this example does not work yet this program can be appl ied to the usage such as the likes that carries out the output to the indicator It explains about each part of the program below 1 Description of Japanese with a multi byte character string char str2 FF HNE String can be described similarly as conventional character string letteral even if it inclu des Japanese characters 2 Description of Japanese with the wide character string wehar_t wstr L 37324 L is attached to the top of character string letteral in the case of a wide character string Even both the Japanese character and conventional characters can be described in wide string 3 Copy and connect of a multi byte character string strepy buff str1 strcat buff str2 As for the multi byte char
298. or indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 227 Chapter 9 C Standard Library putchar Input output function Outputs a character to the standard output file stdout Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int putchar int c C character to be output The character written Successful EOF A write error occurs The putchar function it may be implemented as a macro is the same as pute c stdout When a write error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 228 Chapter 9 C Standard Library puts Input output function Outputs a string to the standard output file stdout Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int puts char s Sj pointer to string to be output 0 Successful EOF A write error occurs The puts function outputs the string indicated by s to the standard output stdout The null character at end of the string is replaced with the new line character upon output When a write error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 229 Chapter 9 C Standard Library q S O rt General utility function
299. or the stream associated with the Notel input output I O file pointed to by fp from the default buffer to the storage area denoted to by buf And it redefines the buffer size to size and the buffer management method to type The following three buffer management methods are available type Description _IOFBF Full buffering Every I O process uses a buffer Data are taken out of the buffer either when the buffer is fulled or when flushed _IOLBF Line buffering Every I O process uses a buffer line by line Data are taken out of the buffer either when the buffer is fulled when flushed or when a newline character is encountered _IONBF No buffering I O processing is done in quantities of reading writing from to a stream without using the buffer Caution The setvbuf function must be used after the stream input output file is opened and before the start of the input output process Do not deallocate the buffer before closing the file Notel The default buffer is an automatically allocated buffer when either the fopen function or the freopen function opens a file Its buffer size BUFSIZ is defined in the header file stdio h CC32R MANUAL 240 Chapter 9 C Standard Library signal Signal handling function Sets up a signal handler that responds to the signal Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt signal h gt void signal int sig void func int
300. ore asm functions is compiled after specifying optimization a warning CC32R MANUAL 112 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming message like the one shown below may appear with the optimization partly suppressed We recommend that functions which use the inline assembly facility be defined in another module Warning message lt command line gt warning xxx c unable to optimize skipped phase e Other limits The following descriptions should not be included in the asm function If such a description is included in the asm function the user must be responsible for the results e Branch instructions e Assembler s pseudo instructions and macro instructions e Changing contents of stack e Label definitions Reference to C compiler generated labels CC32R MANUAL 113 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming 7 5 4 asm Function Example Figure 7 7 shows examples using the asm functions Multiply arrays X cnt and Y cnt and obtain the result pragma keyword asm on void sumXY short X short Y int cnt int output asm mvtachi r0 n mvtaclo ro 0 for cnt gt 0 X Y asm macwlo r0 rl X Y asm mvfachi r3 n 7 st r3 r0 n mvfaclo r3 n at st r3 r0 n int output Figure 7 7 Example of asm Functions Figure 7 8 shows the compiled source program shown in Figure 7 7 CC32R MANUAL 114 Chapter 7 Embedded
301. ormat 1 Comment Format 2 Blank line Functions The comment line is ignored Example This is comment 1 lt Comment in format 1 Comment in format 2 blank line This is comment 2 lt Comment in format 1 2 Base register definition line Code format base register name base address Functions Defines the base address and the registers allocated as base registers a Base registers e The same register cannot be specified two or more times as a base register b Base address e Omissible If omitted accessing fixed addresses is not available e Specify the hexadecimal value in 8 or fewer digits preceded by Ox e Base address Oxffffffff is reserved and cannot be specified Example R13 OxF78000 R12 3 Object registration line Code format Format 1 Object name Format 2 Object name source file name function name Format 3 Format 4 SectionName Functions One or more object registration lines can be included following the base register definition line The object registration lines specify the names of the objects for 16 bit register relative indirect addressing using the base register specified in the preceding line a Format 1 e Global variables and static variables within the file b Format 2 e Variables within the specified function in the specified file c Format 3 e All static objects not writte
302. osition on a stream x fgets Gets a string from an input stream x fopen Opens a file x fprintf Outputs data to a stream according to the format x fputc Outputs a character to a stream x fputs Outputs a string to a stream x fread Transfers data from a stream to a memory area x freopen Closes a currently opened stream and reopens a new x file with the new file name fscanf Gets data from a stream and converts the data by x following the format fseek Moves the current read write position within a stream x fsetpos Changes the current position on a stream x ftell Locates the current read write position in a stream x fwrite Transfers data from a memory area to a stream x getc Gets one character from a stream x getchar Gets a character from the standard input stdio x gets Gets a string from the standard input stdio x perror Outputs the error message corresponding to the error x code to the standard error file stderr printf Converts data by following the format and outputs it to x the standard output file stdout CC32R MANUAL 131 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 17 Functions Declared by stdio h 2 2 Function Description Reentrant putc Outputs a character to a stream x putchar Outputs a character to the standard output file stdout x puts Outputs a string to the standard output file stdout x remove Deletes a file Depends on user description rename R
303. ot guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 200 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isalpha Character handling function Judges whether a letter or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isalpha int ce C character to be judged non 0 c is alphabetic A Z a z 0 c is non alphabetic A Z a z Returns any value other than 0 if c is alphabetic and returns 0 if c is not alphabetic The alphabetic shall be defined as follows e Upper case letters ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e Lower case letters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 201 Chapter 9 C Standard Library iscntrl Character handling function Judges whether a control character or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int iscntrl int c C character to be judged non 0 cis control character 0 cis anything other than control character Returns any value other than 0 if c is a control character and returns 0 if c is not a control character A control character is any character other than a printable character A printable character is a character to be indicated on a display and corresponds to the ASCII codes from 0x20 to 0x7E If a value of
304. ot included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 204 Chapter 9 C Standard Library islower Character handling function Judges whether a lower case letter or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int islower int c Cj character to be judged non 0 cis lower case letter 0 cis anything other than lower case letter Returns any value other than 0 if c is a lower case letter and returns 0 if c is not a lower case letter A lower case letter shall be defined as follows e Lower case letters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 205 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isprint Character handling function Judges whether a printable character including space Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isprint int oc Cj character to be judged non 0 cis a printable character including space 0 cis not a printable character which is not space Returns any value other than 0 if c is a printable character including space and returns 0 if c is not a printable character or a space Printable character including space is visible on a display
305. ounted as the number of output characters return value For more information on the format control refer to the description of the fprintf function The arg indicating the variable argument list must be initialized by the va_start and va_arg macros The vsprintf function does not call the va_end macro CC32R MANUAL 277 Chapter 9 C Standard Library wcsto m bs General utility function Converts a wide string into a multibyte string Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt size_t wcstombs char s const wchar t pwcs size t n S multibyte string storage buffer pwes wide string n number of bytes to be written Number of characters converted Successful the number excludes the termination null 1 Invalid wide character is found during conversion casting 1 to size_t upon returning wow The maximum value of multibyte characte is 3 byte And even euc sjis utf8 in addition to C are supported as the locale The westombs function converts the number of bytes specified by n out of the wide string specified by pwes into multibyte characters and stores the result into the buffer specified by s CC32R MANUAL 278 Chapter 9 C Standard Library wctomb General utility function Converts a wide character into a multibyte character Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt int wctomb cha
306. overwritten and the former record is erased If any file is opened in the appending mode writing is performed from the end of the file If any file is opened in the updating mode I O processing is available for the file However input processing cannot be continued without executing the fflush fseek or rewind function after output processing Moreover the output processing cannot be continued without executing these functions after the input processing CC32R MANUAL 172 Chapter 9 C Standard Library fprintf input output function Outputs data to a stream according to the format Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int fprintf FILE fp const char control fp pointer to FILE structure control pointer to format string ay variable argument list output data The number of output characters Successful Negative value Error The fprintf function converts and edits the output data specified by the variable argument list according to the format control and then outputs them to the I O stream specified by the pointer fp Details of the format are Ditto for formats handled in the printf sprintf vfprintf vprintf and vsprintf functions lt Contents of the Format gt A format is character string pointed to by control which can contain two kinds of character sequences such as plain characters and conversion specification The num
307. pe the operation is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 296 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior A Implementation defined Behavior Here follows how the operation dealt with as implementation defined behavior in ANSI C goes on in the C compiler cc32R such as how messages are notified the number of significant characters for an identifier or the format of integer or floating point number etc The number and the heading subsequent to e ANSI C are the section number and the section heading of the corresponding ANSI C ANSI ISO 9899 1900 Each issue as implementation defined behavior is shown in a pair of angular brackets lt gt and the corresponding behavior of cc32R is detailed subsequent to ay 10 2 1 Translation e ANSI C 5 1 1 3 Diagnostics lt How a diagnostic is identified gt The diagnosis messages include information messages warning messages error messages and fatal error messages For details of output formats of messages see Chapter 12 Messages from the C Compiler 10 2 2 Environment e ANSI C 5 1 2 2 1 Program startup lt The semantics of the arguments to main gt The arguments passed to the main function depend on the specifications of the startup program you prepare e ANSI C 5 1 2 3 Program execution lt What constitutes an interactive device gt The operation of input output devices depends on the specifications of the read function and the write function low level function
308. pecifier gt The register storage class specifier is ignored 10 2 9 Structures Unions Enumerations and Bit fields e ANSI C 6 3 2 3 Structure and union members lt A member of a union object is accessed using a member of a different type gt The bit pattern stored in the member of union is accessed and the value is interpreted according to the type of the member accessed e ANSI C 6 5 2 1 Structure and union specifiers lt The padding and alignment of members of structures This should present no problem unless binary data written by one implementation are read by another gt Details of padding and alignment of bit field see 5 9 Bit Fields lt Whether a plain int bit field is treated as a signed int bit field or as an unsigned int bit field gt A normal bit field of int type is dealt with as a bit field of signed int type lt The order of allocation of bit fields within a unit gt Bit fields are allocated from high order to low order in storage CC32R MANUAL 302 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior lt Whether a bit field can straddle a storage unit boundary gt A bit field is not allocated across an alignment boundary e ANSI C 6 5 2 2 Enumeration specifiers lt The integer type chosen to represent the values of an enumeration type gt An enumeration type is treated as a int 10 2 10 Qualifiers e ANSI C 6 5 3 Type qualifiers lt What constitutes an access to an object that has volatile qual
309. point character gt The decimal point is 0x2E in the all locales e ANSI C 7 3 Character handling lt ctype h gt lt The implementation defined aspects of character testing and case mapping functions gt Same as e ANSI C 7 3 1 Character testing functions in 10 2 Implementation defined Behavior 10 2 14 Library Functions The behavior of macros declared and functions defined in ctype h in the all locales are the same as in C locale e ANSI C 7 11 4 4 The strncmp function lt The collation sequence of the execution character set gt In the all locales the collation sequence of the character set under the strncmp function is the same as that of ASCII CC32R MANUAL 311 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior e ANSI C 7 12 3 5 The strftime function lt The formats for time and date gt The strftime function allows to represent time and date in the all enviroments locales as follows e Date mmi1 dd yy mm1 is the month dd is the day and yy is low order 2 digits of the year in Christian Era Time hh mm2 ss hh is hours mm2 is minutes and ss is seconds CC32R MANUAL 312 Chapter 11 Low level Library Chapter 11 Low level Library ma The Low level Library Programming 11 1 1 The Low level Library for the C Standard Library Part of actions of the library functions such as standard input output memory management signal handling time manipulation e
310. pper case O CC32R MANUAL 118 8 2 3 errno h Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Upon occurrence of an error defines the external variable errno that holds the error number and the macro that indicates the error number Table 8 3 shows the macros defined by errno h Table 8 3 Macros Defined by errno h Macro Name Description EDOM If the value of input parameter is outside the range defined by a function EDOM indicates the value to be set to errno ERANGE If the calculation of a function results in a value which cannot be expressed in double type or if it results in an overflow or underflow ERANGE indicates the value to be set to errno 8 2 4 float h Defines the limits concerning internal representation of a floating point number Table 8 4 describes the macros defined by float h Table 8 4 Macros Defined by float h 1 3 Macro Name Description FLT_RADIX Indicates the radix of an exponent FLT_ROUNDS Indicates the round mode in addition operation The macro definitions are as shown below e Round to the nearest value 1 e Round toward e 2 e Round toward oo 3 e Round down to 0 0 e Not specified 1 Round and round off are process system definitions FLT_MAX Indicates the max positive value which can be expressed in a float type floating point number DBL_MAX Indicates the max positive value which can be expressed in a double type floating point number LDBL_MAX Indicates the max
311. program e For initialization purposes the data in the ROM_D section in the ROM area is transferred to the D section of the RAM area e The B section in the RAM area is cleared to zero filling with 0 data Zero clear RAM Area Transfer this initial data block to the for the D area for the ROM Area section in RAM Figure 7 5 Initial Setting of Data Area When programming these processes use the reserved labels see Table 7 2 and the section names for referencing the start address of the sections CC32R MANUAL 104 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming 7 3 6 Calling the Main Function By calling the main function start a user program To use the C standarf library in an embedded application by calling the _c_main function start a user program Initialize the _c_main function with Cstandard library and call main function 7 3 7 Start up Program Example The following shows an example of the start up program e Start up program start ms In this sample program the basic processes 1 to 5 are performed by the assembly program starting with the STARTUP RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND RENESAS SOLUTIONS CORPO RATION start ms 2000 06 28 ii Contents 1 Sample startup routine ii 2 Sample low level routine 3 Heap and stack memory area 4 Reset vector area FA GGETTDRDI DI G G D D DD a i a a Gaa aaa aaiaaaai 1
312. pseudo instructions influencing the code areas as follows ALIGN DATA DATAB END FDATA FDATAB FRES RES SDATA SDATAB SECTION Appendix C 3 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage E On indirect calling a function that has variable arguments The program will not run correctly if a function having a variable argument is called indirec tly by using a pointer variable to a function without prototype declaration Code Example include lt stdio h gt int funcptr printf int main void funcptr calling printf with d n 1 Solution Include a prototype declaration for the pointer variable to the function Rewrite the above code as follows include lt stdio h gt int funcptr const char printf int main void funcptr calling printf with d n 1 E Data definition within the code section The assembler outputs a warning warning caution there are some data in code section so as to alert you to data items or space areas present in the code section It is recommended to put data items in the data section You can suppress this warning by use of the option warn_suppress_code_data E Use of preprocessor variables inside a macro body If as in the following example a preprocessor variable appears starting in the first column of the line immediately after a macro call in the macro body the preprocessor variable may not be correctly expanded when the
313. ption nonintegral initialization of bitfield An attempt has been made to initialize a bit field with an entity of non integer not first non whitespace character has been written in a position other than the beginning of a line not in any file _FILE_ cannot be expanded object with block scope and external or internal linkage can not be initialized You cannot initialize an object with external internal linkage only xxxa argument s to macro xxxb xxxc argument s expected There is a shortage of the number of arguments in a macro the macro xxxb requires xxxc arguments but no more than xxxa arguments have been specified only leftmost dimension of array may be incomplete The leftmost dimension of an array is incomplete only one default statement allowed per switch statement You can describe no more than one default statement in a switch statement operand of cast can not be type void The operand of a cast to void must have scalar type operand of equality operator has invalid type The type of operand of the equivalence operator is incorrect operand of has invalid type The type of operand of the operator is incorrect operand of has invalid type The type of operand of the operator is incorrect operand of must be modifiable lvalue The lvalue of the operator and operator may be modifiable operand of must have arithmetic t
314. put information an input file name and an identifier a name numbers strings in a source cord 14 2 1 Information Messages Table 14 3 Information Messages Message Description constant out of range due to unportable conversion A constant will be out of the range of the type in other implementations less complete than prior compatible declaration this declaration ignored This declaration contains less declaration elements than in the previous compatible declaration This declaration is ignored more complete than prior compatible declaration prior declaration ignored This declaration contains more declaration elements than in the previous compatible declaration The prior declaration is ignored prior identical declaration ignored There is an identical declaration before this This declaration is ignored some garbage after xxx argument There is an improper character after xxx unnecessarily punctuated parameter list in define The parameter list in a function like macro definition is incomplete under define xxx with no argument Argument s is are missing from xxx CC32R MANUAL 341 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler 14 2 2 Warning Messages Table 14 4 Warning Messages 1 4 Message Description argument type inconsistent with imputed declaration The type of an argument is inconsistent with the declaration array subscript imply one element initialized by 0
315. quired Low level Function s Function stdio h fseek Iseek write Cont fsetpos Iseek write ftell Iseek rewind lseek write fgetc read _get_core _rel_core fgets read _get_core _rel_core fputc write _get_core lseek _rel_core fputs write _get_core lseek _rel_core getc read _get_core _rel_core getchar read _get_core _rel_core gets read _get_core _rel_core putc write _get_core _rel_core lseek putchar write _get_core _rel_core lseek puts write _get_core _rel_core lseek ungetc _get_core rel_core fread read _get_core _rel_core fwrite write _get_core _rel_core lseek fprintf write _get_core _rel_core lseek fscanf read _get_core _rel_core printf write _get_core _rel_core lseek scanf read _get_core _rel_core sprintf write _get_core _rel_core lseek sscanf read _get_core _rel_core setbuf _rel_core setvbuf _rel_core vfprintf write _get_core _rel_core lseek vprintf write _get_core _rel_core lseek vsprintf write _get_core _rel_core lseek CC32R MANUAL 315 Chapter 11 Low level Library Table 11 3 C Standard Library vs Low level Library 3 3 Header C Standard Library Required Low level Function s Function stdlib h abort raise calloc _get_core _rel_core free _rel_core getenv getenv malloc _get_core _rel_core realloc _rel_core _ge
316. r s wchar_t wchar j S multibyte character storage buffer wchar wide character e If s is NULL 0 Current multibyte character set does not depend on the status non 0 Current multibyte character set depends on the status e If s isnot NULL number of bytes The number of bytes of converted multibyte characters 0 wchar is 0 1 A multibyte character correspond to wehar dose not exist nn he maximum value of multibyte characte is 3 byte And even euc sjis utf8 in addition to C are supported as the locale The wctomb function converts the wide character specified by wchar into the corresponding multibyte character and stores the result into the buffer specified by s When s is NULL the function checks if the multibyte character set depends on the status at that time CC32R MANUAL 279 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior This chapter describes the C compiler cc32R s behavior corresponding to undefined behavior implementation defined behavior and locale specific behavior in ANSI C Each description is preceded by its corresponding section number in the ANSI C American National Standard for Programming Languages C ANSI ISO 9899 1990 The ANSI C says as follows e Undefined behavior Behavior upon use of a nonportable or erroneous program construct of erroneous data or of indeterminately valued objects
317. r formats handled in the scanf and sscanf functions lt Contents of the Format gt A format is character string pointed to by control which can contain two kinds of character sequences such as plain characters and conversion specification The number of and the appearance order of conversion specifications correspond to them of arguments in the variable argument list which are pointers to the areas in which the separated input items store CC32R MANUAL 187 Chapter 9 C Standard Library e Plain characters Characters in a sequence beginning with non i e other than a conversion specification but White spaces They can be input if there are the characters matched up to them in the input item text in a file when the fscanf function If there are characters unmatched up to them the unmatched characters are remained in the input stream e Conversion specification A character sequence beginning with It specifies how to convert the input data It consists of and following specifiers shown below They are optional e e Field width e Size specifier for the corresponding argument e Conversion specifier lt Conversion Specification Syntax gt A conversion specification can be specified by the following format a specifier in is optional x field_width size_specifier conversion_specifier Example 2d f Two conversion specifications The the field width 2 and the
318. racters mbstowcs Converts a multibyte character string into a wide O character string mbtowc Converts a multibyte character into a wide character O qsort Performs sorting O Depends on comparison function CC32R MANUAL 134 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Table 8 20 Functions Declared by stdlib h 2 2 Function Description Reentrant rand Generates a pseudo random integer which resides Xx between 0 and RAND _ MAX realloc Changes the memory area size to the specified size srand Sets the initial values of the pseudo random integers which the rand function generates strtod Converts a string into a double type floating point x number strtol Converts a string into a long type integer x strtoul Converts a string into an unsigned long type integer Xx system Passes a command string to the host environment Depends on user description wcstombs Converts a wide string into a multibyte string O wctomb Converts a wide character into a multibyte character O Table 8 21 Macro Defined by stdlib h Macro Name Description RAND_MAX Indicates the maximum value of a pseudo random integer generated by the rand function Table 8 22 Data Type Declared by stdlib h Data Type Description div_t Indicates the type of structure of the value div function returns ldiv_t Indicates the type of structure of the value ldiv function returns CC32R MANUAL 135 Chapter 8 Standard Header Files 8 2 14 string h
319. ram Data e In an assembly program Declare the C program data to be referenced in a pseudo instruction EXPORT or GLOBAL to enable external reference In the example in Figure 6 7 declare labels _i and _j in EXPORT e InanC program Specify the assembly program data to be referenced by using an external declaration When declaring use a corresponding assembly program label name but remove the underscore _ from the name CC32R MANUAL 90 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 6 2 Referencing C Data from an Assembly Program To reference C data from an assembly program write an assembly program by following the example in Figure 6 8 C program Assembly program GLOBAL _a char a b GLOBAL _b SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 LD24 R1 a LDB R1 R1 LD24 RO b STB R1 RO JMP R14 END Figure 6 8 Referencing C Program Data e Inthe assembly program To reference char type variables a and b written in C from the assembly program specify labels _a and _b by the pseudo instruction IMPORT or GLOBAL The CC32R prefixes an underscore _ to the external reference and the definition symbol of C upon outputting them to the object module The variables in the C program in Figure 6 8 for example correspond to the labels _aand_b inthe assembly program CC32R MANUAL 91 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 6 3 Calling Assembly Routines from a C Program To call an assembly f
320. ration e Member name of a structure union or enumeration e Macro name e Object name e Typedef name An identifier must begin with either a letter Table 4 1 or an underscore _ The other part can contain letters digits Table 4 1 and underscores The first 240 characters are significant for an identifier Table 4 1 Letters and Digits Called Character s Letters ABCDEFGHIJkK LMNOPQRS TU VWXYZ abcdefghijyklmnopgqrstu vwxexyz Digits 0123456789 Alphanumerics Both letters and digits A region of program text in which identifiers can be used called scope is shown below Table 4 2 CC32R MANUAL 33 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Table 4 2 Scopes of Identifiers Identifier e A variable declared outside a function e A function prototype declaration e A function definition Scope Each of the identifiers has file scope which begins at its declaration or definition and terminates at the end of the file A parameter in a function definition The identifier has block scope which begins at the and ends atthe A parameter in a function prototype declaration The identifier has function prototype scope It is visible only in the function prototype declaration in which it appears A label The identifier has function scope which begins at its declaration or definition and terminates at the end of the function
321. rd Library realloc General utility function Changes the memory area size to the specified size Syntax Return Value Description Note include lt stdlib h gt void realloc void ptr size_t size ptr pointer to the memory area to be changed size size bytes of the changed memory area The start address Memory area is allocated of the allocated memory area NULL Memory space is not allocated or successfully freed size is 0 ptr is not 0 The realloc function changes the size of the memory space indicated by ptr to the bytes denoted by the size If the changed memory size is smaller than before the contents is unchanged up to the changed memory size If the space denoted by ptr of the realloc function is not allocated by the calloc malloc or realloc function or the space is already freed by the free or realloc function the operation is not guaranteed When pir is NULL the realloc function operates like the malloc function When size is 0 and ptr is not NULL the memory area is freed 12 bytes more area have been secured as memory area allocated by each the realloc functions This memory area of 12 bytes is stored a allocation infomation size etc CC32R MANUAL 232 Chapter 9 C Standard Library remove Deletes a file Input output function Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt stdio h gt int remove const char fil
322. rect addressing be careful not to destroy the content of the R12 register TLower Address n p Address space Top Address of RAM p ee i 32Kbytes Area of D and B sections Within ae 64Kbytes Values set in R12 and REL_BASE Higher Address Figure 3 4 Values to be set in R12 and__ REL_BASE ADDI R6 1 BGTZ R6 loop1 loop_cntl export _ REL _BASE Newly added __REL_ BASE EQU h 28000 Newly added LD24 R12 _REL_BASE Newly added BL c main END Figure 3 5 Setup examples of R12 and _ REL_BASE start ms CC32R MANUAL 24 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 3 2 3 Debugging Limitations when Optimize Options Are Specified The compiler is always specified the function for debugging Therefore the compiler allows for source level debugging during optimization However unnecessary lines or variables may be deleted or the sequence of evaluation may be changed as a result of optimization Therefore it is only when the conditions shown below are met that the values of variables can be verified by the debugger This limitation does not apply when optimization is not specified e Ata breakpoint at the entry of a function any variable from 1 to 4 shown below can be checked Breakpoint at the entry of a function is the first statement in which it is possible to set a breakpoint within the function 1 A global variable 2 Astatic declared global variable use
323. resentation of the time of a day in 12 hour system integer 01 through 12 j The number of days starting at the first day of the year integer 001 through 366 Jom Representation of the month integer 01 through 12 M Representation of the minute integer 00 through 59 p AM or PM of the locale used when representing in 12 hour system S Representation of the second integer 00 through 59 U The number of the week starting at the first week of the year integer 00 through 53 with Sunday defined as the first day of week Tow The nth day of the week with Sunday defined as the 0th day integer 0 through 6 W The number of weeks starting at the first week of the year integer 00 through 53 with Monday defined as the first day of week x Representation of the date appropriate in the locale X Representation of the time of a day appropriate in the locale y Representation of nth year of a century integer 00 through 99 Y Representation of a year of the Christian era integer ZL Time zone or abbreviation of the zone null character if the time zone cannot be specified 70 Representation of itself CC32R MANUAL 251 Chapter 9 C Standard Library st r l e n String handling function Measures the size of string Syntax include lt string h gt size_t strlen const char s Si pointer to string whose length is to be measured Return Value Number of characters of the string measured D
324. ress Space in Small Model Small model with memlarge attached The small model with memlarge attached is a memory model in which the code and the data of the application respectively are assumed to be stored within the address space of 0x00000000 to OxOOFFFFFF colored part in Figure A 2 and the address space of 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF colored part in Figure A 2 To compile the source in this memory model specify the option shown below when compiling small memlarge The C standard libraries that correspond to this memory model are m32RcRM lib for functions passed via register CODE DATA OxO00000000 OxO00000000 OxOOFPFFFFF OxOOPFFFFF OxPFPFFFFFF OxXFFFFFFFF Figure A 2 Address Space in Smal with memlarge attached Model Appendix A 16 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference e Medium model The medium model is a memory model in which the code and the data of the application respectively are assumed to be stored within the address space of given address A to A 0x00FFFFFF colored part in Figure A 3 and the address space of 0x00000000 to OxFFFFFFFF colored part in Figure A 3 To compile the source in this memory model specify the option shown below when compiling medium The C standard libraries that correspond to this memory model are m32RcRM lib for functions passed via register CODE DATA 0x00000000 O0x00000000 a A OxXOOFFFFFF OxFFFFFFFF Ox
325. result from a called function to a calling function Rx Any general register of M32R Source file A text file written source code in the C language or the assembly language Space character A blank which is entered by the space key or the tab key User library A library file made by a user using the librarian Windows Any of Microsoft Windows3 1 or Microsoft Windows95 CC32R MANUAL xii Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R Chapter 1 Overview of CC32R Features CC32R is a cross tool kit designed to develop an application program for the M32R family Its versatile features are especially useful for development of a control system to be embedded Major features of the CC32R include the following e Generates a load module file which is executable on the M32R from a source file written in C or assembly language e Converts a load module into S format one which can be written into ROM e Offers optimizing functions which generate efficient object codes to speed execution time Components of CC32R CC32R consists of the following cross tools e Ccomplier cc32R with C standard libraries e Assembler as32R e Linker Ink32R e Librarian lib32R e Map generator map32R e Load module converter Imc32R Overview of the Components of CC32R The following tools are contained in CC32R e C compiler cc32R The C compiler cc32R conforms with ANSI ISO 9899 1990 It generates an
326. reted as an asm keyword rather than as the normal identifier This enables the in line assembly function to be used To have asm again used as an identifier specify pragma keyword asm off See 7 4 In line Assembly function for details of the in line assembly function Appendix A 28 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A4 Inline expansion This function is such that the contents of C language function to be called are expanded directly in place of function call Since the overhead such as the subroutine jump instruction BL can be omitted it is possible to obtain a more advantageous code in view of speed than normal function call by means of inline expansion CAUTION When the size and scale of a function to be expanded are large and there are many areas to be called this expansion may adversely be affected for example the code size increases It is therefore necessary to use this inline expansion function after satisfactorily checking this effect Format inline A type specifier A function A means one or more white space characters Example 1 Function declaration inline int funcl void Example 2 Function definition inline static int func2 int a A v 2 return a Compile Option 1 O lt level gt lt level gt 0 to 7 Where the optimization exceeding Level 4 is effective the inline expansion is made effective In the event of Levels 0 to 3
327. returns that character When EOF end of file is encountered the EOF indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF When a read error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the feof function and the error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 195 Chapter 9 C Standard Library getchar Input output function Gets a character from the standard input stdio Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt int getchar void one character input from standard input The character read Successful EOF End of file is encountered or a read error occurs The getchar function is the same as getc stdin function When EOF end of file is encountered the EOF indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF When a read error occurs during the operation the error indicator for the stream is set and this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the feof function and the error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 196 Chapter 9 C Standard Library getenv General utility function Gets the content of an environmental variable Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt stdlib h gt char getenv const char name name environment variable
328. rned if the file cannot be opened CC32R MANUAL 325 read Chapter 11 Low level Library Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description int read int file_no char buffer unsigned int count file_no file number of the file to be read buffer pointer to the area in which the data read is stored count number of bytes to be read Reads data from a file Number of bytes actually read Successful 1 Failed This function reads a range of data within the bytes indicated by count from the file indicated by file number file_no and stores it in the area indicated by buffer The read write position in the file is advanced forward by the number of bytes read When the function was able to read normally return the number of bytes read if it failed to read return the value 1 If there was no data to read and the end of file EOF was reached return the value 0 and not 1 CC32R MANUAL 326 Chapter 11 Low level Library write Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description int write int file_no const char buffer unsigned int count file_no file number of the write target file buffer pointer to the area into which data is written count bytes of data to be written Writes data into a file Number of bytes actually written Successful 1 Failed The write function writes the count byte data stored
329. rocess of the current environment in this function definition CC32R MANUAL 318 Chapter 11 Low level Library _g et c O re Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description void _get_core int size size the size of data to be allocated Allocates a memory area The start address of the allocated area Successful void 0 Failed The _get_core function allocates a memory area size is the size of memory area to be allocated If size is smaller than the available space to allocate an error is occurred When allocation is successful the start address of the location is returned Otherwise void 0 Refer to examples shown below define HEAPSIZE bytes Specify the size bytes of the area managed by _get_core static union int dummy char heap HEAPSIZE heap area Declare the data area for allocation This is union which has the int type member as the first menber to align in the 4 byte boundary static char brk heap_area heap Initialize by substituting the start address to be allocated void get_core int size char p if brk size gt heap _area heap HEAPSIZE Check the area for remainder return void 0 p brk brk SiZ po00 wee Update the end address of the allocated area return void p Return the start address of the allocated area CC32R MANUAL 319 Chapter 11 Low level Librar
330. rrno h Macro definition related to the error number All functions as necessary float h Macro definition of the limit value related to internal Mathematics function ete representation of a floating point number only when float h macro is used limits h Macro definition of the limit value related to All functions as necessary the compiler internal process locale h Declaration of the locale localization handle function Localization function math h Declaration of the double and float type mathematical Mathematics function unction and macro definition mathf h Declaration of the float type mathematical function Mathematics function and macro definition setjmp h Declaration of the branch function data type declaration Non local jump function signal h Signal interrupt declaration of the number of processes Signal handling function stdarg h Macro declaration of variable arguments functions Variable arguments access Data type declaration function stddef h Definition common to standard headers data type All functions as necessary declaration stdio h Declaration of the input and output functions data type Input output function declaration macro definition stdlib h Declaration of the C program standard process function General utility function e g memory management data type declaration macro definition string h Declaration of the string handle function and memory String handling function handle function time h Declaration of the
331. rs Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification To express a hexadecimal number use the prefix x to express an octal number use An operator performs an operation Figure 4 4 shows the operators that are available lt lt amp amp ll R ll Il ll lt lt gt gt Figure 4 4 Operators and and 2 and are used as a pair an expression may be sandwiched between them Table 4 10 describes the operators and their functions Operator Table 4 10 Operators 1 2 Description Array reference Casting e g int Structure union reference Structure union pointer reference Pre increment post increment Pre decrement post decrement Bitwise AND Address of as an unary operator Binary Multiply Pointer dereference as an unary operator Binary Add Unary add as an unary operator Binary Subtract Unary Negate as an unary operator Bitwise complement CC32R MANUAL 40 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification Operator Table 4 10 Operators 2 2 Description Logical Negate sizeof Returns the operand size in bytes Divide o 6 Modulo lt lt Left shift in bytes gt gt Right shift in bytes Less than Greater than Less than or equal Greater than or equal Equal Not eq
332. rsion Specifiers for fprintf 2 3 Conversion Conversion Method Type of the Notes on Precision Specifier Argument e Converts double type data into a_ double The precision shows the character sequence of decimal number of digit of notation in the format d ddde fractional part ddd The exponent is output at For a converted character least two digits one figure is output before a decimal point and the number of digits equal to E Converts double type datainto a double the preotii is dupu aiher character sequence of decimal the decimal point notation in the format d dddE If the precision is omitted 6 ddd The exponent is output at is assumed If the precision least two digits is 0 a decimal point and decimal place are not output Output data is rounded g orG Outputs the value double type double The precision shows the stored int the argument in either maximum number of the f conversion format or in the e effective digits of converted or E conversion format data depending on a value stored in the argument and the precision which specifies the number of effective digits If the exponent of converted data is smaller than 4 or more than the precision this function converts to the e or E conversion format After the conversion a 0 at the end of the decimal places is removed If there is no character at any of the decimal places the decimal point is also removed c Considers int type data as int
333. rtain use conditions Further Renesas Electronics products are not subject to radiation resistance design Please be sure to implement safety measures to guard them against the possibility of physical injury and injury or damage caused by fire in the event of the failure of a Renesas Electronics product such as safety design for hardware and software including but not limited to redundancy fire control and malfunction prevention appropriate treatment for aging degradation or any other appropriate measures Because the evaluation of microcomputer software alone is very difficult please evaluate the safety of the final products or system manufactured by you Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office for details as to environmental matters such as the environmental compatibility of each Renesas Electronics product Please use Renesas Electronics products in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations that regulate the inclusion or use of controlled substances including without limitation the EU RoHS Directive Renesas Electronics assumes no liability for damages or losses occurring as a result of your noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations This document may not be reproduced or duplicated in any form in whole or in part without prior written consent of Renesas Electronics Please contact a Renesas Electronics sales office if you have any questions regarding the information contained in this document or Renesas Electron
334. ry function main is not initia lized __HEAPSIZE _ Heap Size Heap Size for malloc etc H 4000 __USTACKSIZE _ User Stack User Stack SPU pointed Size H 1000 PointerStack Size _ISTACKSIZE _ Interrupt Stack Interrupt Stack SPI pointed Size H 1000 PointerStack Size CC32R MANUAL 109 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming a In line Assembling 7 5 1 Overview of In line Assembling Embedded application also requires low level processes such as controlling of hardware and operating system OS as well as high speed efficient functional processes To meet these various processing requirements the C compiler supports the In line assembly function which allows to write an assembly language command in the C language source program To insert an assembly description into the C source program use the special function asm The asm function allows embedding an assembly language code into the C source program IIll Note IIll The C compiler optimization feature is powerful when used for removing unnec essary codes replacing commands and substituting commands When using the in line assembling feature take into consideration effects of C compiler optimization feature 7 5 2 How to Write the asm Function To use the asm function use the following definition pragma keyword asm on This does not specify the asm as a normal identifier but as a reserved word To use the asm again as the i
335. s The values in the files are for reference purposes only The utility stk32R is not a standard product of the compiler For details on how to handle it refer to the file written about the Handling of Development Support Utilities For details on how to use it refer to the file in which a description is made of Stack Size Calculation Utility stk txt 2 2 Compatibility with an old version e About inputting old CC32R s object V 2 10 Release 1 or older to new linker To correspond to the new function a part of object format has been changed Accordingly if you have the object that was made with old CC32R V 2 10 Release 1 or older when you input them to new linker CC32R V 3 00 Release 1 or newer this linker displays a warning message like the following Ink32R filename warning old interface module revision 01 In this case please remake these objects by using the new CC32R e Problems encountered when linking objects of V 1 00 Release 3 or earlier An error relocation out of range may be encountered when linking some objects generated by CC32R V 1 00 Release 3 or earlier by the linker in V 1 00 Release 4 or later including this version In such a case regenerate the objects using the assem bler in V 1 00 Release 4 or later CC32R MANUAL 8 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler 31 How to Invoke the Compiler 3 1 1 Invoking Procedure To invoke the C compiler first
336. s refer to Chapter 9 C Standard Library Table 11 2 Functions defined as low level functions in cc32R Header Function Description signal h raise Send a signal to the executing program signal Sets up a signal handler that responds to the signal stdio h remove Deletes a file rename Renames a file stdlib h getenv Gets the content of an environmental variable system Passes a command string to the host environment time h clock Gets the elapsed processor time time Reads the current calendar time Table 11 3 shows C standard library functions which need low level library listed in Table 11 1 and Table 11 2 Table 11 3 C Standard Library vs Low level Library 1 3 Header C Standard Library Required Low level Function s Function assert h assert _get_core _rel_core write lseek raise locale h localeconv _get_core _rel_core setlocale _get_core _rel_core signal h raise raise signal signal stdio h perror write _get_core _rel_core Iseek _strerror fclose write getuniqnum _rel_core close remove lseek fflush write lseek fopen open close lseek freopen write getuniqnum _rel_core close open remove Iseek remove remove rename rename tmpfile getuniqnum open close lseek tmpnam getuniqnum fgetpos Iseek CC32R MANUAL 314 Chapter 11 Low level Library Table 11 3 C Standard Library vs Low level Library 2 3 Header C Standard Library Re
337. s you prepare CC32R MANUAL 297 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior 10 2 3 Identifiers e ANSI C 6 1 2 Identifiers lt The number of significant initial character beyond 31 in an identifier without external linkage gt As for an identifier without external linkage the first 240 charac ters are significant The 241st character and subsequent ones are ignored lt The number of significant initial character beyond 6 in an identifier with external linkage gt As for an identifier the first 240 characters are significant The 241st character and subsequent ones are ignored Identifiers are case sensitive lt Whether case distinctions are significant in an identifier with external linkage gt You can describe only an integer constant expression in the case statement 10 2 4 Characters e ANSI C 5 2 1 Character sets lt The members of the source and execution character sets except as explicitly specified in this International Standard gt Both the source character set and execution character set comply with JIS X 0201 0208 character set The Latin character part of JIS X 0201 will be regarded as ASCII The EUC Expanded Unix Code Shift JIS and UCS 2 UTF 8 encoded are supported as the actual character encoding e ANSI C 5 2 1 2 Multibyte characters lt The shift states used for the encoding of multibyte characters gt The shift state character strings that indicate the beginning and the end of a mu
338. s a string into a double type numeric value The input string must be an array of characters that after conversion into a numeric value of a type can be interpreted as a valid numeric value of that type The strtod function upon encountering a character which cannot be interpreted as a value stops inputting current string and sets the pointer to the first character found in the input string which cannot be interpreted as a numeric value in the area indicated by endptr If the endptr is null the function does not perform this setting If the conversion results in overflow or underflow the function sets ERANGE value to the errno and returns either HUGE_VAL HUGE_VAL in case of negative value or 0 CC32R MANUAL 259 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strtok String handling function Separates a string into tokens Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt char strtok char s1 const char s2 sl pointer to string to be divided into tokens s2 pointer to string used to divide a string Pointer to the top character Divided into tokens of the token after division NULL Cannot be divided into tokens The strtok function uses a particular character in the string s2 as the punctuator to divide the string s1 into tokens The function is called continuously once for each token The function upon first calling separates the first group of the s1 string by using the character in th
339. s converted to type int and then is pushed onto the stack If an argument has another scalar type it pushed on without being converted An argument which has converted to type float will not be converted to type double when pushed on the stack Ifan argument has type struct or union with 4 byte boundary alignment is directly stacked Otherwise i e it is not a 4 byte boundary first the area with 4 byte boundary which can be represented the argument is allocated on the stack and then the argument is set to the lowest address a multiple of 4 and subsequent of that area The examples 1 to 5 shown below describe various stack passing procedures figures are images of the argument are on the stack e Example 1 Argument Area D 8 bytes int f 1 0f 2 4 bytes The first argument is type float without the function prototype declaration It is therefore first converted to type double and then is pushed on the argument area on the stack CC32R MANUAL 86 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions e Example 2 int f float char Argument Area Hehi bytes 1 49 49 4 bytes The first argument is converted to 1 0 as type float The second argument is first converted to type char according to the function prototype declaration and then is reconverted to type int as it being pushed on the stack e Example 3 struct s char X y 2Z a Argument Area int JH bytes unused f a The argument
340. s file number e Device type of file console printer disk file etc Give unique name to files of special devices such as console and printer and identify these files with the open function e Information on buffer location and size This information is necessary when buffering files e Byte offset from the start of a file to the next reading or writing location The byte offset is necessary to read write disk file By using the information set by the open function read write the file read write function set read write location Iseek function The close function reads contents of file buffer and writes the contents into the file allowing the data area set by the open function to be used again CC32R MANUAL 317 Chapter 11 Low level Library 11 2 The Low level Functions Specifications This section describes specifications of functions for low level library in alphabetical order The specifications include Syntax interface to call the function Summary general description Return Value value meaning and Description operation precaution example etc exit Low level function Syntax void exit int ex_num j ex_num exit status code of program Summary Exits a program Return Value None Description The _exit function terminates the program run and returns the exit status of the program to the environment This function signals the environment that the program is to end Write the end p
341. s function internally needs to be created log Mathematics function Obtains natural logarithm of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double log double x X floating point number Natural logarithm of x The log function calculates the natural logarithm of x and returns the result If a value of x is negative this function sets the value of EDOM in errno If the value of x is 0 0 this function sets the value of ERANGE in errno CC32R MANUAL 213 Chapter 9 C Standard Library log10 Mathematics function Obtains the base 10 logarithm of a floating point number Syntax Return Value Description include lt math h gt double 1logl10 double x X floating point number Common logarithm of x The logl0 function calculates the common logarithm of x and returns the result If a value of x is negative this function sets a value of EDOM in errno If the value of x is 0 0 this function sets a value of ERANGE in errno CC32R MANUAL 214 Chapter 9 C Standard Library longjmp Non local jump function Recovers the execution environment saved by setjmp and transfers control to the program location of a setjmp call Syntax Return Value Description Note include lt setjmp h gt void longjmp jmp_buf env int ret env variable in which executable environment is stored ret retur
342. s reading when it detects either a null character or a character that it cannot interpret as a number that assumes a value having the radix base and sets in endptr the pointer pointing to the character handled at the time only when endptr does not hold NULL Space characters preceding the string to be brought to conversion the first segment where a non space character does not appear are ignored and not converted If base is 0 strtoul function makes a judgment on the radix from the first character that nptr points to see 4 1 3 2 Integer Constants When the value of base is between 2 and 36 the value of base becomes the radix for conversion Characters a through z and A through Z among a string to be brought to conversion are made to correspond to 10 through 35 and a character equal to or greater than the value of base is recognized as a character that strtoul cannot interpret 0 after a sign and Ox 0X at the time when base is 16 are ignored If conversion fails strtoul function returns 0 as a return value and nptr is set in endptr only when endptr does not hold NULL If the value after conversion overflows i e it cannot be expressed by unsigned long strtol returns ULONG_MAX as a return value and ERANGE is set in errno CC32R MANUAL 262 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strxfrm String handling function Converts the string based on the current locale Syntax Return Value Description in
343. s requires 3 bytes size and is aligned with 1 byte boundary When the argument is pushed on the stack a single byte of unused area is added to the argument area on the stack to make its size 4 bytes e Example 4 struct s i Argument Area int x Y EO 4 bytes HE Return 4 bytes Value Area When the function returns struct the pointer address to the return value area reserved by the calling side is set to the low address of the argument area on the stack e Example 5 int ante Argument Area 1 0 float 4 bytes 1 0 double g bytes 1 0 1 0 Since the first argument is denoted as type float by the function prototype declaration the argument is converted to type float The second argument is not declared its type and is therefore converted to type double CC32R MANUAL 87 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 4 3 Function Names after Compiling Function names in the object module are named by preceding the names of functions in the C program with a dollar mark However in the case of functions that return floating point types double or long double structure types or union types and in the case of functions that have variable arguments the following rules apply e Functions which return either floating point number structure or union The function name is preceded by an underscore _ e Functions having variable parameters Assume that the number of arguments passed via
344. s short type the alignment is 2 bytes There are 4 bits left following b in that 2 byte location the 9 bit long c is not accommodated c is stored in the next 2 byte location If c is short type it is stored in the next 2 byte location see figure below When the data type of c is short c is allocated in the next 2 byte area L 5 7 9 9 6 8 1 l aje a e t 2 bytes gt 2 bytes gt ja 2 bytes gt h 2 bytes Z 4 bytes gt ja 4 bytes CC32R MANUAL 77 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions This chapter describes the way C compiler calls a C program and how to interface with an assembly program e Register Usage See 6 1 e Stack Frame Configuration See 6 2 e Call and Return Procedures See 6 3 e Parameter Passing See 6 4 e Setting Return Value See 6 5 e Interface with Assembly Program See 6 6 6 1 Register Usage 6 1 1 General Register RO R15 Usage The M32R is provided with 16 32 bit general registers RO R15 see Figure 6 1 The C compiler uses R14 as the link register R15 as the stack pointer SP and RO R13 as working register to temporarily store intermediate results of function operation and the variables Registers R11 R13 can also be used as the base register when declared to do so in the program in this case R11 to R13 as specified in the base register always store the base addressR11 to R13 as specified in the base register alw
345. s the initial setting of the data area sections D and B Perform the following steps during application linking and running of the start up program e Tasks during linking of the embedded application e Allocate area of sections D and B on the RAM area no data output e Allocate initial value data of section D ROM_D on the ROM area 100016 Initial data is not placed O oD e here RAM Only area x for data sections are RAM Area Allocated Initial data for the D ROM Area section is placed here ROM Figure 7 4 Allocation of Sections for data Allocation of the section area and data sampling during linking can be specified by the SEC or MEM option For the generated load module the labels indicating the start and end addresses respectively will be automatically generated These labels are named as shown in Table 7 2 CC32R MANUAL 103 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming Table 7 2 Reserved Label Names for Sections Address LabelName Example Example D section ROM_D section trt add PALANGI D __TOP_D __TOP_ROM_D of section Enel U EBA __END_ __END_D __END_ROM_D of section III Note IIll For further information on section allocation and section initialization refer to the M3T CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt Part 1 Linker Ink32R The link can be specified by the command option during start up of the C compiler e Initialization by the start up
346. s whether a printable character including a space ispunct Judges whether a special character or not isspace Judges whether a space or not isupper Judges whether an upper case letter or not isxdigit Judges whether a hexadecimal number or not tolower Converts an upper case letter into lower case toupper Converts a lower case letter into upper case Appendix B 1 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List Mathematics function acos asin atan atan2 ceil cos cosh exp fabs floor fmod frexp Idexp log log10 modf pow sin sinh sqrt tan tanh Obtains the arc cosine of a floating point number Obtains the arc sine of a floating point number Obtains the arc tangent of a floating point number Divides a floating point number by a floating point number and obtains the arc tangent of the result Computes the integer ceiling of a floating point number Obtains the cosine of radians of a floating point number Obtains hyperbolic cosine of a floating point number Obtains the exponential function of a floating point number Obtains the absolute value of a floating point number Cuts off the fraction of a floating point number Multiplies fractions of two floating point numbers and obtains the remainder Divides a floating point number into products of value 0 5 1 0 and 2 to the nth power Performs multiplication of a floating point number and 2 to the nth power Obtains natural logarithm of
347. scription include lt string h gt int memcmp const void si const void s2 size t n si pointer to compared memory area s2 pointer to comparing memory area i number of characters of comparing memory location Positive value content of s1 gt content of s2 0 content of s1 content of s2 Negative value content of s1 lt content of s2 The memcmp function compares the contents of the first n bytes of the memory areas specified by s1 and s2 memc py String handling function Copies the contents of a memory area to the destination memory area Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt void memcpy void si const void s2 size t 7 sl copy destination s2 original n number of copied bytes Pointer to the memory area at the copy destination The memcpy function copies n characters of the memory area s2 to the destination memory area s1 CC32R MANUAL 221 Chapter 9 C Standard Library memmove String handling function Moves the contents from a memory area to the destination memory area Syntax Return Value Description include lt string h gt void memmove void si const void s2 size t n sl copy destination storage buffer s2 original n number of copied bytes The memmove function copies the first n bytes of content of s2 to s1 The memmove function copies correctly even if
348. sections of object modules space can be allocated for the section which contains initialized data within the RAM area and the initialized data can be placed in the ROM area e Supports optimization function Optimization function enables efficient generation of object code The following optimization levels are supported e Optimization at assembly language Eliminates unnecessary codes at assembly language level converts to most suitable codes and schedules instructions e Local optimization Analyzes C language structure locally transfers or copies constants and deletes unnecessary codes and common sub expressions e Global optimization Analyzes C language structure globally analyzes live variables replaces codes and optimizes control flow The following lists the optimization items performed e Optimize control flow e Delete expressions in common parts e Propagate constants and copy e Analyze valid variables e Delete dead code e Optimize register assignment The combination of different optimization levels further improves efficiency of code generation although each optimization can be used independently Most optimizations combined at different levels increase program execution speed and reduce code size However some optimizations offer only one advantage or offer better functional performance at the sacrifice of some other advantage When using these optimization functions the user should specify wh
349. see 4 1 3 2 Integer Constants When the value of base is between 2 and 36 the value of base becomes the radix for conversion Characters a through z and A through Z among a string to be brought to conversion are made to correspond to 10 through 35 and a character equal to or greater than the value of base is recognized as a character that strtol cannot interpret 0 after a sign and Ox 0X at the time when base is 16 are ignored If conversion fails strtol returns 0 as a return value and nptr is set in endptr only when endptr does not hold NULL If the value after conversion overflows i e it cannot be expressed by long strtol function returns LONG_MAX LONG_MIN if negative as a return value and ERANGE is set in errno CC32R MANUAL 261 Chapter 9 C Standard Library strtoul General utility function Converts a string into an unsigned long type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt unsigned long int strtoul const char nptr char endptr int base nptr pointer to string to be converted endptr end point of reading base radix Numeric value after conversion Successful 0 Failed The strtoul function reads a string pointed to by ntpr and converts it into a value unsigned long type having a radix specified by base The strtoul function reads a string to be brought to conversion sequentially from the first character and stop
350. sence of prototype declaration of funcl function the argument is of a double type 4 Do not use variable arguments Since the float type covering the variable arguments is transformed to the double type see to it that no float type is handled in variable arguments A 5 3 Precautions in Utilizing FPU Instruction A 5 3 1 CAUTION float_only Option The float_only option is such that the FPU instruction is applicable to all floating point operations even when the source files as described If used however give the greatest possible care thereto since there arises a problem of compatibility as described below a It is not match to ANSI C standard b Function name replacement In math h if the float_only option is specified when compiling the source file calls to the double precision mathematic functions are changed to calls to the equivalent functions in the single precision mathematic function Example 1 When float_only is specified at the same time include lt math h gt ans cos rd Compiled with float_only added ans cosf rd Becomes equivalent to this This replacement for the cos function case for example is accomplished by a macro like the one shown below Appendix A 34 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference define cos cosf Defined the same way for other double precision mathematic functions The function name that is stored in the load module whe
351. sent identifier undeclared in current declaration The specified identifier has not been declared identifier undefined An undefined identifier is present identifier with no linkage and incomplete object type There is an identifier of incomplete type without linkage illegal combination of types in initialization The combination of types in performing initialization is incorrect illegal floating point constant The description of a floating point number is incorrect illegal hexadecimal constant The description of a hexadecimal digit is incorrect illegal octal constant The description of an octal digit is incorrect implicit declaration conflicts with prior possibly implicit declaration An implicit declaration is inconsistent with a previous implicit declaration initializer must be constant expression Initialization must be in terms of a constant expression integer character constant requires one or more multibyte characters enclosed in single quotes A character constant has be so formed that one or more characters are enclosed in a pair of single quotation marks invalid character constant in if The way of specifying a character constant in if is erroneous invalid combination of types in assignment The combination of types in an assignment is incorrect CC32R MANUAL 352 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 7 15 Message Description invalid
352. shown in the example below CC32R MANUAL 29 Chapter 3 Invoking the Compiler Code example in which an exception may occur long p char array 10 mapped to 4 byte boundary address void foo void p long amp array 1 address not on 4 byte boundary assigned as long p 1 access using the ST instruction but as address is not on 4 byte boundary an address exception AE occurs e Notes on setting the stack pointer For loading and storing data on the stack the C compiler outputs code for the LD ST LDH and STH instructions etc Therefore when you set a value into the stack pointer in the startup program or in a user program be sure to specify an address that is on a 4 byte boundary See the sample startup program in the 7 3 Programming the Start up Program If you specify an address that is not on a 4 byte boundary an address exception AE may occur when the program is run e Calling the floating point operation function If you compile a program written in C language that performs a floating point operation there can be instances in which a code is internally generated that calls the floating point operation function _100_F The floating point operation function is included in the library files m32RcR lib etc With the code for calling the floating point operation function generated an error results if you don t specify the library files in performing linker For t
353. so that the first argument is at the lowest address 2 Local variable area The area into which the local variable declared by the called function is to set 3 Register save area Used to save the current contents of the general register which will be used by the function called CC32R MANUAL 81 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 3 Call and Return Procedures Calling and returning of a function by C program are performed in the order given in Figure 6 3 Calling Program Caller Called Function Callee 1 Set arguments 2 Call Functi 3 Allocate local variable area all Function 4 Save registers execution of the function 8 Free argument area 5 Restore registers 6 Free local variable area 7 Return to the caller 1 2 Precalling process 4 Input process of the called function 7 Output process of the called function Postcalling process Figure 6 3 Function Call and Return in C 1 Setting arguments C compilers generally use register passing to pass arguments when a function is called Note that type conversion and alignment rules apply to how the content of arguments is stored see 6 4 parameter register 1 1 Register passing The first four arguments are stored sequentially in registers R4 to R7 If the function takes fewer than four arguments the number of registers equivalent to the number of arguments is used For
354. specifier is other than d i o u x X e E f g Gorn Conversion specifier A conversion specifier specifies how the corresponding argument is converted The fscanf function unless the conversion specifier is c L nor skips the white spaces in the input before conversion The skipped characters are not included in the field width When a space is read during conversion if it is any character unauthorized for conversion processing is terminated without reading the character When the specified field width is completed during conversion processing is terminated The conversion specifiers and conversion methods are shown below Tables If specifying any character not mentioned here as the conversion specifier the operation is not guaranteed Notice in the tables Types in the Type of the Argument columns are shown assuming that a size specifier h 1 or L is not specified in the conversion specification The argument means an argument in the variable argument list which corresponds to the conversion specifier CC32R MANUAL 189 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Conversion Specifier d Conversion Specifiers for fscanf 1 2 Conversion Method Converts a character sequence which represents a decimal number into integer data Type of the Argument pointer to int Converts a character sequence beginning with a sign or followed by u or U or or L in decimal digit into i
355. ssed with a character string the array type of char Even if it is a simple only 1 character it becomes the form of a character string as 3 Length of the multi byte character is not stable Therefore if you needs to searching inse rtion and elimination for a multi byte character in a multi byte string continuation of the multi byte characters it is necessary to confirm continually boundaries between neighb or characters during the processing On the other side there is the advantage that conventional functions the standard functi on of printf and strcpy etc that handle the byte string can be used without changing it A 6 2 2 Wide character This expresses one character of Japanese Kanjji The wide character can be declared with the wchar_t type This type is defined with std def h standard header The wide character string the array of the wide characters has so many data volume in comparison with the multi byte string On the other side because one element becomes one character there is the advantage that wide character string can be searched inserted and eliminated at an optional position wi thout concerning the gap between the characters Attention In CC32R the wchar_t type is equal to the signed short type However do not suppose it in your programming Appendix A 38 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 6 3 Programming that used a Japanese processing function This
356. ssembly program is the corresponding function name but preceded by the dollar mark The calling program assembly program sets arguments to the registers R4 R7 In the example shown in Figure 6 10 arguments are two so that the first argument is set to R4 and the second to R5 CC32R MANUAL 93 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming This chapter provides information necessary to program embedded application programs embedded applications for the M32R system For further information on the link function refer to CC32R User s Manual lt Assembler gt Chapter Linker Ink32R KAN Compiler Generated Sections When an object module file is generated by the C compiler using a C source file all codes and data contained in the program are automatically defined as one of the following sections e The P section Program code area e The C section Constant data area for const declared variables e The D section Data area with initializers for global variables having initial values e The B section Data area without initializers for uninitialized global variables Program 1 Object Module A Program 2 Object Module B E Program 3 Object Module C c c Figure 7 1 C Compiler Defines a Program to Sections CC32R MANUAL 94 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming A section is a unit program process
357. stem see samples in 7 3 9 Els c A start up program which calls the main function see samples in 7 3 9 useri userz c User program including the main function When executing the command line of this example the load module a mout reflecting the following specifications is generated CC32R MANUAL 100 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming 6 I M2R Lib C standard library m32Rc lib is linked e e startup Entry point is the start address of the start up program when the start address is defined by the symbol start up in the start up program The application is then executed from the start up program e SEC D 1000 B SPI SPU P 8000 C D The linking order of sections is D B gt SPI SPU P C gt ROM_D SPI and SPU sections are sections prepared for stack by the user in the assembly program ROM_D section is the data area to initialize D section The sections are arranged as follows D Only area is located starting at address 100016 P Located starting at address 800016 B SPI SPU C ROM_D Located following the preceding section e start ms initlib c userl c user2 c After each of these files is compiled and or assembled they are linked 5 Convert to S format file Convert the load module into S format to write it into the ROM Use the load module converter Imc32R Example 1lmc32R d 4 o file a mout The load module a mout is converted into S format and divided in
358. storing converted string maxsize maximum number of conversion characters format format string timeptr pointer to tm structure Return Value Number of characters written Number of characters written into s is smaller than or equal to maxsize 0 Number of characters written into s is larger than the maxsize contents is unknown Description As the locale only the C environment is supported The strftime function converts the broken down time of the tm structure specified by timeptr according to the format specified by format and stores the conversion result into s The maximum number of characters to be stored into s is the number specified by maxsize The following lists the conversion specifiers that can be used in format Any conversion specifier not included in the table makes operation result unknown 1 2 Conversion Description Specifier a Abbreviation for the day of the week in the locale A The name of the day of the week in the locale b Abbreviation for the month in the locale B The name of month in the locale Joc Representation of the date and time appropriate in the locale d Representation of the date of a month integer 01 through 31 CC32R MANUAL 250 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 2 2 Conversion Description Specifier H Representation of the time of a day in 24 hour system integer 00 through 23 ol Rep
359. sult Syntax include lt math h gt double atan2 double y double x Y Xi Return Value Calculated value of argument Description The atan2 function calculates the arc tangent of y x This function returns a value in a range from n to n The result of the atan2 function indicates an angle made by the x axis of a memory area through a point x y and origin 0 0 When both arguments x and y of the atan2 function is 0 this function sets a value EDOM in errno CC32R MANUAL 154 Chapter 9 C Standard Library atex i Tt General utility function Catalogs the function to be called upon successful termination of the program Syntax include lt stdlib h gt int atexit void func void func pointer to registered function Return Value 0 Registered Other than 0 Not registered Description The atexit function registers a function called when a program has completed correctly or when the exit function has been called A maximum of 32 functions can be registered When the program has completed the functions are executed in the reverse order of registration atof General utility function Converts the character string representing a number into a double type floating point number Syntax include lt stdlib h gt double atof const char nptr nptr pointer to string to be converted Return Value Converted value Successful Description The atof function converts a character strin
360. sult due to a side effect For example there can be chances in which p 5 of code kp p 5 is evaluated before or after p so that what is assigned p 5 turns indeterminate In this instance code a program in either way given below according to the purpose of process CC32R MANUAL 283 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior p p 5 t p or p 1 p 5 Ptt Invalid operation domain error An invalid operation division by 0 for example results in an error A domain error an overflow an underflow or the like if results from an operation results in a warning A warning is given only when either domain error is detected during compilation In either case the operation based on the arithmetic operation is not guaranteed e ANSI C 6 3 2 2 Function calls If the argument to a function is a void expression Specifying a void expression other than null argument for an actual argument results in an error If a null argument void expression is specified and if one or more formal arguments are defined for the function called the value passed to the function is indeterminate Type incompatibility between argument and parameter If the function is defined in a position where the function is not visible in calling a function with no function prototype declaration and if the type of actual argument is not consistent with that of the formal argument after promotion after executing implicit type conversion the v
361. t Gl OMICS cass scsssvsscisctsesccssecturseesvenesstcaacsavsseyoerentesssessmsensseenen sees 42 A 6 5 The supplement of Japanese processing ccccsccscceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeueeeeetes 43 A 6 5 1 Inside expression of the Japanese Character cscccscrsccsceccnssesescesssssscensenesaees 43 A 6 5 2 Standard NOTARY assasonar arar Sa medrese 44 Appendix B The C Standard Library Function List E Program diagnostic PUNCHON i cs chs sscissanessieadecdasdepesdcsccetsccevesuSesbecedetdedeceensdiesadcunaneateseesceieny 1 E Character handling fUMCti Ons sacs cate jac ces iieiea kae si edda eaa oeae 1 E Mathematics IUNCUO Msiri eree eraa aaae o E are E EE EEEE 2 E Nondocaljump UNCION caesen aaea aea a A EAE 3 E Variable arquments access TUNCHON nekes 3 E MW OULDUE UNCION a ansera ra aoa a EEE 3 E General utility TUNGO Miesies aea ar a A A 5 E Siring Nanding IUNCUOM siessen anaiei Ta nenns d Eea Onn IEIS Ea 6 E Localization tune UO Neono a a E N 7 E Date AM TMS TUMCTON sssi seriais aaa ia a aiei derasan 7 E Signal handing MUNCH OM c seeria a i alesse a aake 8 E initialization function NON ANSI ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeaeeseeeeeaeeseaeesaeeeeaeenieeeeaeeeae 8 E Termination function NON ANSI ceecesseeeeseeeeeeceseeeeeeteaeeeeeeeeaeecaaeseaeeseeeeaeeesaeeneeeeeetene 8 E Special floating point values judgement function NON ANSI cceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 Appendix C Restrictions on Usage
362. t elsize nelem the number of elements elsize bytes of an element Top element address in Successful allocated memory area NULL Error No memory area has been allocated Any of the arguments is 0 The calloc function allocates nelem objects of the memory area in elsize bytes This function initializes all of the allocated area to 0 12 bytes more area have been secured as memory area allocated by each the calloc functions This memory area of 12 bytes is stored a allocation infomation size etc CC32R MANUAL 158 Chapter 9 C Standard Library ce i l Mathematics function Computes the integer ceiling of a floating point number Syntax include lt math h gt double ceil double x X floating point number Return Value The calculation result Description The ceil function returns a minimum integer equal to or greater than value x as double type value CC32R MANUAL 159 Chapter 9 C Standard Library clearerr Input output function Clears an error condition in a stream Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdio h gt void clearerr FILE fp fp pointer to FILE structure None The clearerr function clears the error and EOF end of file indicators for the stream pointed to by fp The indicators are data held per stream file Both data indicate whether an error is occurred or not and whether a file is completed or not and such data can
363. t format printf like functions scanf like functions conversion In dealing with conversion specifications for the printf like functions or the scanf like functions in most cases in which characters other than numeric characters are contained between and the characters between and are subjected to input output For example abcdef is converted into abcdefg e ANSI C 7 9 6 1 The fprintf function Qualifier In dealing with conversion specifications of the printf like functions if the qualifier the size specifying character h or 1 is specified previous to h or preceding the conversion specifier other than the one involved o x X e E f g G then the qualifier is ignored Flag In dealing with conversion specifications of the printf like functions if the flag is specified previous to a conversion specifier other than the one involved o x X e E f g G then the flag is ignored In dealing with conversion specifications of the printf like functions if the flag 0 is specified previous to a conversion specifier other than involved d i 0 u x X e E f g G then the flag is ignored Note 3 The printf like functions fprintf printf sprintf vfprintf vprintf and vsprintf Note 4 The scanf like functions fscanf scanf and sscanf CC32R MANUAL 293 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior Conversion result Though an aggregate a union or a pointer toward an
364. t ldiv long number long denom number dividend denom divisor Quotient and remainder of the calculation result The Idiv function calculates the quotient and the remainder as the result of dividing number by denom The return value is the Idiv_t structure and the quotient and the remainder are put in the quot and rem of the member respectively loca l econv Localization function Initialize struct lconv Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt locale h gt struct lconv localeconv void Pointer to initialized 1conv structure The localeconv function initializes the 1conv structure As the locale only the C environment is supported In order to use the localeconv function user written _get_core or _rel_core function called by this function internally needs to be created CC32R MANUAL 212 Chapter 9 C Standard Library I oca l Tt i me Date and time function Converts current calendar time to the local time Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt time h gt struct tm localtime const time_t timer timer time Converted result Pointer to the tm structure The localtime function converts a calendar time shown by timer to the local time and converts it into the tm type As the locale only the C environment is supported In order to use the localtime function user written getenv function called by thi
365. t use Those that use functions the FPU instructions the FPU instructions float cosf float float cosf 5 float Cosine cos float sinf float float sinf5 float Sine sin float tanf float float tanf5 float Tangent tan float acosf float float acosf 5 float Inverse cosine acos float asinf float float asinf5 float Inverse sine asin float atanf float float atanf5 float Inverse tangent atan float atan2f float float float atan2 5 float float Inverse tangent atan with division float coshf float float coshf5 float Hyperbolic cosine cosh float sinhf float float sinhf5 float Hyperbolic sine sinh float tanhf float float tanhf 5 float Hyperbolic tangent tanh float powf float float float powf5 float float Power pow float sqrtf float float sqrtf5 float Positive square root sqrt float ceilf float float ceilf5 float Integral value with ceil fractions rounded up float expf float float expf5 float Exponential function exp float fabsf float float fabsf 5 float Absolute value fabs float floorf float float floorf5 float Integral value with floor fractions rounded down float fmodf float float float fmodf 5 float float Remainder fmod float frexpf float int float frexpf5 float int Resolve into 0 5 1 0 rexp values and power of 2 float ldexpf float int float ldexpf5 float int Multiply power of 2 ldexp float logf float float logf5 float Natural logarithm log float logl0f float float
366. t_core system system time h asctime write _get_core _rel_core lseek clock clock ctime write get_core getenv _rel_core lseek localtime getenv strftime write _get_core getenv _rel_core lseek time time IIll Note IIll Before starting C program initial setting of the low level libraries is required To do so write the initial setting program in the startup program CC32R MANUAL 316 Chapter 11 Low level Library 11 1 2 Input Output with the Low level Library Files of standard input and output functions of C standard library level are controlled with file type data Files of low level library are controlled with file numbers A file number is an integer corresponding to the file number of the actual file and starts with 0 File numbers 0 1 and 2 should be assigned to a standard input standard output and standard error output respectively Typically 0 is input from console 1 and 2 are output to console For file numbers 0 to 2 prepare low level libraries which are compatible with execution environment for file number When 0 to 2 are already assigned make sure that the open function will not return values 0 1 and2 Low level library s open function assigns the file number to the given file path name the name to identify the file in the file system The open function must set the following information so that the file can be input and output by using thi
367. tantineed E edad Mieteias nate aan EEE 43 42 1 Types and Type SpeCiers siinne iaeiaiai rediit 43 ADA YPES AE E T E NS 44 4 23 Data Size and Range of Basic Types cceeeeesceeseseeeseeeeeaeeseeeeaeeseeeeeeteeeeeaes 47 4 2 4 Data Format for Floating Point Constants cceeseeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeaes 47 4 2 6 WY PO Qualifiers e dsrin aeee eae sista eaea 48 4 2 6 Storage Class SpeciferS ss cccca cadss seaesdewvenccescos dees hee iih aariaa aia oka a iii 49 43 CONV SIONS aiotaan anane e a R aR 51 4 3 1 Explicit Conversions CaSt sscisesiccissiiecteteic dave eiebidieedis a EE 51 432 implicit CONVErSiONS sanies ana AE eit 52 4 4 Preprocessing DINECUVOS ecitesis S emer N 55 4 5 System Resenved Names cuchkiaesiiis nietienie ii cana Reade 56 4 6 Limitations for C Lanquage ss ccces csgscced cs cccsaeectsuateeeshccevees Hieagtcebessdeeneeeh ates 57 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation 59 51 Data Representation om Me MOY si ccccssstecries Gass decane aea a 59 S2 megal TV PGS wscccssiccccenticcdenet A T 60 Do FOAN VDSS eaaa 62 DA AAYO oiei a E E O T A nites 64 SO SUCUS S apanan a a a a a a 65 S UON n a oi aucnsceeasuecdetcanseodeetes suaneetetiadteaeseansaedesc anes 68 Dif Enumelaton TY DOS eiu n e E E EEEE OAE 70 D 8 PONG Gr eacniraa ni n E reeeivd date veeudvieneeeuda eens 71 59 Bik Field Sonra o aA dendauteutac ate onwiaaeee 72 591 Data Typefor Bi Field ismga ionising a E E EE EE 72 292 4 RACKIN
368. tatement must have integral type An expression within a switch statement must be of integer type xxx D option must be followed by an identifier Specify an identifier for the D option defined is followed by invalid macro name The macro name after defined is improper it must be an identifier xxx defined is followed by invalid macro name The macro name after defined is improper it must be an identifier dereference a pointer to void You cannot perform an indirect reference to a pointer toward void directive has unexpected non whitespace preceding newline An improper character is present in the line declaration division by zero A division by zero is contained division by zero in if constant expression An attempt has been made to perform division by 0 in an expression under if double quoted strings not allowed in if constant expression You cannot specify a character string enclosed in a pair of quotation marks in an expression under if CC32R MANUAL 349 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 4 15 Message Description duplicate case label in switch statement case is duplicated in a switch statement duplicate definition of enumeration constant A definition is duplicated in an enum constant empty constant expression in if An expression is missing from if enum used as type is incomplete or undefined Either an incomplete
369. tc depend on the target system In the C standard library the functions dependent on the target system are separated as low level functions low level library and input output specifications of the process functions low level functions see Table 11 1 and Table 11 2 that achieve respective actions are defined In the C standard library the actions dependent on the target system are effected by means of calling the low level functions To use actions dependent on the target system in a C program you must prepare necessary low level functions Specifications of individual low level functions are given in 11 2 The Low level Functions Specifications Table 11 3 shows which C standard library function uses which low level function Table 11 1 Low level Functions Used by C Standard Library Low level Function Description open Opens a file close Closes a file read Reads data from a file write Writes data into a file lseek Reposition the read write point in a file _get_core Allocates a memory area _rel_core Frees a memory area getuniqnum Obtains the unique number for each process _strerror Gets the error message corresponding to an error number _exit Exits a program CC32R MANUAL 313 Chapter 11 Low level Library Table 11 2 shows the functions which are defined as low level functions in C standard library but defined as entry functions in ANSI For specifications for these function
370. tems Nest levels of compound statements iteration structure Limits Practically not expressions or selection statements limited Number of case labels in a switch statement Practically not limited Number of parameters in a function definition or function call Practically not limited Others Size of the stack frame that can be allocated per function Practically not limited Number of nests in parentheses Practically not limited Number of initial values that can be defined by a variable Practically not definition with initialization expression limited Length of source program line Up to 512 characters including line feed code CC32R MANUAL 58 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation This chapter describes memory allocation of C program data for various types ESI Data Representation on Memory Representation of C language data on memory is determined by the following items e Data size Memory size occupied by data e Function of data Relationship between data contents on memory bit pattern and C language data value Defines the range of value of scalar type data and allocation of aggregate type data elements e Alignment of data adjusting boundaries If a data item is put in a location having an address of a multiple of an integer either 2 or 4 there can be instances in which you can access it quickly though t
371. ter constant is too many too many initializers The number of initializers is too many too many parameters for asm The number of arguments of the asm function is too many type cannot be inherited from a typedef This type cannot be taken over by typedef type incompatible with subsequent definition Type is not compatible with the later definition xxx type incompatible with subsequent definition The type is inconsistent with the next definition type of argument does not match with prototype The type of argument does not agree with that given in the function prototype declaration type of asm parameter must be integral The argument of the asm function must be integer type xxx type of initialized entity can not be function type The type of initialized components cannot be put into the function type type of struct member is an array of unknown length An array whose size is indefinite is declared on a structure s member type used for this symbol is incomplete or undefined This type of symbol is either incomplete or undefined unable to evaluate case label out of range The expression cannot be evaluated by case unbalanced endif Meaningless endif has been specified CC32R MANUAL 360 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 15 15 Message Description undefined static function A function brought under a static declaration cannot be fou
372. tes as long as they can go See Example 1 For example an int type structure consisting of 3 members of field width 4 12 bits is completely packed into a 4 byte location 32 bits Arrangement is from upper to lower bits A series of fields are placed in the order of declarations starting with the left side upper bit to the right lower bit of the memory location whose size is specified by the type specifier No field can exist across an alignment boundary No bit field is separated by an alignment boundary If not all bits of a field is accommodated in a location the field is shifted to the next location leaving unused bits in the preceding location This means that the data string is discontinued See Example 2 0 bit field is placed on the next location If the size of the next field is 0 bit the field is placed at the next location See Example 3 Different alignments for different type bit fields If a structure or union is composed of bit fields members of different types every time a field is placed the size of the type specifier of that bit field is recognized as the alignment of the memory location The size of the alignment of the structure and union is equal to the size of the type which has the largest size See Example 4 CC32R MANUAL 74 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation Example 1 Coding Internal Representation Description Example 2 Coding Internal Representation
373. tes No 0 2 1 4294967295 IIll Note IIll Pointer 4 bytes Figure 5 2 Pointer Type Data The C compiler treats pointer type data as unsigned data To use pointer type data as a signed logical address value first convert the data into an int type CC32R MANUAL 71 Chapter 5 Internal Data Representation E Bit Fields A bit field is a set of bits Members in a structure or union have data in the form of bit field When declaring a bit field specify the field width number of bits The bit field data are stored into the byte 8 bit half word 16 bit or word 32 bit memory area in the order which they declared 5 9 1 Data Type for Bit Field Valid bit field data types can be signed or unsigned char short int or long types III Note Ill ANSI C allows only the int signed int or unsigned int for bit field data This means that a program using char or short type data may not be processed by compilers other than CC32R Before being used a bit field is expanded to data of the size of the type of which it is declared The specified bit field width is allocated with the expanded data bits low order bit first The high order bit the expanded field is set as follows depending on whether the bit field is signed or unsigned e Unsigned bit field The high order bit is set to 0 during promotion zero extension e Signed bit field The high order bit is set to the MSB of the bit fiel
374. this function returns EOF The EOF indicator can be referred by the feof function and the error indicator can be referred by the ferror function CC32R MANUAL 198 Chapter 9 C Standard Library gmtime Date and time function Converts calendar time to Coordinated Universal Time UTC Syntax Return Value Description include lt time h gt struct tm gmtime const time _t timer timer time Converted result pointer to tm structure Successful NULL timer could not be converted into UTC The gmtime function converts the calendar time shown by timer into Coordinated Universal Time UTC and converts it toa struct tm broken down time CC32R MANUAL 199 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isalnum Character handling function Judges whether a letter or decimal digit Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isalnum int c C character to be judged non 0 cis alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 0 cis anything other than alphanumeric Returns any value other than 0 if c is alphanumeric and returns 0 if c is not alphanumeric Alphanumeric shall be defined as follows e Upper case letters ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e Lower case letters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz e Decimal digits 0123456789 If a value of c is not included in a range expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is n
375. tializing for I O function group Syntax void _init_stdio void Return Value None Description The _init_stdio function effect the initialization to use the standard input stream standard output stream and standard error stream Call this function only once prior to all of the functions of the input output function group Caution Call this function always before calling the main function in the start up program The corresponding termination process with the _exit_stdio function is required after control returns from the main function See 7 2 7 3 CC32R MANUAL 149 Chapter 9 C Standard Library abort General utility function Puts the running program to forced stop Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt void abort void None The abort function terminates execution of the program and generates a signal SIGABRT Abort function does not flush any buffer close any file nor delete any temporary file abs General utility function Obtains the absolute value of an int type integer Syntax Return Value Description include lt stdlib h gt int abs int 7 Ji an integer to be computed An absolute value of the result The abs function calculates an absolute value of int type Any operation cannot be guaranteed if the result cannot be expressed in the int type CC32R MANUAL 150 Chapter 9 C Standard Library aco S Mathem
376. tion cannot be specified If they are specified a warning is returned at compiling and the declaration has no effect Structure member names union member names enum type member names or array elements cannot be specified as variable names If they are specified the declaration has no effect no warning is displayed Function arguments cannot be specified as variable names If they are specified the declaration has no effect no warning is displayed Appendix A 20 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference pragma ADDRESS Notes No check is performed to see if the specified absolute address follows the variable alignment Be sure to specify the absolute address following the alignment of data type No check is performed to see if the variable areas overlap as a result of the specified absolute address Take care when specifying the address No check is performed to see if array or structure access addresses overflow the 32 bit address as a result of the specified absolute address Take care when specifying the absolute address that there is no overflow The specifying of the same absolute address in a pragma ADDRESS declaration for a different variable has an effect on the compiler s optimization processing and correct code may not be generated When specifying the same absolute address use the volatile qualifier as a variable Note that the following will result in faulty operation but are not checked by t
377. tion to a program Syntax Return Value Description include lt assert h gt include lt stdio h gt void assert int expression expression an expression to be diagnosed None The assert function is defined as a macro and it outputs a diagnosis message to a standard error file when expression is false 0 And then the assert function starts the abort function This function does nothing when expression is true The assert function is usually used to detect a logical error of the program and a conditional expression is specified so that expression can be true only when a program runs correctly If the description of assert is deleted from the program after the program has been debugged define a macro called NDEBUG in the define statement before fetching lt assert h gt define NDEBUG If the undef statement is used for a macro called assert the effect of the assert function is not guaranteed any more CC32R MANUAL 153 Chapter 9 C Standard Library ata n Mathematics function Obtains the arc tangent of a floating point number Syntax include lt math h gt double atan double x Xi Return Value Calculated value of argument Description The atan function calculates the arc tangent of x This function returns a value in a range from 0 to n ata n 2 Mathematics function Divides a floating point number by a floating point number and obtains the arc tangent of the re
378. tions 7 11 3 Concatenation functions The operation of these functions is not guaranteed in such instances as given below If the size of the copy destination is less than the copy source in running the memcpy memmove strcpy or strncpy function If the area for storing the result of concatenating character strings is insufficient in running either the strcat function or the strncat function e ANSI C 7 12 3 5 The strftime function If a character that is not a conversion specifier is present in the time conversion format format of the strftime function then the character is output without being changed CC32R MANUAL 295 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior A subtraction involved in two pointers that don t point toward the same array doesn t result in an error provided that all the types of operands pointers are compatible But if you make the types compatible by casting the operation result is not guaranteed A mismatch between the number of arguments and that of parameters If the number of actual arguments does not agree with that of formal parameter in calling a function at a position where the function s prototype is invisible the values of unmatched dummy arguments are not guaranteed Concatenating wide string literals With wide string literals specified concatenated strings turn invalid Accessing an object by use of an Ivalue If you assign to an object a value on an lvalue having an incompatible ty
379. tions which conforms to the ANSI C specifications It is not recommendable 9 1 4 Library Error Message Some library function sets an error number in errno defined in the standard header file errno h when an error occurs during execution of the library function An error message is defined by the error number and such an error message can be output An example of program to check errno is shown below include lt stdio h gt include lt math h gt include lt errno h gt include lt string h gt void main void double x a 2 0 x asin a if errno EDOM printf s n strerror errno print error message Figure 9 1 Example of Checking errno In the example in Figure 9 1 an arc sine value of a number is calculated through the asin function When an argument a exceeds the domain 1 1 of the asin function a value EDOM is set in errno and therefore an error message is output by the printf function When an error number is passed as a real argument the strerror function returns a string pointer to the corresponding error message CC32R MANUAL 140 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 9 2 Rebuild to Method of Standard Library The source environment of the standard library is attached Using this environment the library can be created using any code generation option Explain the procedure of creating a library using this environment This description is for the MS Windows PC version
380. to the character code name of Table A 3 is designated The upper character or lower character are distinguished in this locale name The character code is set to LC_CTYPE even in the case that the character code name is designated to the LC_ALL category The initial value of the LC_ALL category is C This designation is effective to the multi byte processing functions printf series functions and scanf series functions Please pay attention because it is ineffective to string h and ctype h function group As for the details refer to A 6 4 3 Appendix A 37 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference A 6 2 Description method of the Japanese character The Japanese character can be described to the character constant and character string letter al directly Also there are 2 kinds of a wide character or a string and multi byte character about whether L is attached or not 2 Multi byte character char L s Wide character wchar_t gt Multi byte character string char ake ok L gt Wide character string wchar_t Parentheses inside show a regular value style name Attention The character in the character constant style must not be multi byte character Namely Kan is not possible description It will become warning A 6 2 1 Multi byte character This is the one that expressed 1 character of Japanese Kanji with 1 or more plural byte And this is expre
381. to four files file m40 file m41 file m42 and file m43 For operation of the load module converter refer to CC32R User s Manual 3 The Others Chapter Load Module Converter 6 Embed onto the target system SELSIY Using a ROM programmer write the S format load module program into the ROM Install the ROM on the target system CC32R MANUAL 101 Chapter 7 Embedded Applications Programming S Programming the Start up Program 7 3 1 Tasks in the Start up Program To run an embedded application on a target system start up program is required that is executed before and after a user program starting with the main function is called The start up program carries out initialization and termination the steps 1 through 5 given below 1 Gets the stack area 2 Initializes the processor modes 3 Initializes the stack pointer 4 Initializes the data sections 5 Calls the main function These tasks are basic The user program and your environment may require adding other tasks and or removing some of them Here follow details of respective steps and examples of the start up program are given in Section 7 3 7 7 3 2 Getting the Stack Area Get the stack area necessary for the application to run First declare the stack section area in the assembly program by using pseudo directive SECTION and then reserve the stack area by using pseudo directive RES Every time the C program calls a function
382. tomers contact Renesas Technology Corporation Renesas Solutions Corporation or an authorized Renesas Technology product distributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein The information described here may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation assume no responsibility for any damage liability or other loss rising from these inaccuracies or errors Please also pay attention to information published by Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation by various means including the Renesas home page http Awww renesas com When using any or all of the information contained in these materials including product data diagrams charts programs and algorithms please be sure to evaluate all information as a total system before making a final decision on the applicability of the information and products Renesas Technology Corporation and Renesas Solutions Corporation assume no responsibility for any damage liability or other loss resulting from the information contained herein Renesas Technology semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at stake Please contact Renesas Technology Corporation Renesas Solutions Corporation or an authorized Renesas Technology product distributor when considering the use of a product co
383. turn value in the type defined function has no return statement The return statement is missing from a function illegal character in input file ignored illegal character A invalid character is present in the input file The invalid character is ignored xxx is referenced before set The name xxx was referenced without being assigned to length of character constant is greater than 512 constant truncated The length of a character constant has exceeded 512 characters The constant has been truncated length of identifier name is 240 characters name truncated The length of an identifier is up to 240 characters The name has been truncated length of identifier name is 31 characters name truncated The length of an identifier is up to 31 characters The name has been truncated length of string literal is greater than 512 string truncated The length of a character string literal has exceeded 512 characters The character string has been truncated xxx may be referenced before set There is a chance that the name xxx may have been referenced without being assigned missing terminal for string assumed at end of line The termination of a character string is missing The end of line has been assumed to be termination mixed normal and wide characters in the same string concatenated string omitted Regular characters and wide characters are mixed in a single character string T
384. ual Bitwise XOR Bitwise OR Logical AND Logical OR Conditional expression Assignment Multiply and assign Divide and assign Take modulo and assign Add and assign Subtract and assign Shift left and assign Shift right and assign Bitwise AND and assign Bitwise XOR and assign Bitwise OR and assign Evaluate from left of a comma to right and assume the rightmost value CC32R MANUAL 41 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 1 6 Punctuators 4 1 7 Comment Punctuators direct other tokens or specify a range The punctuators in Table 4 11 are available Table 4 11 Punctuators Punctuators Applications Declaration of array Declaration of function or variable Member declaration of structure or union Punctuation of initial value F Declaration of pointer F Punctuation of initial value Punctuation of parameter of function Declaration of bit field Punctuation of label Start of initial value End of declaration or statement Declaration of prototype of function used when the number of parameters is variable and and y and are used as a pair An expression may be sandwiched between them A punctuation character can be recognized as an operator depending on how it is written A comment is text though embedded in a
385. ue gt Numbers are rounded to the nearest value within representable range of the floating type that is the result of conversion e ANSI C 6 2 1 4 Floating types lt The direction of truncation or rounding when floating point number is converted to a narrower floating point number gt Numbers are rounded to the nearest value within representable range of the floating type that is the result of conversion 10 2 7 Arrays and Pointers e ANSI C 6 3 3 4 The sizeof operator 7 1 1 Definitions of terms lt The type of integer required to hold the maximum size of an array that is the type of the sizeof operator size_t gt The type of the sizeof operator size_t is defined as unsigned long e ANSI C 6 3 4 Cast operators lt The result of casting a pointer to an integer or vice versa gt In converting a pointer to an integer or vice versa all the bits are used with the notation unchanged so a correct conversion CC32R MANUAL 301 Chapter 10 The cc32R s Behavior results e ANSI C 6 3 6 Additive operators 7 1 1 Definitions of terms lt The type of integer require to hold the difference between two pointers to elements of the same array ptrdiff_t gt The type of integer that holds the difference between two pointers ptrdiff_t is defined as int 10 2 8 Registers e ANSI C 6 5 1 Storage class specifiers lt The extent to which objects can actually be placed in registers by use of the register storage class s
386. ul64 ULONG64 nil ULONG64 n2 U multiplication ni n2 ULONG64 divul 4 ULONG64 nl ULONG64 n2 U division nl n2 ULONG64 modul64 ULONG64 n1 ULONG64 n2 U remainder nl n2 ULONG64 negul64 ULONG64 n1 U monadic negative n1 Table 13 1 64 bit integer arithmetic functions 2 Bitwise operation functions function name Perform Operation Prototype declaration of C language S signed U unsigned Bitwise shifts left shift right logical shift right arithmetic shift LONG64 shlt164 LONG64 nl unsigned int nbit S left shift nl lt lt nbit LONG64 shrt1l64 LONG64 nl unsigned int nbit S right arithmetic shift nl gt gt nbit ULONG64 shltul64 ULONG64 n1 unsigned int nbit U left shift nl lt lt nbit ULONG64 shrtul64 ULONG64 n1 unsigned int nbit U right arithmetic shift nl gt gt nbit Bitwise logical operations OR AND exclusive OR and inversion LONG64 orl64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S OR nl n2 LONG64 andl64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S AND ni amp n2 LONG64 xorl64 LONG64 nl LONG64 n2 S exclusive OR ni n2 LONG64 notl64 LONG64 n1 S inversion nl ULONG64 orul64 ULONG64 nl ULONG64 n2 U OR nl n2 ULONG64 andul64 ULONG64 nl ULONG64 n2 U AND ni amp n2 ULONG64 xorul64 ULONG64 nl ULONG64 n2 U exclusive OR nl n2 ULONG64 notul64 ULONG64 n1 U inversion enl
387. umber of conversion specifications all of the excessive arguments are ignored lt Details of Conversion Specifiers gt The function of each conversion specifier and how to specify are Flag A flag specifies processing for the data to be output such as marking with a symbol Types and meaning of the available flags are described as follows CC32R MANUAL 174 Chapter 9 C Standard Library Flag Meaning Fai Left justified If the number of characters of converted data is smaller than the specified field width this function outputs the data as left justification in the filed If this flag is not specified this function will output the data as right justification ry With a sign Upon converting into data followed by a sign this function adds the sign or to the beginning of the converted data space Without a sign Upon converting into data followed by a sign a space is added to the beginning of converted data if no sign is added to the beginning of the data This flag is ignored if it is specified together with Processing This function processes the converted data according to the conversion specifier as follows Conversion Processing Specifier c d i s u This flag is ignored o 0 is added to the beginning of converted data if the data is not 0 x X 0x or 0X if X conversion is added to the beginning of the converted data if the data is not
388. uments access Access to arguments of variable arguments function stdarg h function Input output function Input and output operations stdio h General utility function C program standard processes stdlib h e g Memory management String handling function Comparison copy etc of character string string h Localization function Setting and handling of locale localization locale h Date and time function Setting changing etc of date and time time h Signal handling function Transferring of signal interrupt signal h In addition there are initialization function and termination function that effect several settings for using functions shown above They are undefined in ANSI C Their function names begin with an underscore _ In general they should be used in the start up program see 7 3 6 to 7 3 8 CC32R MANUAL 139 Chapter 9 C Standard Library 9 1 3 Consideration for using the Library When using C standard library observe the following precautions e Include the standard header files If you use the C standard library include necessary standard header files For header files refer to Chapter 8 Standard Header Files Header file s for each function are described in Syntax in 9 2 Library Function Descriptions e Do not create any function of the same name as the C standard library function In a user program do not create any function named as the same name as one of C standard library func
389. unction from a C program write programs by following examples described in Figure 6 9 Calling program C program main extern int func func 1 2 Called program assembly program EXPORT Sfunc func SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 MV RO0 R5 Transfer content of the 2nd argument to RO ADD RO R4 Set result of the 2nd argument the 1st argument to RO JMP R14 END Figure 6 9 Calling Assembly Program Function e As passing arguments A symbol name of the assembly program is the corresponding function name but preceded by the dollar mark e Calling program C program Arguments are set to the registers Called program assembly program In the example shown in Figure 6 9 the program references the first argument by R4 and the second argument by R5 It sets the return value to RO CC32R MANUAL 92 Chapter 6 C Calling Conventions 6 6 4 Calling C Routines from an Assembly Program To call a C program function from an assembly program write an assembly program by following the example described in Figure 6 10 Calling program assembly program register passing GLOBAL func SECTION P CODE ALIGN 4 LDI R5 2 vy LDI R4 1 ix BL S func END Called program C program func int x int y Figure 6 10 Calling C Program Function e As passing arguments A symbol name of the a
390. unsupport EWS version The license txt explains about license and the strip32R txt explains about how to use it O Absolute listing utility abslist We provide the absolute listing utility abslist The utility abslist generates an absolute list file in which the LOCATION values in the assembly list files output by the assembler as32R have been converted into the actual addresses after linking The utility abslist is not a standard product of the compiler For details on how to handle it refer to the file written about the Handling of Development Support Utilities For details on how to use it refer to the file in which a description is made of Absolute Listing Utility abslist sj O Stack size calculation utility stk32R We provide the Stack size calculation utility stk32R The utility stk32R processes the stack amount usage files output by the compiler stack option added to find the stack size required for program operation Also available are the stack amount usage files m32Rc stk m32RcR stk etc for the functions registered in C standard libraries m32Rc lib m32RckR lib etc To enter the stack amount usage file for the program that calls library functions in stk32R specify in I option the stack amount usage files present in the library file used Note that correct values cannot be obtained for the CC32R MANUAL 7 Chapter 2 Overview of cc32R functions pow and setlocale because these are recursive call function
391. urce file No object file is generated stack Selecting the stack option generates a stack utilization display file a text file whose input file name extension is changed to stk and generates an object file too at the same time One stack utilization display file is generated for each source file written in C language Stack sizes of individual functions are output to the file together with a list of function names called by them The stack utilization display file is used as an input file to the stack size calculation utility stk32R Selecting this option concurrently with one of the E M and P options generates no stack utilization display file The use status of the stack used under the in line assembly feature is not output Functions defined under the in line assembly feature are not output Functions called under the in line assembly feature are not output No stack utilization display file is generated for the assembler function the source file written assembly language If the stack utilization display file for the assembler function is necessary make a text file separately For descriptions as to the stack utilization display file see the file stack size caluculation utility guide For information on functions and usage of the stack size caluculation utility stk32R see description in the file stack size caluculation utility guide zdiv For avoiding the integral zero division problem of M32R
392. ures Unions Enumerations and Bit fields 00 00 302 10 210 Qual f E S 55 r adeaccnaes e a aa a a e a aara EASE E A E EE 303 102 1 IDE CIARALONS snas dtig rera e adeg 303 102 12 Statement Serisinin aenar EEEE E eet 303 10 2 13 Preprocessing Directive vscissssctsceecdessseesiancornadeccdticsacavebiesseceesatcaeceseeedndetestieeteeehaeed 303 10 2 14 Library FUMCHOMS eciisensiinrinenss escndiers a Eaa Ea Na 304 L al spechie Bem AVION nenna nied 311 Chapter 11 Low level Library Thal T2 The Low level Library Programming ssssssssssssrnesrnsssrnessnessnnsnnnsrnnsnnnssrenssenssens 313 11 1 1 The Low level Library for the C Standard Library cceeeceesceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneeeneees 313 11 1 2 Input Output with the Low level Library eccceseesseseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeetseeteaeeeeees S17 The Low level Functions Specifications ccccccecccceeseeeeeneeeseceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaaeeee 318 Chapter 12 Single precision Mathematical Function Library 12 1 12 2 12 3 COMPOSIUONIOT FUNCIONS ziscesactsstseceten fezasteeitdereveeatmeeanes aeaiia a aa 328 Using the LIDCANY curans 330 122 1 Meader File sisyane a ia i a a a 330 12 2 2 Link with the Single precision Mathematic Function Library sessesseeseeeeeseeseeeene 331 Preca ONG socig 3 cesceceatan ocaesad sa ocsaseiahs csceenthac oteensann ccteeed R a RRS 331 2331 WDYMAMIC TANGO sectsiecceczsceceaustcansuteanesoeaas suesegesotaceenessagyeestdaceasa totenasseenasecnt
393. urrent source file Example extern int val The declaration to use in the source file in which this declaration appears the variable val declared in another source file The object or function declared static is the static storage class It is visible only in the source file in which its static declaration appears Example static void f int The prototype declaration to use only in the source file in which this declaration appears the function f declared in the same source file The object declared register is the register storage class The register declaration requires the C compiler that an object that will be accessed frequently can be faster accessed register can be declared for only an object inside a function The object declared register has block scope visible only between and Such object is called register variable Example register reg The variable reg is used frequently CC32R MANUAL 49 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification e typedef By using typedef you can define any name for a type In the ANSI standard typedef is a storage class specifier for convenience However no storage is created Example typedef char STR STR can be used as a type specifier The type of an object declared by using STR is a pointer to char ie STR str equals char str CC32R MANUAL 50 Chapter 4 C Programming Language Specification 4 3
394. white space form feed f line feed n carriage return Ar horizontal tab t and vertical tab v If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 208 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isupper Character handling function Judges whether an upper case letter or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isupper int c C character to be judged non 0 cis an upper case letter 0 cis anything other than an upper case letter Returns any value other than 0 if c is an upper case letter and returns 0 if c is not an upper case letter An upper case letter shall be defined as follows e Upper case letters ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ If a value of c is not included in a range to be expressed by the unsigned char type and if it is not EOF the operation of this function is not guaranteed CC32R MANUAL 209 Chapter 9 C Standard Library isxdigit Character handling function Judges whether a hexadecimal digit or not Syntax Return Value Description Caution include lt ctype h gt int isxdigit int e C character to be judged non 0 c is hexadecimal digit 0 cis anything other than hexadecimal digit Returns any value other than 0 if c is a hexadecimal digit and returns 0 if c is not a hexadecimal
395. without optimization no inline expansion is valid NOTE When Ospace and Otime are designated O7 becomes effective in the default even if O lt level gt is not specified therefore the inline expansion becomes valid 2 noinline The inline keyword is made invalid The inline keyword if specified is ignored even when it is described This is not a error Explanation 1 The inline keyword designates the specified function as the inline function a function of applicatable to inline expansion Also designate the inline keyword when the function is defined Even when it is specified for function declaration it does not recognize this function as inline function in the absence of inline keyword when the function is defined 2 The inline keyword even if specified is ignored where noinline option is designated at the time of compiling This is not a error Appendix A 29 Appendix A Extended Functions Reference 3 Since inline expansion is carried out as one optimizing it should be carried out only when O4 level optimizing is effective 4 Even in the event of forward reference of inline function inline development is carried out 5 Even when the nested inline function is called the inline function calls another inline function inline expansion is carried out except for the inline function corresponding to the Precautions 2 Where inline development is suppressed describe
396. y _ fre l c oO re Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description void _rel_core void ptr ptr pointer to the memory space to be freed Frees a memory area None This function frees a memory area being managed by the _get_core function is deallocated ptr is the pointer to the memory area to be released _ st re r ro r Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description char _strerror int error_number error_number user defined error number Gets the error message corresponding to an error number Pointer to an error message character string The _strerror function returns the pointer to the error message corresponding to the error number error_number CC32R MANUAL 320 close Chapter 11 Low level Library Low level function Syntax Summary Return Value Description int close int file_no file_no file number of the file to be closed Closes a file 0 Successful 1 Failed The close function closes the file denoted to by the file number file_no which is gotten by the open function This function clears the file control information storage area set by the open function so that the area can be used again When file buffering is used within low level library this function outputs the buffer content to the actual file This function returns 0 when the file is successfully closed if not 1 CC32R MANU
397. ype or pointer to object type The operand of the operator and operator must have arithmetic or pointer type CC32R MANUAL 355 Chapter 14 Messages from the C Compiler Table 14 6 Error Messages 10 15 Message Description operand of must have integral type The operand of the operator must be integer operand of must have scalar type The operand of the operator and operator must have scalar type operand of must have scalar type The operand of the operator must have scalar type operand of sizeof must not be bitfield You may not specify a bit field for the operand of the sizeof operator operand of sizeof must not be function type You may not specify an function type for the operand of the sizeof operator operand of sizeof must not be incomplete type You may not specify an incomplete type for the operand of the sizeof operator operand of unary amp must be lvalue or function designator The operand of the amp address operator must be either an lvalue or a function specifier operand of unary must be pointer type The operand of the indirect reference operator must be pointer type operand of unary must have arithmetic type The operand of the unary operator and unary operator must be arithmetic type operand of unary amp must not refer to bitfield You cannot use the amp address op

M3T-CC32R V.4.30 User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents